Books
- Sabiston & Spencer Surgery of the Chest. 9th ed. — Simon's Emergency Orthopedics. Seventh edition [7th ed.]. (289)
- Simon's Emergency Orthopedics. Eighth edition. — Sports Injuries-- Prevention, Diagnosis, Treatment and Rehabilitation. Second edition [2nd ed.]. (289)
- Sports Injuries and Prevention — Sugarbaker's Adult Chest Surgery. Third edition. (289)
- Sugarcane Biofuels : Status, Potential, and Prospects of the Sweet Crop to Fuel the World — Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving for Borderline Personality Disorder : Implementing STEPPS Around the Globe (286)
- Digitaleditor, Scott C. Sherman.Contents:
General principles / R. Darrell Nelson and Jonah Gunalda
Anesthesia and analgesia / Tarlan Hedayati
Rheumatology / Todd Taylor, Usama Khalid, and Jehangir Meer
Complications / Erik Nordquist
Special imaging techniques / Joy L. English
Pediatrics / Ghazala Q. Sharieff
Approach to neck and back pain / Zheng Ben Ma and Emily Senecal Miller
Specific disorders of the spine / Andrew D. Perron and Carl A. Germann
Cervical spine trauma / Michael E. Nelson
Thoracolumbar spine trauma / Sean Dyer
Hand / David E. Manthey and Kim L. Askew
Wrist / Andrea L. Blome and Megan E. Healy
Forearm / Eric Toth and James Webley
Elbow / Carl A. Germann and Brook M. Goddard
Upper arm / Casey Glass
Shoulder / Adnan Hussain and Sanjeev Malik
Pelvis / Hany Y. Atallah
Hip / Gregory W. Hendey
Thigh / Rachel R. Bengtzen and Alexander P. Skog
Knee / Michael C. Bond
Leg / Adriana Segura Olson, George Chiampas, and Jacob Stelter
Ankle / Moira Davenport and Madison Galasso
Foot / Dennis Hanlon and Christopher Morris.Digital Access - DigitalFilippo Castoldi, Davide Blonna, Marco Assom, editors.Summary: The treatment of humeral fractures is a complex issue and the source of considerable controversy. In the case of fractures of the proximal humerus, early range of motion is the main aim of treatment. If a fracture modifies the anatomy or function of the glenohumeral and scapulothoracic joints, the surgeon must adhere meticulously to treatment principles in order to ensure a satisfactory outcome. Humeral shaft fractures are frequent, accounting for 1% to 3% of all fractures in adults; while excellent functional results have been reported with nonoperative management, open reduction and internal fixation is preferred in specific clinical settings. In contrast, intra-articular fractures of the distal humerus are frequently complex and full functional recovery is difficult to achieve. This volume clearly explains the concepts that are central to an understanding of humeral fractures from the proximal to the distal tip. Indications for different forms of treatment, including nonsurgical, are presented in detail, and all of the commonly used fixation techniques are described with the help of high-quality illustrations. Further important aspects such as complications, rehabilitation, and treatment of sequelae are also fully considered. This book will be an invaluable and comprehensive aid for all surgeons who treat humeral fractures.
Contents:
PART 1. Proximal humerus: 1. Main anatomy
2. Understanding the Fracture
3. Operating theatre setup
4. Closed reduction principles
5. Surgical Approaches
6. Percutaneous fixation: when and how
7. ORIF in three-/four-part fractures
8. Intramedullary nail rationale and surgical technique
9. Anatomical shoulder arthroplasty
10. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty
11. Surgical neck fracture
12. The tuberosities
13. Malunions of the tuberosity
14. Nerve injuries
15. Fracture dislocations
16. Treatment of the sequelae
17. Conservative treatment
PART 2. The diaphysis: 18. Surgical anatomy
19. Radial palsy and humerus fractures
20. Internal Fixation: plate or IM Nail
21. External fixation
22. Periprosthetic fracture
PART 3. Distal Humerus: 23. Surgical anatomy
24. Surgical approaches and fracture pattern
25. Internal fixation principles
26. Prosthesis
27. External fixation when and how
28. Malunion and non union
29. Terrible triad. - DigitalByung In Han.Summary: This book describes a streamlined version of vestibular rehabilitation therapy (VRT), an exercise-based approach that is of proven value in the treatment of vertigo and dizziness. This simplified form of VRT is intended for use in primary healthcare facilities. As Dr. Han had practiced martial art and ballet, he could pick out necessary movements from those art forms. The selected movements were used to make the VRT exercises. The opening part describes the indications for and the principles of VRT and provides general information on key exercises. The role of VRT in patients with central dizziness is then discussed. The remainder of the book offers clear, precise guidance on the exercises used in simplified VRT, covering general exercises, gaze stability exercises, postural stability exercises, and habituation exercises. The text is supported by numerous photographs that will help both clinicians and patients to implement the exercises correctly and effectively.
Contents:
Vestibular Rehabilitation Therapy: Review of Indications, Mechanisms, and Key Exercises
Vestibular Rehabilitation in Central Dizziness
Implementing the exercises. - DigitalSaurabh Jain.Summary: This book provides a clear, concise and easy to understand guide to the diagnosis and management of strabismus. Throughout the text, a practical approach to examining, diagnosing and treating patients with strabismus is utilised, supported with case studies in the form of patient photographs and ocular motility videos. Flowcharts and tables are included, together with evidence based management plans and suggestions for further reading. Simplifying Strabismus: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management is aimed at optometrists, junior and senior ophthalmologists, as well as any medical professional wishing to improve their knowledge of strabismus. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Making sense of strabismus
Anatomy of the extraocular muscles
Applied physiology of eye movements
Examining a patient with strabismus
Orthoptic assessment of a patient with strabismus
Concomitant strabismus
Paralytic strabismus
Supranuclear disorders
Alphabet patterns in strabismus
Strabismus in systemic disease
Other forms of incomitant strabismus
Surgical and non-surgical treatment of strabismus.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitalby Vicki Moran, Rita Wunderlich, Cynthia Rubbelke.Summary: This book focuses on evidence-based standards for simulation in nursing education. The foundational principle of simulation excellence and its relevance to nursing is defined and infuses throughout the book. It also discusses necessary components for quality simulation from development to implementation. These areas include (but are not limited to): theoretical background, accreditation and approval standards, the simulation environment, developing and implementing simulations, and debriefing. These subject areas are approached following a thorough review of the literature and current practices identified from the International Nursing Association for Clinical Simulation and Learning (INACSL), Society for Simulation in Healthcare (SSH), National League for Nursing (NLN) and State Boards of Nursing. This quick reference title will become the best practice standards for simulation excellence in nursing education.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Simulation in Nursing Education
Chapter 2: Standards in Simulation
Chapter 3: Simulation Environments
Chapter 4: Developing Simulations
Chapter 5: Implementing Simulations
Chapter 6: Putting It All Together. - DigitalHarry Owen.Contents:
1 Introduction
Part I
2 Early Examples of Simulation in Training and Healthcare
3 Simulation in Medical Science
Part II
4 Simulation in Obstetrics and Midwifery
Part III
5 Simulators and Teaching Aids Used in Teaching Medicine
6 Simulation in Surgery
7 Simulation in Oto-, Rhino-, and Laryngology
8 Simulation in the Treatment of Eye Disorders
9 Simulation in Nursing
10 Simulation and Teaching in Resuscitation and Trauma Management
11 Simulation in Dentistry and Dental Hygiene
Index. - Digital[edited by] Jozef Rovensky, Manfred Herold, Martina Vasakova.Summary: Sine syndromes (SSs) represent atypical forms of inflammatory rheumatic diseases, the courses of which are often severe. While the diagnosis of rheumatic diseases can be determined according to an established set of diagnostic criteria based on clinical characteristics and laboratory parameters, Sine Syndromes do not fulfill the standard criteria used to assist in the classification of patients with rheumatological disorders. This concise book gives an overview of atypical courses in common inflammatory rheumatic diseases such as Wegener's granulomatosis, systemic sclerosis, Sjögren's syndrome, or systemic lupus erythematosus. Each chapter reviews similar cases reported in the literature and presents current data on treatment options. Drawing on their vast clinical experience, the editors provide a series of detailed case reports in order to illustrate the different types of disease. The book is intended to facilitate early diagnosis and effective therapy in patients where a schematic approach may not prove sufficient. Sine Syndromes in Rheumatology will serve as a useful and easily accessible reference for specialists in rheumatology as well as for practitioners in the fields of internal medicine, pediatrics, and orthopedics.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalGiusto Pignata, Francesco Corcione, Umberto Bracale, editors.Summary: Single-access laparoscopic surgery (SALS), performed using a single transumbilical access, has recently proved to bring advantages over other forms of laparoscopic surgery due to the reduction in the number of incisions and the consequent decrease in morbidity, less blood loss and postoperative pain. Furthermore, cosmesis may be improved because incision within the umbilicus renders surgery virtually scarless. Nevertheless, as with all new surgical concepts, questions may be raised regarding safety, usefulness, and appropriateness. This book analyzes the use of SALS for different indications and abdominal surgical procedures based on a careful literature review of the experience of the most important surgical teams employing this approach and also the authors' personal observations. The coverage is broad, encompassing, for example, the role of SALS in appendectomy, repair of abdominal wall defects, cholecystectomy, gastric surgery, nephrectomy, splenectomy, hemicolectomy, and pancreatic, liver, and gynecological surgery. Resident surgeons specializing in laparoscopy, researchers, and related healthcare professionals will find Single-Access Laparoscopic Surgery to be an invaluable source of information in an area which deserves to receive detailed attention.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
1.Introduction: From Multiport Laparoscopic Surgery to Single Port Laparoscopic Surgery
2.SingleAccess Laparoscopic Appendectomy
3.Single-access Laparoscopic Abdominal Wall Defect Repair
4.Single-access Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
5.Single-access Laparoscopic Surgery for Obesity
6.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gastric Surgery (Hiatal Hernia Repair and Gastric Resections)
7.Single-access Laparoscopic Splenectomy
8.Single-access Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy
9.Single-access Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy
10.Single-access Laparoscopic Rectal Anterior Resection
11.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Pancreatic Surgery
12.Single-access Laparoscopic Liver Resections
13.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gynecological Surgery
14.Single-access Robotic Surgery. - Digitaledited by Jianqin Gu, Xiangdong Wang.Contents:
1. Can the single cell make biomedicine different?
2. Automated single-cell analysis and isolation system: a paradigm shift in cell screening methods for bio-medicines
3. Single-cell non-coding RNA in embryonic development
4. High throughput single cell RNA sequencing, bioinformatics analysis and applications
5. Circulating tumor cells: the importance of single cell analysis
6. Super-resolution fluorescence microscopy for single cell imaging
7. Single cell proteomics for molecular targets in lung cancer: high-dimensional data acquistion and analysis
8. Therapeutic antibody discovery in infectious diseases using single-cell analysis
9. Single cell genetics and epigenetics in early embryo: from oocyte to blastocyst
10. The potential roles and advantages of single cell sequencing in the diagnosis and treatment of hematological malignancies
11. Application of single cell sequencing in cancer
12. Emergence of bias during the synthesis and amplification of cDNA for scRNA-seq
13. Detection and application of RNA editing in cancer
14. Is pooled CRISPR-screening the dawn of a new era for functional genomics
15. Roles of single cell systems biomedicine in lung diseases
16. The significance of single-cell biomedicine in stem cells. - Digitaledited by Anup K. Singh and Aarthi Chandrasekaran.Contents:
Single-cell western blotting
A microfluidic device for immunoassay-based protein analysis of single E. coli bacteria
Enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISpot) for single-cell analysis
Photocleavable DNA barcoding antibodies for multiplexed protein analysis in single cells
Genome-wide analysis of protein and mRNA copy numbers in single escherichia coli cells with single-molecule sensitivity
Microfluidic flow cytometry for single-cell protein analysis
Microfluidic image cytometry for single-cell phenotyping of human pluripotent stem cells
Characterizing phenotypes and signaling networks of single human cells by mass cytometry
Multiplexed peptide-MHC tetramer staining with mass cytometry
Imaging and mapping of tissue constituents at the single-call level using MALDI MSI and quantitative laser scanning cytometry
SPLIFF: A single-cell method to map protein-protein interactions in time and space
Microfluidic proximity ligation assay for profiling signaling networks with single-cell resolution
Dynamics and interactions of individual proteins in the membrane of single, living cells
Microfluidics-enabled enzyme activity measurement in single cells
Microfluidic chemical cytometry for enzyme assays of single cells
Quantitative detection of nucleocytoplasmic transport of native proteins in single cells.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalBuwei Yu, Jiaqiang Zhang, Yiming Zeng, Li Li, Xiangdong Wang, editors.Summary: With the rapid development of biotechnologies, single-cell sequencing has become an important tool for understanding the molecular mechanisms of diseases, defining cellular heterogeneities and characteristics, and identifying intercellular communications and single-cell-based biomarkers. Providing a clear overview of the clinical applications, the book presents state-of-the-art information on immune cell function, cancer progression, infection, and inflammation gained from single-cell DNA or RNA sequencing. Furthermore, it explores the role of target gene methylation in the pathogenesis of diseases, with a focus on respiratory cancer, infection and chronic diseases. As such it is a valuable resource for clinical researchers and physicians, allowing them to refresh their knowledge and improve early diagnosis and therapy for patients.
Contents:
Values of single-cell sequencing and methylation in molecular diagnosis and therapy
Single-cell sequencing in human diseases
Single-cell sequencing of T cell receptors: A perspective on the technological development and translational application
DNA Methylation in pulmonary fibrosis
Molecular regulation and clinical significance of caveolin-1 methylation in chronic lung diseases
Research advances on DNA methylation in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
DNA Methylation in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Single cell sequencing: a new dimension in cancer diagnosis
The Role of Methylation in the CpG Island of the ARHI Promoter Region in Cancers
Clinical Significance of P16 Gene Methylation in Lung Cancer
Application of single-cell RNA sequencing in pancreatic cancer and the endocrine pancreas
Single Cell Sequencing in GU Malignancies
PI3K Isoform-Selective Inhibitors in Cancer
Single cell RNA sequencing in human disease: Renal, pancreatic, and viral diseases
Single-cell sequencing in human genital infections
PI3kinase Inhibitors in Thrombosis and Cardiovascular Disease
Use of single-cell microfluidic technology towards therapeutic antibody discovery from single B cells. - DigitalXiangdong Wang, editor ; honor editors, Xiaoming Chen, Zhihong Sun, Jinglin Xia.Summary: The volume focuses on the genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and bioinformatics of a single cell, especially lymphocytes and on understanding the molecular mechanisms of systems immunology. Based on the author?s personal experience, it provides revealing insights into the potential applications, significance, workflow, comparison, future perspectives and challenges of single-cell sequencing for identifying and developing disease-specific biomarkers in order to understand the biological function, activation and dysfunction of single cells and lymphocytes and to explore their functional roles and responses to therapies. It also provides detailed information on individual subgroups of lymphocytes, including cell characters, function, surface markers, receptor function, intracellular signals and pathways, production of inflammatory mediators, nuclear receptors and factors, omics, sequencing, disease-specific biomarkers, bioinformatics, networks and dynamic networks, their role in disease and future prospects. Dr. Xiangdong Wang is a Professor of Medicine, Director of Shanghai Institute of Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of Fudan University Center for Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of the Biomedical Research Center of Zhongshan Hospital, Deputy Director of Shanghai Respiratory Research Institute, Shanghai, China.
- DigitalWai Lun Law, Conor P. Delaney, editors.Summary: Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery provide a comprehensive and state-of-the art review of single incision laparoscopic and transanal colorectal surgery. The text concentrates on surgical techniques and tricks in single incision laparoscopic and transanal surgery with detailed descriptions of the techniques, as well as indications and limitations of the procedures. The newly available evidence on these procedures is emphasized and all procedures are richly illustrated with diagrams and photos. Written by experts in their fields, Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery is a valuable resource for general surgeons, colon and rectal surgeons, laparoscopic GI surgeons, surgical residents and fellows in training interested in these two rapidly developing fields in colorectal surgery.
Contents:
Platforms and Instruments (principles of single incision laparoscopic colorectal surgery, available platforms and instruments)
Single Incision Laparoscopic Right Colectomy
Single Incision Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
SILS Total Colectomy and Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch-Anal Anastomosis (IPAA)
Low Anterior Resection and Total Mesorectal Excision
Tricks and Routes to Success
Robotic Single Port Colorectal Surgery
Current Evidence for Single Incision Laparoscopic Colectomy
Local Excision for Low Rectal Cancer: From Mucosectomy to Endolumen Loco-Regional Resection: Tips And Tricks
Hybrid NOTES Colectomy for Left-sided Colonic Tumors
Transanal Endoluminal Total Mesorectal Resection (Tetmr) by Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery
Transanal Excision: Development, Technique and Evidence. - Digitaledited by Yutaka Suzuki.
- Digitaledited by Maria Spies and Yann R. Chemla.Contents:
Chapter 1. Direct fluorescent imaging of translocation and unwinding by individual DNA helicases
Chapter 2. Single-molecule imaging with one color fluorescence
Chapter 3. Measuring membrane protein dimerization equilibrium in lipid bilayers by single-molecule fluorescence microsopy
Chapter 4. Fluorescent labeling of proteins in whole cell extracts for single-molecule imaging
Chapter 5. Quantifying the assembly of multicomponent molecular machines by single-molecule total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy
Chapter 6. How to measure separations and angles between intramolecular fluorescent markers
Chapter 7. Precisely and accurately inferring single-molecule rate constants
Chapter 8. Quantification of functional dynamics of membrane proteins reconstituted in nanodiscs membranes by single turnover functional readout
Chapter 9. Putting Humpty-Dumpty together: clustering the functional dynamics of single biomolecular machines such as the splicosome
Chapter 10. Single-molecule FRET to measure conformational dynamics of DNA mismatch repair proteins
Chapter 11. Single-molecule confocal FRET microscopy to dissect conformational changes in the catalytic cycle of DNA topoisomerases
Chapter 12. Probing the conformational landscape of DNA polymerases using diffusion-based single-molecule FRET
Chapter 13. Methods for investigating DNA accessibility with single nucleosomes
Chapter 14. Single-molecule fluorescence studies of fast protein folding
Chapter 15. Single-molecule multicolor FRET assay for studying structural dynamics of biomolecules
Chapter 16. A multicolor single-molecule FRET approach to study protein dynamics and interactions simultaneously
Chapter 17. Interferometric scattering microscopy for the study of molecular motors
Chapter 18. Enzyme kinetics in femtoliter arrays
Author index
Subject index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - Digitaledited by Riccardo Bertolo, Jihad Kaouk.Contents:
1. The evolution of robotic single-port dedicated platforms / Riccardo Autorino, Christopher Bednarz, Fairleigh Reeves and Prokar Dasgupta
2. Applications of single-port robotic platforms in urology: an overview / Marcio Covas Moschovas and Vipul Patel
3. Single-port robot-assisted radical prostatectomy: transperitoneal versus extraperitoneal approach / Grace Chen and Simone Crivellaro
4. The re-discovery of alternative access to the pelvic fossa: the role of the single-port robotic platform / Juan Garisto, Venkat M. Ramakrishnan, Riccardo Bertolo and Jihad Kaouk
5. The evolution of single-port robot-assisted transperineal radical prostatectomy / Riccardo Bertolo, Juan Garisto and Jihad Kaouk
6. Robotic single-port surgery for kidney and upper urinary tract cancers / Paul Kogan and Ronney Abaza
7. Robot-assisted single-port radical cystectomy and intracorporeal urinary diversion / Fahad Sheckley, Michelle Kruse, Mubashir Billah, Juan Garisto and Mutahar Ahmed
8. Single-port robotic ureteral reconstruction / Nathan Cheng and Michael Stifelman
9. Single-port robotic surgery for kidney transplantation and autotransplantation / Alireza Aminsharifi, Mahmoud Abou Zeinab and Jihad Kaouk
10. Comparison of perioperative outcomes and costs between single-port and standard multiport robot-assisted surgeries in urology / Shirley L. Wang, Andrew T. Gabrielson, Phillip M. Pierorazio and Mohamad E. Allaf
11. Future perspectives: natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery / Alireza Aminsharifi, Riccardo Bertolo, Christian Huge and Wesley M. White.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalNabil F. Saba, Derrick T. Lin, editors.Summary: This book reviews the standard surgical, radiotherapeutic, and systemic management of sinonasal and skull base tumors. It provides up-to-date information on epidemiology, diagnostic modalities, molecular biology, staging, treatment complications, principles of supportive care, and current controversies. Sinonasal and skull base tumors display histologic and anatomic heterogeneity, as well as wide variation in clinical behavior. Accordingly, they pose significant diagnostic and treatment challenges. A multidisciplinary approach offers the best chance of a successful outcome. In addition to documenting in detail the currently accepted management approaches, this book sheds light on various promising novel therapeutic strategies. Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies is an invaluable reference for all specialists involved in treating these tumors, including otolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, reconstructive surgeons, medical and radiation oncologists, neuroradiologists, specialized head and neck pathologists, prosthodontists, and speech and swallow therapists.
Contents:
The Etiology and Epidemiology of Sinonasal Malignancies
Radiology and Diagnostic Approaches to Sinonasal Malignancies and Skull Base Tumors
The Pathology of Common Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies
Open Approaches to Sinonasal Tumors
Reconstruction and Rehabilitation after Surgical Ablation of the Paranasal Sinuses
Endoscopic Resection of Sinonasal Tumors
Endoscopic Reconstruction of the Skull Base
Radiation Therapy for Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors
Theroleofsystemictherapyandtargetedapproaches for the treatment of sinonasal malignancies,- Complications of Surgical Management of Skull Base and Sinonasal Malignancies
Supportive care for patients with sinonasal and skull base tumors
Rare Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors. - DigitalRonald Younes, Nabih Nader, Georges Khoury, editors.Summary: Placement of endosseous implants in the posterior maxilla is often difficult because of a lack of supporting bone. Sinus augmentation procedures have therefore been extensively used for the treatment of the edentulous atrophic posterior maxilla prior to implant placement. This book describes in detail the most widely used sinus grafting techniques as well as some innovative variations, with full coverage of both lateral and crestal approaches. A key aim is to assist the practitioner in selecting the appropriate sinus grafting technique based on the evaluation of a number of parameters that are described in detail and codified in a simple and practical way. Up-to-date information is also provided on grafting materials and on potential complications of sinus augmentation procedures and their treatment.
Contents:
Introduction and Biologic Basis of Sinus Grafting
Anatomical and Physiological Considerations for Sinus Augmentation
Update on Grafting Materials
Lateral Sinus Grafting Approach
Crestal Sinus Grafting Approach
Guidelines for Optimal Treatment
Complications
Conclusions. - DigitalMark E. Mehle, editor.Summary: This volume serves as a comprehensive and useful guide for ENT and allergy physicians in the recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of patients who suffer from sinus headaches and migraines. The text reviews key issues such as identification and management of migraine, and appropriate surgical and nonsurgical treatment that is often not part of ENT or allergy resident training. With 20% of women and 6% of men having migraines (only 50% recognized) this text also serves to expand management options to physicians already medically or surgically treating sinuses or seeing cosmetic patients with head and neck concerns. Other forms of intervention in migraineurs, such as surgery, Botulinum Toxin injections and adjunctive and integrative therapy, are covered. Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist will be an invaluable resource for ENT and allergy specialists, and any physician or medical professional with an interest in sinus headache or migraine.
Contents:
Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist: an Introduction
Anatomy and Pathophysiology of Migraine
Differential Diagnosis and Workup of the Headache Patient: Should I Order a Scan?
Pharmacological Management of Migraine
Botulinum Toxin for Migraine Headaches
Sinus Headache and Rhinogenic Headache
Allergic Rhinitis and Migraine Headache
Vestibular Migraine
Migraine Co-Morbidities
Surgery for Migraine: An Evidence-Based Review
Adjunctive and Integrative Therapy in Migraine Management.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Printby Botha De Meillon, David H.S. Davis and Felicity Hardy.
- DigitalMichael J. Aminoff, MD, DSc, FRCP, Professor of Neurology, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California.Contents:
An introductory snapshot
In the beginning
London and the Great Windmill Street School
Anatomy of the expression of emotions
Behind the glories of war
Swings and roundabouts
In and out of the central nervous system
The organization of the nervous system
Clinical observations on the nervous system
For God and country
New classrooms : old struggles
The ebbing tide
To each his due.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Kato Shum and John Rossi.Contents:
Synthesis and conjugation of small interfering ribonucleic neutral SiRNNs / Alexander S. Hamil and Steven F. Dowdy - - Liver-targeted SiRNA delivery using biodegradable poly(amide) polymer conjugates / Stephanie E. Barrett and Erin N. Guidry
PepFect6 mediated SiRNA delivery into organotypic cultures / Suvarna Dash-Wagh, Ülo Langel, and Mats Ulfendahl
Highly efficient SiRNA delivery mediated by cationic helical polypeptides and polypeptide-based nanosystems / Lichen Yin, Nan Zheng, and Jianjun Cheng
Disulfide-bridged cleavable PEGylation of poly- L -lysine for SiRNA delivery / Min Tang ... [et al.]
Preparation of a cyclic RGD : modified liposomal SiRNA formulation for use in active targeting to tumor and tumor endothelial cells / Yu Sakurai, Tomoya Hada, and Hideyoshi Harashima
Multifunctional envelope-type nano device containing a pH-sensitive cationic lipid for efficient delivery of short interfering RNA to hepatocytes in vivo / Yusuke Sato, Hideyoshi Harashima, and Michinori Kohara
Bioreducible poly (beta-amino ester)s for intracellular delivery of SiRNA / Kristen L. Kozielski and Jordan J. Green
Preparation of polyion complex micelles using block copolymers for SiRNA delivery / Hyun Jin Kim ... [et al.]
Delivery of small interfering RNAs to cells via exosomes / Jessica Wahlgren ... [et al.]
Dendrimer nanovectors for SiRNA delivery / Xiaoxuan Liu and Ling Peng
Chitosan nanoparticles for SiRNA delivery in vitro / Héloïse Ragelle ... [et al.]
Non-covalently functionalized of single-walled carbon nanotubes by DSPE-PEG-PEI for SiRNA delivery / King Sun Siu ... [et al.]
SiRNA in vivo-targeted delivery to murine dendritic cells by oral administration of recombinant yeast / Kun Xu ... [et al.]
TLR9-targeted SiRNA delivery in vivo / Dewan Md Sakib Hossain ... [et al.]
Aptamer-MiRNA conjugates for cancer cell-targeted delivery / Carla L. Esposito, Silvia Catuogno, and Vittorio de Franciscis
Method for confirming cytoplasmic delivery of RNA aptamers / David D. Dickey ... [et al.]
Hapten-binding bispecific antibodies for the targeted delivery of SiRNA and SiRNA-containing nanoparticles / Irmgard S. Thorey ... [et al.]
Stable delivery of CCR5-directed shRNA into human primary peripheral blood mononuclear cells and hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells via a lentiviral vector / Saki Shimizu, Swati Seth Yadav, and Dong Sung An
Hepatic delivery of artificial micro RNAs using helper- dependent adenoviral vectors / Carol Crowther, Betty Mowa, and Patrick Arbuthnot
Intravascular AAV9 administration for delivering RNA silencing constructs to the CNS and periphery / Brett D. Dufour and Jodi L. McBride
Efficient gene suppression in dorsal root ganglia and spinal cord using adeno-associated virus vectors encoding short-hairpin RNA / Mitsuhiro Enomoto ... [et al.]
Synthetic SiRNA delivery : progress and prospects / Thomas C. Roberts ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalShrestha Ghosh.Summary: This book illustrates the activities of mammalian sirtuin SIRT6 in connection with DNA damage repair and premature aging. It mainly presents research on the nuclear lamin A, notably the upregulation of p53 and acetylation etc. Taken together, these studies reveal the various regulatory roles of SIRT6, which are of substantial biological relevance in DNA damage repair, aging and longevity, and can have significant implications in devising therapeutic strategies to combat age-associated pathologies. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for students and researchers in the fields of genetics, cell biology, molecular biology etc.
Contents:
Intro; Supervisor's Foreword; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Contributors; Acronyms and Abbreviations; List of Figures; List of Tables; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Premature Aging and Genomic Instability; 1.1.1 Chronological Aging and Premature Aging; 1.1.2 A Brief Background of Progeroid Syndromes; 1.1.3 Genomic Instability and Premature Aging; 1.2 Lamins and Laminopathies; 1.2.1 The Nuclear Lamins; 1.2.2 A Brief Outlook of Laminopathies; 1.2.3 Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome (HGPS); 1.2.4 Atypical HGPS Conditions; 1.3 Role of Sirtuins in Premature Aging 1.3.1 Sirtuins ... At a Glance1.3.2 Sirt1; 1.3.3 Sirt2; 1.3.4 Sirt3; 1.3.5 Sirt4; 1.3.6 Sirt5; 1.3.7 Sirt6; 1.3.8 Sirt7; 1.4 An Overview of SIRT6; 1.4.1 Structure and Localization of SIRT6; 1.4.2 Diverse Functions of SIRT6; 1.4.3 Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6; 1.4.4 Perspectives; 1.5
p53: In a Nutshell; 1.5.1 Domains of p53 and Their Associated Functions; 1.5.2 Mechanisms of p53 Activation and Regulation; 1.5.3 Perspectives; 1.6 Hypotheses and Objectives of Study; 1.6.1 Hypothesis I: A Potential Interlinkage Between Lamins and SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair and Premature Aging 1.6.2 Hypothesis II: A Potential Functional Interlinkage Between SIRT6 and P53 in Accelerated Cellular Senescence and Premature Aging1.6.3 Hypothesis III: Other Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6 with Regulatory Roles in DNA Damage Repair Process; References; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Materials; 2.1.1 Cell Lines; 2.1.2 Mouse Lines; 2.1.3 Constructs; 2.1.4 Antibodies; 2.1.5 Reagents; 2.1.6 Primers; 2.2 Methods; 2.2.1 Cell Culture, Transfections and Treatment with Reagents; 2.2.2 Mouse Embryonic Fibroblast (MEF) Collection; 2.2.3 Genotyping of Tissues from Mice 2.2.18 Isolation of Bone Marrow Stromal Cells, and Cells from Thymus and Spleen2.2.19 Immunostaining for Fluorescence-Activated Cell Sorting (FACS) Analysis; 2.2.20 Annexin-V Staining; 2.2.21 Statistical Analysis; References; 3 Results-I. Lamin A is an Endogenous Activator of SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair Process; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Results; 3.2.1 Lamin A is a Direct Interacting Partner of SIRT6; 3.2.2 The Core Domain of SIRT6 Plays a Critical Role in Interacting with Lamin A; 3.2.3 The C-Terminus of Lamin A Dictates Its Binding with SIRT6; 3.2.4 Lamin A Enhances SIRT6 Deacetylase Activity - DigitalRiekelt H. Houtkooper, editor.Contents:
1. Biochemistry and enzymology of sirtuins
2. NAD as a pharmacological tool to boost sirtuin activity
3. Protein lysine acylation: abundance, dynamics and function
4. SIRT1 in metabolic health and disease
5. Deacetylation by SIRT3 relieves inhibition of mitochondrial protein function
6. SIRT5 reveals novel enzymatic activities of sirtuins
7. Diverse roles of SIRT6 in mammalian healthspan and logevity
8. Sirtuins in cancer, emerging role as modulators of metabolic reprogramming
9. Sirtuins as metabolic modulators of muscle plasticity
10. Sirtuins and aging
11. Sirtuins and the circadian clock: epigenetic and metabolic crosstalk
12. Sirtuin activation by small molecules
13. Sirtuins: a future perspective
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Arnaud Gautier, Marlon J. Hinner.Contents:
How FlAsH got its dparkle : historical recollections of the biarsenical-tetracysteine tag / B. Albert Griffin, Stephen R. Adams, and Roger Y. Tsien - - Site-specific protein labeling in the pharmaceutical industry : experiences from novartis drug discovery / Lukas Leder
Getting across the cell membrane : an overview for small molecules, peptides, and proteins / Nicole J. Yang and Marlon J. Hinner
Considerations and protocols for the synthesis of custom protein labeling probes / Ivan R. Corrêa Jr.
2-Cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) condensation for site- specific labeling of proteins at the terminal cysteine residues / Lina Cui and Jianghong Rao
Fluorescent labeling for patch-clamp fluorometry (PCF) measurements of real-time protein motion in ion channels / Thomas K. Berger and Ehud Y. Isacoff
Fluorescent labeling of SNAP-tagged proteins in cells / Gražvydas Lukinavičius, Luc Reymond, and Kai Johnsson
Halotag technology for specific and covalent labeling of fusion proteins / Hélène A. Benink and Marjeta Urh
Ligation of synthetic peptides to proteins using semisynthetic protein trans-splicing / Julian C.J. Matern ... [et al.]
Chemical-tag labeling of proteins using fully recombinant split inteins / Anne-Lena Bachmann ... [et al.]
Phage selection assisted by Sfp phosphopantetheinyl transferase-catalyzed site-specific protein labeling / Bo Zhao ... [et al.]
Site-specific biotinylation of purified proteins using BirA / Michael Fairhead and Mark Howarth
Site-specific labeling of proteins via sortase : protocols for the molecular biologist / Maximilian Wei-Lin Popp
BONCAT: metabolic labeling, click chemistry, and affinity purification of newly synthesized proteomes / Peter Landgraf, Elmer R. Antileo, Erin M. Schuman, and Daniela C. Dieterich
Genetic encoding of unnatural amino acids for labeling proteins / Kathrin Lang , Lloyd Davis, and Jason W. Chin
Labeling proteins by affinity-guided DMAP chemistry / Tomonori Tamura and Itaru Hamachi
Ligand-directed tosyl chemistry for selective native protein labeling in vitro, in cells, and in vivo / Shinya Tsukiji and Itaru Hamachi. - DigitalEun-Ok Im, Afaf I. Meleis, editors.Summary: This book fills the gap in the literature on nursing theories by presenting the background information on situation specific theories such as philosophical bases and current status of situation specific theories and providing a collection of situation specific theories that have been developed. It provides specific guidelines for nursing research and practice, essentials for PhD and DNP students to complete the requirements for their degrees (e.g., dissertation, QI project). In addition, this book can be used in theory courses in other graduate nursing programs that require theoretical bases for their comprehensive exam or scholarly project (e.g., MSN, NP). Throughout nursing history, nursing theories have evolved within the contexts of changing and emerging theoretical needs of nursing discipline. Subsequently, several different types of nursing theories have been proposed, developed, and used in nursing education, research, and practice. Situation specific theories could be easily adopted and used in nursing practice and research due to their foci on specific populations or particular fields. Since situation specific theories were firstly proposed in 1990s, they became a major part of nursing theories in the past two decades, making this book appeals to all levels of nursing students.
- DigitalCharlie Arnot.Summary: Despite food being safer, more affordable and more available than at any time in human history, consumers are increasingly skeptical and critical of today?s food system. In Size Matters, Charlie Arnot provides thought provoking insight into how the food system lost consumer trust, what can be done to restore it, and the remarkable changes taking place on farms and in food companies, supermarkets and restaurants every day as technology and consumer demand drive radical change. The very systems and technologies that are mistrusted by consumers are driving a revolution that empowers individual consumers to find the perfect recipe of taste and nutrition to meet their specific needs and desires. Size Matters pulls back the curtain to examine the irony, competing priorities and new realities that shape today's food system.
Contents:
Chapter1: Sowing the Seeds of Distrust
Chapter2: Social License Revoked
Chapter3: From A & P to Omni Shopping
Chapter4: From Famine to Feast
Chapter5: How to Make Money by Doing What's Right
Chapter6: Brands as Agents of Change
Chapter7: Military, Social Media and Meal Time
Chapter8: Dinner Without Dogma.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited Wan-Fai Ng.Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome summarises current understanding of the pathogenesis of the disease, including advances in the genetics, disease mechanisms, clinical diagnosis and assessment, secondary Sjögren's syndrome, and the role of laboratory investigations and imaging.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- Digitaledited by Roberto Gerli ; co-edited by Elena Bartoloni, Alessia Alunno.Contents:
Introduction : history of Sjögren's syndrome
Clinical features
Management of Sjögren's syndrome
Classification criteria for Sjögren's syndrome
Imaging procedures useful for the diagnosis of Sjögren's syndrome : abnormalities of the major salivary glands
Sjögren's syndrome--associated lymphoma
Spontaneous and inducible animal models of Sjögren's syndrome
Genetics, genomics, gene expression profiling, and epigenetics in Sjögren's syndrome
Autoantigens and autoantibodies in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome
Sjögren's syndrome and environmental factors
Histology of Sjögren's syndrome
Glandular epithelium : innocent bystander or leading actor?
T cells in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome : more than just Th1 and Th2
B lymphocytes in primary Sjögren's syndrome
Cytokines, chemokines, and the innate immune system in Sjögren's syndrome
Autoantibodies and autoantigens in Sjögren's syndrome
Outcome measures in Sjögren's syndrome and perspectives in clinical trial design
Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : b-cell targeting
Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : t-cell targeting
New biological avenues for Sjögren's syndrome.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalSeunghee Cha, editor.Summary: This book provides a thorough update on Sjögren's syndrome (SS) and its adverse impacts on oral health. The opening section focuses on the clinical and laboratory characteristics of SS and its current management. Here, readers will find information on diagnostic criteria, pharmacotherapy, dental management, and the importance of saliva in oral health and SS. Attention then turns to the immunopathogenesis of SS, which includes the mechanisms of secretory dysfunction, myoepithelial cell functions in salivary gland physiology and disease, dysregulated innate and adaptive immunity, and B-cell expansion and neoplasia. The final section details important advances in SS diagnosis and therapy. The differential diagnoses of recurrent glandular swelling, glandular irrigation and sialendoscopy, and salivary gland ultrasound for SS in children are explained, along with the pharmacological management for SS, clinical care for dry eyes, and gene therapy. This book will be of interest to not only dental practitioners and researchers but also rheumatologists and pathologists.
Contents:
Clinical Characteristics of SS and Current Management: Characteristics of SS, Pharmacotherapy and Dental Management
Saliva and Its Importance in SS
Efficacy of Sialoendoscopy in SS
Dysautonomia in SS and Oral Complications. Immunopathogenesis of SS: Mechanisms of Secretory Dysfunction in SS
Dysregulation of Innate Immunity and Oral Health.-Dysregulation of Adaptive Immunity and Oral Health. Improved SS Diagnosis and Therapeutics: Recurrent vs. Persistent Salivary Gland Swelling in Differential Diagnosis of SS
Salivary Gland Ultrasound Sonography of SS and Juvenile SS
Sialometry: The importance of Calibration
Gene Therapy in SS for Restoration of Secretory Dysfunction. - DigitalSjögren's Syndrome and the Salivary Glands : Novel Techniques in Diagnosis, Management and TreatmentGeorge A.W. Bruyn, editor.Summary: This book answers questions about the critical role of ultrasound in the management of patients with Sjogrens syndrome. It also covers developments rheumatologists can foresee in performing a biopsy of the parotid gland. Each chapter is authored by experts on this condition, emphasizing the extent of current understanding and dealing with unanswered challenges and pitfalls. Topics such as modern imaging techniques like ultrasound and MRI and their importance are given particular focus in this book; practitioners are increasingly using imaging techniques to refine diagnosis and guide clinical management. Additionally, as a significant emerging point of interest in the field, biopsy of the major salivary glands, particularly ultrasound-guided procedures, receives extra attention within the text. The book also includes a chapter that deals with future directions and will also review the challenges patients face with unmanaged Sjogrens syndrome. Comprehensive and concise, Sjogrens Syndrome and the Salivary Glands provides a balanced overview between the chapters and ensure homogeneity of the terminology.
Contents:
Introduction
Epidemiology of Sjogrens syndrome
The variable clinical presentation of Sjogrens syndrome
Diagnostic and classification criteria of Sjogrens syndrome
On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: epigenetics and epithelial cells
On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: environmental factors and cells of the innate and adaptive immune system
Juvenile Sjogrens syndrome
Anatomy and histology of the salivary glands
Sonoanatomy of the major salivary glands
Imaging of Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to ultrasound
Towards a scientific validation of ultrasound for Sjogrens syndrome
Ultrasonographic scoring systems a systematic review
Biopsy of the minor salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome
Biopsy of the major salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to B cell proliferation. - DigitalGraham Hughes, Shirish Sangle, Simon Bowman.Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome is slowly being recognised as one of the most common auto-immune diseases, and considered pivotal in the spectrum of auto-immune disorders. Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice is a unique, concise book which explores important insights into Sjögren's links with other conditions and devotes itself to shedding new light on this disease. Aimed at young medics but also suitable for the informed lay reader, physicians and pharma, Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice will help with the diagnosis and treatment of this increasingly recognised disorder.
Contents:
Introduction
Eyes
Mouth and Salivary Glands
Lungs
Skin
Gut
Bladder, Vagina, Kidney
The Nervous System
Joints, Tendons, Muscles
Sjögren's and Lymphoma
Sjögren's Overlaps
General Treatment
Drug Treatment
Diagnosis I: Blood Tests
Diagnosis II: Other Tests
Causes of Sjögrens.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Matthew J. Hilton, University of Rochester Medical Center, Rochester, NY, USA.Contents:
Overview of Skeletal Development
Overview of Skeletal Repair (Fracture Healing and Its Assessment)
Generation of Closed Transverse Fractures in Small Animals
The Murine Femoral Bone Graft Model and a Semi-Automated Histomorphometric Analysis Tool
Surgical Induction of Posttraumatic Osteoarthirits
A Mouse Model of Flexor Tendon Repair
Cartilage Explant Cultures
Renal Capsule Transplantations to Assay Skeletal Angiogenesis
Whole Mount Skeletal Staining
Tips and Techniques for Processing and Sectioning Undecalcified Murine Bone Specimens
Preparation of Thin Sections from Non-fixed and Undecalcified Hard Tissues Using Kawamoto's Film Method (2012)
Demineralized Murine Skeletal Histology
Beta-Galactosidase Staining in the Skeleton
Whole-Mount In Situ Hybridization on Murine Skeletogenic Tissues
Non-Radioactive In Situ Hybridization on Skeletal Tissue Sections
Radioactive In Situ Hybridization to Detect Gene Expression in Skeletal Tissue Sections
Proliferation Assays (BrdU and EdU) on Skeletal Tissue Sections
TUNEL Assay on Skeletal Tissue Sections to Detect Apoptosis
Analysis of Chondrogenesis Using Micromass Cultures of Limb Mesenchyme
Isolation and Culture of Murine Primary Chondrocytes
Bone Marrow Stromal Cell Assays : In Vitro and In Vivo
Isolation and Culture of Neonatal Mouse Calvarial Osteoblasts
RANKL-Based Osteoclastogenic Assays from Murine Bone Marrow Cells
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Cultures and Assays.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital[edited by] Bruce D. Browner, Jesse B. Jupiter, Christian Krettek, Paul A. Anderson.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- Digitaledited by Grant E. Garrigues, Marc J. Richard and Mark J. Gage.Summary: From the sternoclavicular joint to the distal phalanx, Skeletal Trauma of the Upper Extremity is a practical, one-volume resource covering all aspects of upper limb trauma and surgery. Comprehensive in scope, it features a multidisciplinary, step-by-step approach to evaluation and management, including concise background information and a detailed focus on practical points and surgical techniques. Written by global experts in traumatology, sports medicine, shoulder, elbow, and hand surgery, this richly illustrated guide brings you into the operating room with leaders in the field. Offers detailed, practical guidance from the originators and/or masters of each procedure, along with multiple, illustrated surgical technique descriptions. Includes pearls and pitfalls, preoperative evaluation and indications, surgical techniques, rehabilitation, and management of complications. Features tables and figures throughout that clearly demonstrate surgical tips and tricks. Identifies controversial topics and covers current challenges such as arthroscopic coracoclavicular/acromioclavicular joint reconstruction, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty for proximal humerus fracture, total elbow arthroplasty for fracture, interosseous membrane reconstruction of the forearm, and many more. Contains more than 500 high-quality illustrations, including anatomical and surgical illustrations, surgical photographs, ultrasounds, and x-rays. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.Digital Access
- DigitalKathleen Benton.Summary: With a focus on end-of-life discussion in aging and chronically ill populations, this book offers insight into the skill of communicating in complex and emotionally charged discussions. This text is written for all clinicians and professionals in the fields of healthcare and public health who are faced with questions of ethical deliberation when a patient's illness turns from chronic to terminal. This skill is required to manage care well in an age of advanced technology, and numerous autonomous choices. With a palliative care and ethics focus, the manuscript provides case studies illustrating issues which occur in the acuity and chronicity of end of life. Clear tools for clinicians, such as scripting and "the advance care planning video library" are included. The book focuses on the unique concept of outpatient ethics, including readmission prevention and shortened length of stay through good communication for clinicians who will be required to conduct this discussion with patients. The ethical undertone in this text provides a perfect opening for application in healthcare ethics classes, both in fields of public health and healthcare. Medical scholars and physicians, nurse practitioners and physician's assistants, as well as social workers, both in practice and training, will benefit from this text.
Contents:
Introduction to Daniel
Defining the patient population
Ethics and the medicalization of death
Ethics end-of-life cases
The skills of communicating clearly.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Edward A. S. Duncan, PhD, BSc(Hons), DipCBT.Summary: This book provides a practical and pragmatic guide to becoming a successful practitioner. It covers everthing from thinking and judgement to decision making, evidence-based practice and research skills, leadership and managemnt. It also guides the reader towards effective career advancement, getting their work noticed, and staying up to date in their field.--back cover.
Contents:
Introduction
Section 1: Thinking, judgement and decision skills for practice
Judgement and decision-making skills for practice / Priscilla Harries
Shared decision-making skills in practice / Edward A. S. Duncan
Doing reflective practice: being a reflective and resilient practitioner / Elizabeth Anne McKay
Section 2: Professional skills for practice
Assessment skills for practice / Susan Prior ; Nichola Duffy ; Edward A. S. Duncan
Activity analysis / Kirsty Forsyth
Goal setting in occupational therapy: a client-centred perspective / Lesley Scobbie ; Sally Boa
Therapeutic use of self: a model of the intentional relationship / Renne R. Taylor ; Jane Melton
Problem solving / Edward A. S. Duncan
Group skills for practice in occupational therapy / Sharan L. Schwartzberg ; Mary Alicia Barnes
Record and report writing / Lisa McGraw ; Jane Grant
Section 3: Evidence-based and research skills for practice
Finding and appraising the evidence / Edward A. S. Duncan ; M. Clare Taylor
Implementation science / Katrina Bannigan
Section 4: Leadership, supervision and management skills for practice
Improvement science in practice / Lianne McInally
Developing research skills in practice / Edward A.S. Duncan
Presentation and publication skills / Edward A. S. Duncan ; Allister Landrock ; Ann Landrock
Self-care and self-management / Katrina Bannigan
Leadership skills / Charles H. Christiansen
Practice education-Skills for students and educators / Stephen Isbel ; Thomas Bevitt ; Mon-Lin Ye ; Ted Brown
Clinical supervision skills / Jenny Strong ; Amy McKenzie
Professional use of social media / Edward A.S. Duncan.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023 - DigitalHani Almoallim, Mohamed Cheikh, editors.Summary: This Open Access book presents practical approaches to managing patients affected by various rheumatological diseases, allowing readers to gain a better understanding of the various clinical expressions and problems experienced by these patients. Discussing rheumatology from an organ systems perspective, it highlights the importance of detailed musculoskeletal examinations when treating patients affected by rheumatological diseases. The book first explores the latest diagnostic approaches and offers key tips for accurate musculoskeletal examinations before addressing the various treatment modalities, with a particular focus on the most common joints involved in rheumatoid arthritis: the wrists and the metacarpophalangeal joints (2nd and 3rd). Featuring easy-to-understand flow diagrams and explaining the common medical problems associated with rheumatic disease, such as shortness of breath and anemia, it is not only a valuable resource to rheumatologists, but will also appeal to medical students, junior residents, and primary healthcare physicians.
Contents:
Part 1 Basics in Rheumatology
1 History-Taking Skills in Rheumatology
2 Approach to Musculoskeletal Examination
3 Laboratory Interpretation of Rheumatic Diseases
4 Pharmacotherapy in Systemic Rheumatic Diseases
5 Radiology in Rheumatology
Part 2 Diagnostic approach to common medical problems in patients with rheumatic diseases
6 Low Back Pain
7 Pulmonary Manifestations of Connective Tissue Diseases
8 Nervous system and rheumatology
9 Diagnostic Approach to Proximal Myopathy
10 Bones and Rheumatology
11 Fever and Rheumatology
12 Thrombosis in Rheuamtological Diseases
13 The Blood in Rheumatology
14 Renal System and Rheumatology
15 Skin Manifestations of Rheumatological Diseases
16 Cardiovascular Diseases and Rheumatology
17 Gestational Rheumatology
18 Perioperative Management of Patients with Rheumatic Diseases
19 The Eye and Rheumatology
20 Vasculitis and Rheumatology
21 Diabetes and Rheumatology
22 Soft Tissue Rheumatic Disorders
23 Gastrointestinal System and Rheumatology
24 Pediatric Rheumatology
Part 3 Classification criteria and guidelines
25 Classification Criteria and Clinical Practice Guidelines for Rheumatic Diseases. - DigitalMiranda A. Farage, Kenneth W. Miller, Nancy Fugate Woods, Howard I. Maibach, editors.Summary: An era of global population aging is upon us. By 2030, one in eight people will be over age 65. Since women generally live longer than men, the health and welfare of postmenopausal women will become a significant public health concern. This book offers a comprehensive review of the life changes associated with menopause, both at the dermatological and physiological level (e.g., hormonal, immunological) and at the subcellular level. It critically examines the dermatological, biological, and clinical challenges to postmenopausal health and well-being and the current and emerging therapeutic interventions. The authors advocate a holistic approach, emphasizing the need to view the menopause as a life transition with various facets rather than as a series of distinct medical conditions to be managed. Our goal is to offer a comprehensive resource to the researchers, clinicians, physicians, and helping professions whose mission is to promote the health and well-being of women around the world.
Contents:
What is Menopause?
Skin and Menopause
Effect of Supplementations and Vitamins on Menopause
Hormonal Change and Therapy
Menopause and Genital
Menopause and Autoimmune Disease
Hotflahes
Other Therapy for Menopause
Sexual Decline
Menopause Tests
Menopause and Sleep
Menopause and Mental Effects
Menopause and Quality of Life
Menopause and cosmetic procedures. - DigitalAshish Dwivedi, Neeraj Agarwal, Lipika Ray, Amit Kumar Tripathi, editors.Summary: This book summarizes the potent effect of ultraviolet radiation (UVR) on the photoaging and cancer formation. Skin is the largest human organ which continually reconstructs itself to ensure its viability, integrity, and ability to provide protection for the body. This protection can be compromised by the aging of the skin which ultimately promotes skin inflammation, impaired wound repair, and increased risk of skin cancer. The book entails mechanistic insights into the UVR-induced immunomodulation and DNA damage in the skin to delineate the pathogenesis, and develop novel ways for prevention of photoaging of the skin cells. It also elucidates the potential of nanotechnology in the treatment of skin cancer. Further, it discusses the bioinformatics approaches to understand the molecular mechanism of photoaging and cancer formation.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Skin anatomy & morphology
Chapter 2. Cellular & Molecular events: skin aging & cancer
Chapter 3. Human skin stem cell and aging
Chapter 4. UV-R induced skin damage: Skin againg & cancer
Chapter 5. UV-R induced immunomodulation :Skin aging & cancer
Chapter 6. UV-R and Role of Pigmentation in skin aging & cancer
Chapter 7. UV-R and Vitamin D synthesis
Chapter 8. UV-R induced melanin chemi-excitation in melanoma pathogenesis
Chapter 9. Future prospective of nanotechnology in skin cancer therapeutics
Chapter 10. Role of bioinformatics in understanding of molecular mechanism and prevention of skin cancer
Chapter 11. UV-R interaction with skin. Cases of study
Chapter 12. Monitoring the genotoxic potential of sunlight and DNA photoprotection of sunscreen. - DigitalCarmen Salavastru, Dedee F. Murrell, James Otton, editors.Summary: This book describes the relationship of the skin with cardiovascular disease. It details the variety of genetic, autoimmune, metabolic and endocrine factors that link the two disciplines. Recognition of one sign or symptom in dermatology can lead to the investigation and discovery of an important related cardiac condition, the recognition of which is important to prevent cardiovascular complications. Similarly, a cardiac condition may be related to an underlying skin condition that requires treatment. Genetic examples of such instances included within the book include: pseudoxanthoma elasticum, epidermolysis bullosa with desmosome defects and plectin defects; Marfan syndrome; Autoimmune conditions include vasculitis, sarcoidosis, lupus; metabolic conditions include insulin resistance, eruptive xanthomas with hypertriglyceridemias and elevated cholesterol; endocrine disorders include thyroid acropachy with atrial fibrillation; insulin resistance with coronary artery disease and psoriasis or hidradenitis suppurativa. Skin and the Heart reviews the effects of genetic, autoimmune and endocrine diseases with connections between skin and heart. It is therefore a key reference for all practitioners and researchers working in both disciplines.
Contents:
I. Embryology. Embryology of the skin ; Embryology of the heart
II. Genetic diseases. Epidermolysis bullosa ; Cutaneous Manifestations of Aortic Disease ; Tuberous Sclerosis Complex: Skin and Heart: Pivotal Common and Early Signs ; Incontinentia pigmenti ; The Heart in Neurofibromatosis 1 ; Cardiocutaneous desmosomal disorders
III. Inflammatory diseases. Lupus erythematosus and other collagen diseases ; Vasculitis ; Behçet's Disease ; Kawasaki disease
IV. Infectious. COVID-19 ; Lyme disease ; Syphillis ; Viral conditions
V. Metabolic and endocrine diseases. Xanthomas and abnormalities of lipid metabolism and storage ; The skin and diabetes ; Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Fabry Disease ; Mastocytosis
VI. Drug reaction. Medication induced cardiotoxic and skin rections ; Cardiovascular side effects of medications for skin diseases ; The importance of cardiac assessment in the era of biologic therapies for psoriasis
VII. Erythoroderma and High output cardiac failure. Erythroderma and cardiac function
VIII. Miscellaneous. Disorders of fluid regulation ; Infantile hemangiomas and the heart ; Erdheim-Chester disease ; Cardiac Implantable Device Related Complications. - Digitalvolume editor, Tove Agner.Contents:
Filaggrin and skin barrier function
Stratum Corneum lipids: their role for the skin barrier function in healthy subjects and atopic dermatitis patients
Importance of tight junctions in relation to skin barrier function
Antimicrobial peptides, infections and the skin barrier
Biological variation in skin barrier function: from A (atopic dermatitis) to X (xerosis)
Methods for the assessment of barrier function
In vivo raman confocal spectroscopy in the investigation of the skin barrier
Irritants and skin barrier function
Skin barrier function and allergens
Penetration through the skin barrier
Treatments improving skin barrier function
Standards for the protection of skin barrier function
The role of the skin barrier in occupational skin diseases
Wet work and barrier function
Saving the barrier by prevention.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalDeborah F. MacFarlane, editor.Summary: The incidence of skin cancer continues to rise, as do the challenges physicians face in treating the growing population of skin cancer patients. Skin Cancer Management: A Practical Approach, 2nd edition addresses the spectrum of skin cancers from the precancerous to the inoperable. In this revised and updated edition, a wide selection of medical treatments and surgical procedures are described in detail and supplemented with an abundance of full-color figures. Numerous case studies help to illustrate the various techniques. .
Contents:
Biopsy Techniques and Interpretation
Topical Therapies for Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers
Chemical Peels for Precancerous Skin Lesions
Photodynamic Therapy
Intralesional and Perilesional Treatment of Skin Cancers
Electrodesiccation and Curettage
Cryosurgery
Optimizing Surgical Outcomes
Anxiolysis, Anesthesia, and Analgesia
Excision Techniques and Materials
Mohs Surgery
Principles of Cutaneous Flap Surgery
Techniques in Skin Grafting
Nail Surgery and Malignant Tumors of the Nail Unit
Practical Management of Melanoma
Skin Cancer in Skin of Color
Management of Skin Cancers in Solid Organ Transplant Recipients
Imaging of Head and Neck Skin Cancer
Radiation Oncology in Skin Cancer Treatment
When to Refer Out
Chemoprevention of Keratinocyte Carcinomas
Systemic Therapy for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Non-Melanoma Skin Cancer. - DigitalBarbara Fowble, Sue S. Yom, Florence Yuen, Sarah Arron, editors.Contents:
Scope of the Problem
Anatomy of the Skin and Pathophysiology of Radiation Dermatitis
Types of Radiation-Related Skin Reactions
Skin Care Products Used During Radiation Therapy
Head and Neck Cancer
Thoracic Cancers
Breast Cancer
Gastrointestinal Cancer
Genitourinary Cancer
Gynecologic Cancer
Central Nervous System
Pediatrics
Sarcoma
Skin Cancer
Locally Advanced Cancers.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHanjiang Zhu, Howard I. Maibach, editors.Summary: The skin is the first line of defense against chemical warfare agents including nerve agents and toxic industrial chemicals, providing a possible barrier or delay to systemic distribution. However, some chemicals act directly on the skin including vesicants sulfur mustard and corrosive compounds such as strong acids or bases, and do not have to gain access to systemic circulation to cause extensive skin damage. Early and rapid skin decontamination is extremely important following exposure to chemical warfare agents and toxic industrial chemicals because it decreases serious skin damage to the patient and, potentially, their doctor. This multi-authored international text pulls together a century of decontamination research and helps the reader expedite solutions that will decrease morbidity and mortality. Complete with dozens of hiqh quality photographs and illustrations, Skin Decontamination aids industrial hygiene, dermatology, occupational physicians and those involved in the public health arena.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Isolated Human and Animal Stratum Corneum As a Partial Model for the 15 Steps of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination, Part I
Chapter 2. Isolated Human And Animal Stratum Corneum As A Partial Model For The 15 Steps Of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination Part II
Chapter 3. Recent Knowledge: Human/Animal Skin Decontamination
Chapter 4. The Decontamination of Chemically Contaminated Remains
Chapter 5. Effectiveness of Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Skin Decontaminants: Towards Tests Standardization
Chapter 6. Effects of Soap-Water Wash on Human Epidermal Penetration
Chapter 7. Fuller's Earth: Old and Faithful Skin Decontaminant Against Toxic Agents
Chapter 8. Comparison of Four Different Fullers Earth Formulations in Skin Decontamination
Chapter 9. The Mass Decontamination Paradigm: Response Relating to Gas Phase Exposures and Skin Decontamination
Chapter 10. Binding Affinity and Decontamination of Dermal Decontamination Gel (DDGel) to Model Chemical Warfare Agent (CWA) Simulants
Chapter 11. Dermostyx (IB1): High-efficacy and Safe Topical Skin Protectant Against Percutaneous Toxic Agents
Chapter 12. Understanding the Impact of Responder Management Strategies on Public Experiences and Behaviour During Mass Decontamination. - DigitalThomas P. Habif, James G.H. Dinulos, M. Shane Chapman, Katherine A. Zug.Summary: "Get practical guidance from renowned dermatologist Dr. Thomas Habif and his expert team of co-authors in this user-friendly, focused text. Written specifically for the non-specialist, this easy-to-follow reference offers precisely the diagnostic and treatment information you need to quickly identify the 250 skin disorders you're most likely to see. It's an ideal resource for any medical practitioner who'd rather treat than refer patients with skin disease, as well as an excellent review for board preparation"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Topical therapy
Eczema
Urticaria
Acne, rosacea and related disorders
Psoriasis and other papulosquamous diseases
Bacterial infections
Sexually transmitted infections
Viral infections
Fungal infections
Exanthems and drug reactions
Hypersensitivity syndromes and vasculitis
Infestations and bites
Vesicular and bullous diseases
Connective tissue diseases
Light-related diseases and disorders of pigmentation
Benign skin tumors
Premalignant and malignant non-melanoma skin tumors
Nevi and malignant melanoma
Vascular tumors and malformations
Hair and nail diseases
Neonatal disease
Cutaneous manifestations of internal disease
Lasers in dermatology
Leishmaniasis
Leprosy (Hansen's diseases)Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - DigitalRashmi Sarkar, Surabhi Sinha, editors.Summary: This book covers dermatological and related esthetic concerns specific to female patients. Since knowing whats normal is as important as knowing whats not, first chapters covers physiological differences in the skin of women and the changes during puberty, pregnancy, and menopause. Certain commonly encountered dermatoses are more frequent in females chronic telogen effluvium, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, pigmented contact (cosmetic) dermatitis, etc., which are explained in a more focused manner. Dermatoses exclusive to females involving the vulva is discussed at length. These include common papulosquamous conditions such as psoriasis, lichen planus, and lichen sclerosus as well as the uncommon but challenging plasma cell vulvitis. Breast dermatoses also are predominantly encountered in women and are described in detail in this book. Importantly, the safety of drugs and biologics in pregnancy and lactation have been covered too. One section is dedicated to the emotional and psychological burden of skin disease in women and certain disorders requiring psychiatric intervention such as obsessive-compulsive disorder (trichotillomania, trichotemnomania) and body dysmorphic disorder. Furthermore, commonly used cosmeceuticals and frequently performed esthetic procedures such as chemical peels, botulinum toxin, and soft tissue augmentation (fillers) are well explained. Skin diseases in females can cause a significant emotional and psychological impact that can sometimes be more serious than the physical impact. There is a paucity of comprehensive published literature in both journal and books and this book aims to fill that gap. This book is meant as a resource for dermatology residents and trainees, practitioners, and teachers. .
Contents:
Physiology of skin
Pregnancy dermatoses
Skin in pregnancy
Skin changes in Menopause
Acne in women
TSDF in females with skin of color
Rosacea
Hidradenitis suppurativa
Pigmentary disorders in women
Hair disorders
Metabolic syndrome: dermatologic aspects in females
Eczemas in women
Body dysmorphic disorder
DLQI in females : important disorders with low DLQIs
Treatment of cellulite
Breast augmentation - cutaneous aspects & complications
Vaginal rejuvenation
Treatment of the ageing face
The Sensitive Skin-Dos and Donts
A guide to botulinum toxin and fillers
Chemical peels and lasers-special consideration
Sexually transmitted diseases in women
Vulval disorders in women
Tropical diseases in women
Nail Disorders in women
Challenges faced by women dermatologists and training programs available to them. - DigitalJohn C. Hall, editor.Summary: As the number of surviving immune suppressed patients continues to rise, skin manifestations of patients have become increasingly important. AIDS patients, and renal, heart, liver, bone marrow, and lung transplant patients are now living longer and immunosuppressive drugs are being used more frequently. Diabetes is rising in the US and around the world, offering its own unique brand of immune suppressed skin diseases. The skin may be the earliest sign of these conditions and be the organ showing the most profound, earliest, and treatment limiting side effects. Skin Diseases in the Immunocompromised is the most comprehensive book on the topic available. It elucidates the signs of immune suppressed skin diseases to afford early diagnosis and management of this ever-increasing diverse group of illnesses. Organized for easy access, this book will be an essential resource for residents and fellows in dermatology and infectious diseases medical professionals.
Contents:
Skin Disorders in Immunocompromised Diabetes Patients
Skin Disorders of AIDS Patients
Skin Disorders in Patients with Primary Immunodeficiencies
Cancer Patients and Skin Disease
Skin Disease in Solid Organ Transplant Patients
Graft vs Host Disease and Skin Manifestations
Cutaneous Reactions to the Biologics
Cutaneous Reactions to Chemotherapy
Cutaneous Reactions to Corticosteroids
Cutaneous Reactions to Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
Cutaneous Manifestations of Aging and Immunodeficiency
UVA and UVB Therapy: Practical Applications and Implications for the Immunosuppressed Patient and Skin Disease
Skin Cancer in the Immunocompromised
Radiation Therapy for Non-melanoma Skin Cancer in Immunosuppressed Patients and Cutaneous Toxicity from This Therapy.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAldo Morrone, Roderick Hay, Bernard Naafs, editors.Summary: This richly illustrated book is a comprehensive guide to the dermatologic disorders that may be encountered in refugees and other migrants. It will equip readers to diagnose and treat a diverse range of skin diseases and conditions, including, but not limited to, infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites, dermatologic manifestations of sexually transmitted diseases, dermatoses associated with malnutrition, pigmentary disorders, bullous diseases, connective tissue diseases, and benign and malignant cutaneous neoplasias. Attention is drawn to various neglected tropical skin diseases and to the characteristic signs of torture and genital mutilations. Helpful information is also provided on the significance of skin color and the relevance of ethnic and genetic factors. The clinical chapters are complemented by discussion of the circumstances that give rise to migration, such as poverty, war, and environmental conditions. This enables the reader to gain a more rounded understanding of patients circumstances that in turn will positively impact on patient care. This book will be of wide interest to dermatologists, whether experienced or in training, as well as to general physicians and researchers.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
1: What Does It Mean to Be a Migrant, Asylum Seeker, or Refugee: Current Global Situation
1.1 The Human Rights Paradigm
1.2 Migration: Magnitude and Terminology
1.3 Why People Migrate: "Forced" and "Voluntary" Migrants
References
2: Medical, Social, and Civic Needs of Displaced Persons
References
3: Viral Dermatoses
3.1 Herpes Simplex Virus Infections
3.2 Human Papilloma Virus Infections
3.3 Pityriasis Rosea
References
4: Bacterial Dermatoses
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Clinical Features 4.2.1 Impetigo
4.2.2 Ecthyma
4.2.3 Folliculitis and Furuncles
4.2.4 Carbuncles
4.2.5 Abscess
4.2.6 Suppurative Paronychia
4.2.7 Erythrasma
4.2.8 Pitted Keratolysis
4.2.9 Erysipelas
4.2.10 Systemic Complications
4.3 Management
References
5: Non-Venereal Treponematoses
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Yaws
5.3 Bejel
5.4 Pinta
References
6: Fungal Infections
6.1 Superficial Mycoses
6.1.1 Dermatophytosis
6.1.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
6.1.2 Onychomycosis
6.1.3 Superficial Candidosis 6.1.3.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
6.1.3.2 Laboratory Diagnosis
6.1.4 Superficial Malassezia Infection
6.2 Deep Mycoses
6.2.1 Subcutaneous Mycoses
6.2.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
6.2.2 Systemic Mycoses
References
7: Protozoan Dermatoses
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Transmission
7.3 Clinical Features of CL
7.4 Diagnosis
7.5 Treatment
References
8: Helminthic Dermatoses
8.1 Nematodes
8.1.1 Cutaneous Larva Migrans (CLM)
8.1.1.1 Global Distribution
8.1.1.2 Diagnosis
8.1.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
8.1.1.4 Treatment 8.1.2 Lymphatic Filariasis
8.1.2.1 Global Distribution
8.1.2.2 Diagnosis
8.1.2.3 Differential Diagnosis
8.1.2.4 Treatment
8.1.3 Gnathostomiasis
8.1.3.1 Global Distribution
8.1.3.2 Diagnosis
8.1.3.3 Treatment
8.1.4 Loiasis
8.1.4.1 Global Distribution
8.1.4.2 Diagnosis
8.1.4.3 Treatment
8.1.5 Onchocerciasis
8.1.5.1 Global Distribution
8.1.5.2 Treatment
8.1.6 Strongyloidiasis
8.1.6.1 Global Distribution
8.1.6.2 Diagnosis
8.1.6.3 Treatment
8.2 Trematodes and Cestodes
8.2.1 Schistosomiasis 8.2.1.1 Global Distribution
8.2.1.2 Diagnosis
8.2.1.3 Treatment
8.2.2 Cysticercosis
8.2.2.1 Treatment
References
9: Dermatoses Caused by Arthropods
9.1 Bites and Stings
9.2 Insect Bites
9.3 Infestations
9.3.1 Scabies
9.3.2 Myiasis
9.3.3 Tungaiasis
9.3.4 Lice (Pediculosis and Pthiriasis)
References
10: Eczema and Dermatitis
10.1 Atopic Dermatitis
10.1.1 Pathogenesis
10.1.2 Epidemiological and Clinical Aspects
10.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
10.1.4 Histopathology
10.1.5 Treatment
10.1.5.1 Topical TherapiesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalFingani Annie Mphande.Summary: This book focuses on neglected skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries through the lens of livelihoods. These diseases, when neglected, not only affect the skin, but also joint movement and physical appearance, severely influencing the lives and livelihoods of individuals and families in vulnerable communities. The book explores why neglected skin diseases thrive in resource-poor countries, and considers how this cycle might be broken by looking at the impact on livelihoods and access to healthcare in affected communities. The research is shaped by three guiding questions: Firstly, why have some measures been successful in one part of a population and not the other? Secondly, what is unique about vulnerable populations in various parts of the world? And thirdly, can the cycle of debilitating skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries be broken? In addressing these concerns, the book excavates past and present efforts in public health measures to combat these diseases, considers the impact of culture and livelihoods, and reviews some of the milestones in disease elimination and eradication. This book will be an indispensable source for health service planners, administrators and practitioners working with vulnerable populations, as well as students and researchers in public health. .
Contents:
Chapter 1:Skin Diseases; Need For Attention
Chapter 2:Types Of Skin Disease And Their Causes
Chapter 3:Impact of Skin Diseases in limited Resource Countries
Chapter 4:Prevention, Treatment And Control Of Skin Diseases
Chapter 5:Potential Public Health Measures To Tackle Skin Diseases
Chapter 6:Case Studies
Chapter 7:Reducing Burden Of Disease
Chapter 8:Milestones; Disease Elimination Success Stories. - DigitalMarco Matucci-Cerinic, Daniel Furst, David Fiorentino, editors.Summary: Rheumatologic diseases are highly associated with clinical symptoms of the skin, nails, and mucosal membranes. This book provides the practicing rheumatologist with a rapid, easy to consult reference to help interpret the nature of these cutaneous lesions and then quickly decide upon the appropriate follow-up tests. Utilizing an abundance of informative photographs, it contains all of the essential information needed for early diagnosis and treatment. This comprehensive guide properly orients the practitioner within the challenging world of rheumatologic disorders of the skin and gives insight into when consultation with a dermatologist is advisable.
Contents:
Part I: Presentation of Skin Manifestation
Approach to Patients with Skin Manifestations
Chilblain Lupus Erythematosus
Erythema Nodosum
Livedo Reticularis
Malar Erythema
Purpura
Telangiectasias
Ulceration in Rheumatic Disease
Panniculitis
Diagnosing Puffy Fingers in the Rheumatic Patient
Part II: Methodology
Capillaroscopy
Use of Biopsy
Part III: Inflammatory Joint Disease
Skin Manifestations of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis
Inflammatory Bowel Associated Spondyloarthropathy
Nodules in Rheumatoid Arthritis
Genital Involvement as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
Keratoderma Blennorrhagica as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
Parvovirus B19 Infection
Rheumatic Fever
Part IV: Connective Tissue Diseases
Skin Manifestations of Localized Scleroderma (LS)
Localized Scleroderma of the Face
Skin Manifestations of Raynaud's Phenomenon
Skin Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis
Skin Manifestations of Neonatal Lupus Erythematosus
Skin Manifestations and Sjgren's Syndrome
Skin Manifestations of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Skin Manifestations in Dermatomyositis
Stiff Skin Syndrome
Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis
Graft-versus-Host Disease (GvHD): Cutaneous Manifestations
Scleromyxedema
Eosinophilic Fasciitis
Part V: Vasculitides
Kawasaki Disease
Dermatologic Manifestations of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Wegener's Granulomatosis)
Eosinophilic Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Churg-Strauss Syndrome)
Polyarteritis Nodosa
Skin Manifestations in Microscopic Polyangiitis
Henoch Schnlein Purpura
Skin Manifestations and Cryoglobulinemia
Skin Manifestations in Giant Cell Arteritis
Skin Manifestations of Behet's Disease
Familial Mediterranean Fever
Cryopyrin-Associated Periodic Syndromes
Part VI: Other Rheumatic Conditions
Sarcoidosis
Amyloidoses
Hypertrophic Osteoarthropathy. - DigitalLuc Teot, Sylvie Meaume, Sadanori Akita, William J. Ennis, Veronique Del Marmol, editors.Summary: In recent years, wound care has gained increasing recognition as a distinct medical specialty. An understanding of the complex mechanisms involved in wound healing facilitates efficient assessment and treatment of patients with wounds, and skin necrosis can be considered the starting point in the entire healing process. This book is the first to discuss skin necrosis as a symptom related to a broad range of pathologies. Richly illustrated, it primarily provides therapeutic strategies and treatment algorithms for different clinical contexts. All chapters were written by renowned specialists in their respected fields and include detailed sample cases and essential take-home messages. In light of the highly interdisciplinary nature of wound management, Skin Necrosis offers an invaluable resource for wound care practitioners and health care professionals across the fields of surgery, dermatology, internal medicine, and nursing.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digital[edited by] Eugene Yu, Reza Forghani.Contents:
Anterior cranial fossa, nasal cavity, and paranasal sinuses / Sheldon D.S. Derkatch, Ian J. Witterick, Scott V. Bratman, Almudena Perez-Lara, Hugh D. Curtin, and Reza Forghani
Sellar, parasellar, and clival region / Amy W. Lin, Walter Kucharczyk, Ehab Y. Hanna, Brian O'Sullivan, and Eugene Yu
Cerebellopontine angle and jugular fossa / Laila S. Alshafai, Chris Heyn, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Vincent Lin, Michael D. Cusimano, Sean Symons, Nabeel S. Alshafai, and Peter Som
Petroclival and lateral skull base / Rickin Shah, Gregory J. Basura, and Ashok Srinivasan
Open and endoscopic approaches to the sinonasal cavity and skull base / Nidal Muhanna, Christopher J. Chin, Allan D. Vescan, and John R. De Almeida
Post-treatment appearance following skull base therapy / Adam A. Dmytriw, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Eugene Yu, and Peter Som
Neuroendovascular procedures for skull base neoplasia / Adam A. Dmytriw and Aditya Bharatha
Cross-sectional CT and MRI imaging atlas of the skull base / Almudena Perez-Lara, Eugene Yu, and Reza Forghani.Digital Access - DigitalVincent Chong.Contents:
Anterior Skull Base / David SY Sia, Clement Yong, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
Imaging of the paranasal sinuses and their surgical rleevance / Clement Yong, David SY Sia, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
The Sphenoid Bone / James TPD Hallinan, David SY Sia, Clement Yong, Vincent Chong
Imaging in endoscopic endonasal skull base surgery / Eric YS Ting, Fiona Ting, Ghim Song Chia, Vincent Chong
Temporal bone inflammatory and infectious diseases / Marc Lemming
Temporal bone tumors / Bert De Foer, Laura Wuyts, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dithers, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
Temporal bone trauma / Bert De Foer, Abdellatif, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dinther, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
Update on imaging of hearing loss / Lubdha M. Shah, Richard H. Wiggins III
Imaging of the facial nerve / Theresa Kouo, Robert E. Morales, Prashant Raghavan
Imging of the postoperative middle ear, mastoid, and internal auditory canal / Timothy L. Larson, Matthew L. Wong
Petrous apex / Ilona M. Schmalfuss
Imging of the cerebellopontine angle / Margaret N. Chapman, Osamu Sakai
Jugular Foramen / Chih Ching Choong, Eric T.Y. Ting, Vincent Chong
Imaging of the craniovertebral junction / Hon-Man Liu, Ya-Fang Chen
Skull base bone lesions I / Alexandra Borges
Skull Base Bone Lesions II / Alexandra Borges
Neurointerventional Radiology for Skull Base Lesions / Hon-Man Liu, Yen-Heng Lin.Digital Access - DigitalF. Allan Midyett, Suresh K. MukherjiSummary: This book is a comprehensive guide to skull base imaging. Skull base is often a "no mans land" that requires treatment using a team approach between neurosurgeons, head and neck surgeons, vascular interventionalists, radiotherapists, chemotherapists, and other professionals. Imaging of the skull base can be challenging because of its intricate anatomy and the broad breadth of presenting pathology. Although considerably complex, the anatomy is comparatively constant, while presenting pathologic entities may be encountered at myriad stages. Many of the pathologic processes that involve the skull base are rare, causing the average clinician to require help with their diagnosis and treatment. But, before any treatment can begin, these patients must come to imaging and receive the best test to establish the correct diagnosis and make important decisions regarding management and treatment. This book provides a guide to neuroradiologists performing that imaging and as a reference for related physicians and surgeons. The book is divided into nine sections: Pituitary Region, Cerebellopontine Angle, Anterior Cranial Fossa, Middle Cranial Fossa, Craniovertebral Junction, Posterior Cranial Fossa, Inflammatory, Sarcomas, and Anatomy. Within each section, either common findings in those skull areas or different types of sarcomas or inflammatory conditions and their imaging are detailed. The anatomy section gives examples of normal anatomy from which to compare findings against. All current imaging techniques are covered, including: CT, MRI, US, angiography, CT cisternography, nuclear medicine and plain film radiography. Each chapter additionally includes key points, classic clues, incidence, differential diagnosis, recommended treatment, and prognosis. Skull Base Imaging provides a clear and concise reference for all physicians who encounter patients with these complex and relatively rare maladies.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Authors
Quick Decoder for Acronyms and Abbreviations
Overview
Part I: Pituitary Region
1: Rathke's Cleft Cyst
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
2: Pituitary Adenoma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References
3: Craniopharyngioma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
Plain Films
CT Features
MRI Features [2, 3]
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References
4: Ectopic Neurohypophysis
Imaging
General Imaging Features
Plain Films
CT Features
MRI Features [2, 3]
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis A Closer Look
Selected References
5: Hypothalamic Hamartoma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
6: Neurohypophyseal Sarcoidosis
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation [1, 2]
Natural History
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment
Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References 7: Intrasellar Arachnoid Cyst
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Natural History
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment
Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References
8: Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
Imaging
General Imaging Features
MRI Features
CT and Plain Film Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Natural History
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
Part II: Cerebellopontine Angle 9: Epidermoid Cyst
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
T1 Signal
T2 Signal
DWI
CISS and FLAIR
Clinical Issues and Natural History
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
10: CPA Meningioma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Angiographic Features
Clinical Issues and Natural History
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment
Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis of Solid CPA Masses - DigitalAnthony Cheesman, Ghassan Alusi, H. Ian Sabin, editors.Summary: 'Skull Base Surgery' represents a genuinely multi-disciplinary collaborative approach to the standard procedures in skull base surgery. It emphasizes the basic operative steps of each approach and describes variations from the basic approach. Authors from the relevant specialties Neurosurgery, Otolaryngology, Maxillo-Facial Surgery and Plastic Surgery contribute to this new specialty of skull base surgery.
Contents:
Approaches to the Anterior Skull Base
Approaches to Central Skull Base
Approaches to Lateral Skull Base
Index. - Digital[edited by] Walter C. Jean.Digital Access
- DigitalPéter Halász, Anna Szűcs.Summary: Translational research connects science and clinical medicine from "the bench to the bedside." In Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment, the authors look back from the bedside to the brain function underlying clinical symptoms and reveal mechanisms explored by contemporary neuroimaging and signal analysis in the overlapping fields of sleep and epilepsy. This book will help the reader to see epilepsy from a new viewpoint. The common pathophysiology binding together the diverse manifestations of epilepsies is the exaggeration of plastic functions of the brain involving the hippocampus, the non-specific thalamocortical system and the perisylvian cognitive network. Epileptic derailment seems to be the price for the latest achievements of the mammal and human brain; namely the highly developed ability to change and learn. The contemporary results of sleep research provide new viewpoints to explain why sleep and epilepsy are bedfellows. Converging evidence supports the concept that one of the most important biological roles of NREM sleep is the renewal of synaptic balance ensuring learning ability from one day to the next and consolidation of new memories. Epilepsy and NREM sleep use overlapping structures and functions, therefore epilepsy beginning in early childhood may interfere with sleep plastic functions. NREM sleep, which affects original learning and memory, may become the hidden source of chronic cognitive impairment when epilepsy occurs during sleep and blocks the plastic processes. Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment abandons the academic classification of epilepsy by following the system epilepsy concept, binding major epilepsies with structures and functions of physiological brain systems. It tries to show within this system the close interrelationship between sleep, epilepsy and cognition. Neuroscientists, clinical epileptologists and neurologists interested in brain processes underlying brain plasticity, sleep and epilepsy will find this book thought provoking. It offers good "brain-gymnastics" for reconsidering the ideas on epilepsy.It provides contemporary knowledge about the neurophysiological and functional anatomical background of major epilepsiesTreats major epilepsies as system epilepsies of brain networksReveals the interrelationship of sleep, epilepsy and cognitive impairment showing how epileptic manifestations became facilitated in NREM sleep and interferes with sleep plastic functions
Contents:
1. Introductory considerations
2. Absence epilepsy as the system epilepsy of the non-rapid eye movement sleep-promoting system
3. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe and nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy as system epilepsies of the ascending cholinergic arousal system
4. Juvenile idiopathic myoclonic epilepsy (Janz Syndrome) as a system epilepsy affecting the corticothalamic system and the frontal motor and cognitive frontal subsystems
5. Medial temporal lobe epilepsy (MTLE): the epilepsy of the hippocampal declarative memory system
6. Idiopathic polyfocal hyperexcitability conditions (HIEC) of childhood and their transition to electrical status epilepticus in sleep
7. Epileptica encephalopathies
8. Summary.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalSushil K. Jha, Vibha M. Jha, editors.Summary: Over the years there has been growing interest among the scientific community in investigating sleep and how it affects the memory and other brain functions. It is now well established that sleep helps in memory consolidation and induction of neural plasticity, and that short-term deprivation of either total sleep or rapid eye movement sleep alone can induce memory deficits very quickly. Quantitative and qualitative changes in sleep architecture after different training tasks further suggest that discrete memory types may require specific sleep stage/s for optimal memory consolidation, and studies indicate that sleep deprivation alters synaptic plasticity and membrane excitability in the hippocampal neurons and synaptic up-scaling in the cortical neurons. Further, sleep alteration during pregnancy may increase the risk of depression and adversely affect maternal-child relationships, parenting practices, family functioning, and children's development and general wellbeing. This book coherently discusses all these aspects, with a particular focus on the possible role of sleep in memory consolidation and synaptic plasticity. It also highlights the detrimental effects of sleep loss on mental health, the immune system and cognition. This book is a valuable reference resource for students and researchers working in the area of sleep, memory, or neuronal plasticity.
Contents:
The Memory Function of Sleep Across the Lifespan
Sleep Deprivation, Cognitive Functions and Countermeasures
Sleep Loss and Neuronal Stress
The Role of Sleep in Homeostatic Regulation of Ionic Balances and Its Implication in Cognitive Functions
Sleep and Brain Plasticity
The Role of Sleep in Emotional Processing
Sleep, Stress, and Traumatic Memory
The Distinctive Role of NREM and REM sleep in the Consolidation of Fear Memory
Sleep and Appetitive Conditioned Memory. - DigitalPeter Meerlo, Ruth M. Benca, Ted Abel, editors.Contents:
Behavioral and electrophysiological correlates of sleep and sleep homeostasis
Genetic dissection of sleep homeostasis
Sleep deprivation and gene expression
Sleep and synaptic homeostasis
Sleep and synaptic plasticity in the developing and adult brain
Sleep and adult neurogenesis: implications for cognition and mood
Animal studies on the role of sleep in memory: from behavioral performance to molecular mechanisms
A bird's eye view of sleep-dependent memory consolidation
Neuroimaging studies of sleep and memory in humans
The role of sleep in human declarative memory consolidation
Sleep-dependent memory consolidation in healthy aging and mild cognitive impairment
Adenosine, caffeine, and performance: from cognitive neuroscience of sleep to sleep pharmacogenetics
Optogenetic control of hypocretin (orexin) neurons and arousal circuits
Stress, arousal, and sleep
Sleep and emotional functions
Sleep and plasticity in schizophrenia
Chronically restricted or disrupted sleep as a casula factor in the development of depression
Sleep deprivation therapy for depression
Pharmacological treatment of sleep disorders and its relationship with neuroplasticity
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalEric Vermetten, Anne Germain, Thomas C. Neylan, editors.Contents:
Part 1: Introduction
Ch. 1: War, Sleep and PTSD: War and War-related Trauma: An Overview
Ch. 2: Combat-Related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder: Prevalence and Risk Factors
Ch. 3: Sleep as a Mediator of mTBI and PTSD
Ch. 4: Gender Differences in Sleep and War Zone-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Part 2: Military Deployment and Sleep
Ch. 5: The Role Of Sleep In The Health And Resiliency Of Military Personnel
Ch. 6: Sleep Disturbance during Military Deployment
Ch. 7: Sleep and fatigue issues in military operations
Ch. 8: Suicidal Behavior in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Focus on Combat Exposure
Part 3: Neuroscience PTSD and Sleep
Ch. 9: PBRM1: Genetics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Sleep Disturbance
Ch. 10: The Neurocircuitry of Fear and PTSD
Ch. 11: Brain Pathways of Traumatic Memory: Evidence from an Animal Model of PTSD
Ch. 12: Brain Structural Abnormalities in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Relations with Sleeping Problems
Ch. 13: PET Ligands Binding Specific Imaging Proteins in the Brain: The Application in PTSD
Part 4: Assessment of Sleep in relation to combat related PTSD
Ch. 14: Assessment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 15: Sleep Disturbances and Sleep Assessment Methods in PTSD
Ch. 16: Sleep Changes in PTSD
Ch. 17: Actigraphy and PTSD
Ch. 18: The Extreme Nocturnal Manifestation of Trauma: Trauma Associated Sleep Disorder
Ch. 19: PTSD, arousal and disrupted (REM) sleep
Ch. 20: The Psychophysiology of PTSD Nightmares
Ch. 21: Sleep-Disordered Breathing and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 22: Heart Rate Variability, Sleep, and the early detection of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 23: Sleep, Declarative Memory, and PTSD: Current Status and Future Directions
Part 5: Treatments of sleep disturbances in PTSD
Ch. 24: Psychotherapy Interventions for Comorbid Sleep Disorders and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 25: Cognitive Processing Therapy and Trauma-Related Sleep Disturbance
Ch. 26: Imagery Rehearsal Therapy for PTSD-related Nightmares
Ch. 27: Nightmare Deconstruction and Reprocessing for PTSD Nightmares
Ch. 28: Hypnotic Interventions for Sleep in PTSD
Ch. 29: Medication for sleep problems in posttraumatic stress disorder
Ch. 30: Pharmacology of Sleep and PTSD
Part 6: Specific Populations
Ch. 31: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Youth Exposed to War and Terror
Ch. 32: Predicting sleep quality and duration in adulthood from war-related exposure and posttraumatic stress in childhood
Ch. 33: Sleep disorders among Holocaust survivors
Ch.34 : Sleep Studies in Serbian Victims of Torture: analysis of traumatic dreams.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Mitchell G. Miglis.Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of normal sleep / L. Schneider
Anatomy and physiology of the circadian system / R.P. Najjar, J.M. Zeitzer
The functions of sleep and the effects of sleep deprivation / E.H. During, M. Kawai
Sleep and cognitive impairment / B.R. Peters, S.J. Sha, K. Yaffe
Sleep and movement disorders / L. Ashbrook, E.H. During
Sleep and stroke / G.J. Meskill, C. Guilleminault
Sleep and epilepsy / B. Razavi, R.S. Fisher
Central nervous system hypersomnias / J. Cheung, C.M. Ruoff, E. Mignot
Sleep and multiple sclerosis / D.J. Kimbrough, T.J. Braley
Sleep and neuromuscular disease / S. Sakamuri, J.W. Day
Sleep and headache / M. O'Hare, R.P. Cowan
Sleep and the autonomic nervous system / M.G. Miglis.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digital[edited by] Michael Friedman and Ofer Jacobowitz.Contents:
The role of otolarynologist in the treatment of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea
Signs and symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea and upper airway resistance syndrome
Airway evaluation in obstructive sleep apnea
Clinical polysomnography
Home sleep testing
Drug-induced sleep endoscopy (DISE)
Obstructive sleep apnea : decision making and treatment planning
CPAP, APAP, and BiPAP
Analysis of CPAP failures
Oral appliances for OSA
Rationale and indications for surgical treatment
The impact of surgical treatment of OSA on cardiac risk factors
Perioperative and anesthesia management
Friedman tongue position and the staging of obstructive sleep apnea/hypopnea syndrome
Algorithm for surgery : paptopharyngoplasty first and foremost
Algorithm for multilevel treatment : the Riley, Powell, and Liu Stanford experience
Lingual tonsil hypertrophygrading system
The effect of oral positioning on hypopharyngeal airway dimensions
Algorithm for multilevel treatment : Friedman experience
Nasal obstruction and sleep-disordered breathing
Minimally invasive nasal valve repair
Plastic surgery techniques for correction of nasal obstruction
New techniques in nasal valve repair
Inferior turbinate reduction
Role of laser surgery in treatment of OSA
Cautery-assisted palatal stiffening operation and anterior palatoplasty
Injection snoreplasty
Sling snoreplasty
Elevoplasty
Palatal implants for primary snoring : short- and long-term results of a new, minimally invasive surgical technique
Classic uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty : patient selection and effects on the airway
Zeta palatopharyngoplasty (ZPP)
The uvulopalatal flap
Modified uvulopalatopharyngoplasty with uvula preservation
Transpalatal advancement pharyngoplasty
Expansion sphincter pharyngoplasty
Barbed snore surgery (BSS)
Fundamentals of minimally invasive radiofrequency applications in ear, nose, and throat medicine
Radiofrequency tissue effects
Endoscopic coblator open tongue base resection for obstructive sleep apnea
Tongue base stabilization for obstructive sleep apnea and snoring
Endoscopic coblation lingual tonsillectomy
Electrical stimulation of the upper airway
Upper airway stimulation : implanted neurostimulation device treatment of obstructive sleep apnea
Multilevel pharyngeal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea
External submucosal glossectomy
Genioglossus advancement in sleep apnea surgery
Hyoid suspension as the only procedure
Management of the epiglottis
Transoral robotic surgery (TORS) for OSA
Multilevel surgery with or without genioglossal advancement
Maxillofacial surgical techniques for hypopharyngeal obstruction in obstructive sleep apnea
Modified maxillomandibular advancement technique
Distraction osteogenesis maxillary expansion (DOME) for adult obstructive sleep apnea patients
Tracheostomy for sleep apnea
Speech-ready, long-term tube-free tracheostomy for obstructive sleep apnea
The perioperative management of patients with obstructive sleep apnea
Multimodality management of nasopharyngeal stenosis after uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
Current techniques for the treatment of velopharyngeal insufficiency
Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty: analysis of failure
Salvage of failed palate procedures for sleep-disordered breathing
Revision uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP) for Z-palatoplasty (ZPP)
Management of sleep-related breathing disorders in children
Evaluation and management of persistent pediatric obstructive sleep apnea
Current techniques of adenoidectomy
Intracapsular microdebrider-assisted and coblation tonsillectomy
Laryngomalacia
Drug-induced sleep endoscopy in children
Prevention and correction of pediatric SDB/OSA and post-T&A relapse : a non-surgical orthodontic/dentofacial orthopedic approach
Innovations in surgical treatment of OSA.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digitaledited by Hans P.A. Van Dongen, Paul Whitney, John M. Hinson, Kimberly A. Honn, Michael W.L. Chee.Summary: 'Sleep Deprivation and Cognition,' Volume 247 in the Progress in Brain Research series, covers the effects of sleep deprivation, with this new release featuring sections on the Impact of sleep deprivation on long-term memory, Adolescent sleep restriction effects on cognition and mood, Self- regulation and social behavior during sleep deprivation, Experiential decision-making and the effects of sleep loss, Sleep deprivation and dynamic attentional control, a Pharmacogenetic approach to understanding sleep deprivation and cognition, Neuroimaging of functional connectivity in the sleep-deprived brain: what does it tell us?, and more. Key Features: Brings together scientists working in the area of sleep deprivation with scientists involved in research and theory in cognitive neuroscience; Fosters theory-driven research on sleep loss and cognition while also advancing a general understanding of cognitive neuroscience; Provides a foundation for the design of countermeasures to prevent human errors and accidents caused by sleep loss Readership: Everyone working in cognitive neuroscience and everyone studying the effects of sleep deprivation on cognition. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
- DigitalMatt T. Bianchi, editor.Summary: The cognitive and behavioral implications of sleep deprivation have been noted in the medical literature for many years. In addition, emerging research continues to demonstrate the contribution of sleep deprivation to some of the most common and costly health conditions today. Sleep Deprivation and Disease provides clinically relevant scientific information to help clinicians, public health professionals, and researchers recognize the ramifications of sleep deprivation across a broad spectrum of health topics. This timely reference covers sleep physiology, experimental approaches to sleep deprivation and measurement of its consequences, as well as health and operational consequences of sleep deprivation. Clinical challenges and areas of uncertainty are also presented in order to encourage future advancements in sleep medicine and help patients avoid the outcomes associated with the myriad causes of sleep deprivation.
Contents:
Part I Introduction
Sleep deprivation: practical and philosophical considerations
Part II Sleep Physiology, measurement, and experimental deprivation
The functional impact of sleep deprivation, sleep restriction, and sleep fragmentation
Methods for human sleep deprivation experiments
Imaging sleep and sleep deprivation
Part III Sleep and the brain
Sleep deprivation and neurological diseases
Sleep deprivation and psychiatric disorders
Sleep deprivation as a therapy for psychiatry
Part IV Sleep and medical topics
Sleep deprivation and human development
Sleep deprivation and pregnancy
Sleep deprivation and metabolism
Sleep deprivation and the cardiovascular system
Sleep deprivation and rheumatologic disease --Sleep deprivation and pain
Sleep loss in older adults: effects on waking performance and sleep-dependent memory consolidation with healthy aging and insomnia
Part V Performance, economics, and operational topics
Noise-induced sleep deprivation: toward sleeping soundly on noisy nights
Sleep deprivation and cognitive performance
Caffeine and naps a countermeasures for sleep loss
Fatigue in the workplace
Sleep deprivation and economic burden. - DigitalAshima S. Sahni, Ajay Sampat, Hrayr Attarian, editors.Summary: This book reviews and discusses the differential diagnoses for the common sleep related complaints encountered in sleep and primary care clinics. It meets the market need for a book that covers differential diagnosis in sleep medicine, and does so in a comprehensive manner. Organized into two sections by age demographic, adult and pediatric, clinical case studies are presented with medications, treatments, diagnoses, and patient medical histories. Specified sleep disorders examined include insomnia, nocturnal awakenings, restless sleeping, nightmares, and sleep apnea. Additionally, chapters include medical questionnaires created for patients in clinical scenarios to aid in learning. Unique and pedagogic, Sleep Disorders is written for physicians who practice in all primary care settings and as well as those sleep physicians in training.
Contents:
Part1. Adult sleep medicine. Sleepiness ; Insomnia ; Nocturnal Awakenings; Restless sleeper ; Breathing Pauses ; Sleep Paralysis ; Nightmares ; Inpatient Sleep Consultation ; Sleep Telemedicine
Part 2. Peds section. Snoring and restlessness during sleep in Children: Unique presentations, Diagnosis and Management ; Restless sleeper ; Obstructive sleep apnea and weight abnormalities in children. - DigitalSoňa Nevšímalová, Oliviero Bruni, editors.Contents:
Part I: Introduction
Ontogeny of Sleep and Its Functions in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence
The Discovery of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Children and Adolescents
New Directions in the Link between Technology Use and Sleep in Young People
Sleep Laboratory Tests
Sleep Structure and Scoring from Infancy to Adolescence
Algorithm for Differential Diagnosis of Sleep Disorders in Children
Part II: Sleep Disorders
Sleep Disorders in Newborns and Infants
Pediatric Insomnia
Obstructive Sleep Apnea In Children: A Short Primer
Sleep Disorders in Children: Simple Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
Circadian Rhythm Disorders in Childhood
Disorders Associated with Increased Sleepiness
Parasomnias in Children
Sleep and Epilepsy
Sleep in Neurological and Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Sleep in Children with Psychiatric and Behavioral Problems
Childhood Sleep and Medical Disorders.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalChun-Feng Liu, editor.Summary: This book focuses on the sleep-related disorders in Parkinson's disease (PD), demonstrating that they are among the most common non-motor manifestations of PD and have a significant negative impact on quality of life. Sleep changes may also serve as markers to identify patients in the preclinical stage of PD. This book presents recent major breakthroughs related to sleep disorders in PD, such as REM sleep behavior disorder (RBD), insomnia, nocturia, restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movements, sleep disordered breathing, excessive daytime sleepiness, and circadian rhythm disorders. It also discusses the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, clinical implications, associated features, evaluation and management of these disorders and suggests some further research directions in these areas in order to develop neuroprotective therapies for PD. Focusing on Chinese PD patients, it addresses traditional Chinese Medicine, and compares the epidemiology and management of PD in China and Western countries to provide a frame of reference values for further studies. Further, it features numerous case reports to enable readers gain a better uderstanding of the subject matter. This comprehensive yet practical book is a valuable resource for scientists and clinicians.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Part I: General Concepts
1: An Overview of Parkinson's Disease
2: An Overview of Roles of the Basal Ganglia in Sleep-Wake Regulation
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Roles of the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
2.3 The Role of the Dopaminergic and Adenosinergic System in the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
2.4 A Model of NAc Involvement in Sleep-Wake Regulation
References
Part II: Classification of Sleep Disorders in Parkinson's Disease
3: REM Sleep Behavior Disorder (RBD)
3.1 Case Report
References
4: Insomnia 4.1 Introduction
4.2 Prevalence of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.3 Risk Factors of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.4 Etiologic Mechanisms of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.5 Clinical Manifestations of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.6 Diagnostic Criteria and Instruments of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.7 Treatment of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.8 Concluding Remarks
4.9 Case Report
4.9.1 Clinical Feature
4.9.2 Past History, Family History and Personal History
4.9.3 Physical Examination 4.9.4 Imageological Examination and Scale Assessment
4.9.5 Polysomnography (PSG)
4.9.6 Diagnosis
4.9.7 Treatment
4.9.7.1 Sleep Hygiene
4.9.7.2 Muscle Relaxation Therapy
4.9.7.3 Medication
References
5: Nocturia
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Causes for Nocturia in PD
5.2.1 Reduced Bladder Capacity
5.2.2 Nocturnal Polyuria
5.2.3 Circadian Rhythm Disturbances
5.2.4 Other Possible Mechanism for Nocturia in PD
5.3 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Nocturia in PD [14]
5.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
5.3.2 Investigation 5.3.2.1 Routine Test
5.3.2.2 Ultrasonography
5.3.2.3 Urodynamics
5.3.2.4 Other Investigations
5.4 Management and Treatment of Nocturia in PD
5.4.1 Pharmacological Interventions
5.4.1.1 Dopamine Agonists
5.4.1.2 Antimuscarinic Agents
5.4.1.3 Desmopressin
5.4.1.4 Melatonin
5.4.2 Intermittent Catheterization
5.4.3 Botulinum Toxin Injection
5.4.4 Surgical Treatment
5.4.5 Neuromodulation
5.4.6 Lifestyle Change
References
6: Restless Legs Syndrome (RLS) and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Association Between PD and RLS
6.3 Genetic Markers of RLS in PD
6.4 Pathophysiology of RLS in PD
6.5 Imaging of RLS in PD
6.6 Diagnosis of RLS in PD
6.7 Treatment of RLS in PD
References
7: Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Causes of SBD in PD
7.3 Diagnosis [11]
7.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
7.3.2 Investigations
7.4 Treartment [14, 15]
7.4.1 Lifestyle Change
7.4.2 Medication
7.4.3 Continuous Positive Airway Pressure Therapy (CPAP)
References
8: Excessive Daytime Sleepiness - DigitalEdmund Liem, editor.Summary: This book is designed to enable (pediatric) dentists to recognize the signs and symptoms of sleep disorders in their pediatric patients, it will help to understand the potential negative impact of a sleep disorder on the metabolic and cognitive neurodevelopment of a child and how to collaborate with others to implement appropriate management, including early (dentofacial) orthopedic intervention when necessary. A detailed examination of craniofacial signs and behavioral symptoms should alert the dentist to the potential presence of (a) sleep disorder(s) in children. The various treatment options other than positive airway pressure (PAP) therapy or adeno-tonsillectomy, which should be considered as potential life-saving short-term solutions, are discussed and shown. Treatment options that are discussed are dentofacial orthopedics (including orthotropics), orthodontics and orofacial myology; sample case outcomes are shown to demonstrate achievable results. Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry will serve as an excellent clinical guide that takes full account of recent developments in the field and explains the enormous potential that dentist can attribute to the patients overall (future) health. This book is also an excellent introduction for the general dentist to the medical world of (pediatric) sleep disorders. In this book a team of co-authors (2 medical doctors; 3 dental specialists; 3 general dentists and 3 dental hygienists) shared their knowledge that will educate the (pediatric) dentists about Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalImran S. Khawaja, Thomas D. Hurwitz, editors.Summary: This text highlights the importance of common medical comorbidities and illuminates the salient points for treatment, diagnosis, and management of these conditions as they relate particularly to these special populations. Written by experts in both sleep medicine and psychiatry, the text takes a cutting-edge, reader-friendly approach to topics that include sleep disturbances in pregnancy, sleep tele-medicine, sleep disturbances related to difficulties in schools, and substance-induced disturbances. Each chapter follows a consistent format, making it an excellent tool for the busy clinician who is not able to sift through scientific literature or didactic texts. Sleep Disorders in Selected Psychiatric Settings is an excellent resource for all clinicians who may work with special populations struggling with sleep and psychiatric comorbidities, including psychiatrists, sleep medicine physicians, primary care and family medicine physicians, pediatricians, obstetrics/gynecologists, psychologists and all others.
Contents:
My patient has trouble sleeping in the psych unit
Suicide and Insomnia
Cocaine Induced Insomnia/sleep problems
Cannabis Induced sleep problems
Insomnia and Generalized Anxiety Disorder
Withdrawal insomnia from benzodiazepines
Insomnia and Panic Disorder
People think Alcohol helps with sleep
Sleep apnea in Pregnancy
Stimulant Induced Insomnia in kids
Childhood Narcolepsy and Emotional problems of parents
RLS in Pregnancy
Insomnia in Pregnancy
Change in school time helped my teenager's sleep
Psychosocial issues with being a Sleepy Head
Extreme dreams make me depressed/Epic Dreaming
Sleep Disruption in ICU setting
Sexsomnia on Medications
I have claustrophobia on the CPAP mask. Please Help?. - DigitalHrayr Attarian, Mari Viola-Saltzman, editors.Summary: In its 2nd Edition this book covers sleep disorders in women at all stages of life, exploring the impact of each reproductive and endocrine stage on both normal sleep and sleep disorders. Includes guidance for physicians on detecting and treating disorders.
Contents:
Intro
Series Editor Introduction
Preface to the Third Edition
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Overview
1: Introduction
References
2: Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Women
Introduction
Sleep Disordered Breathing
Primary Snoring
Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome
Obstructive Apnea / Hypopnea Syndrome
Central Sleep Apnea
Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
Insomnia
Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis- Ekbom Disease)
Hypersomnia
Parasomnia
REM Behavior Disorder
Conclusion
References
3: Life Cycle Impact on Sleep in Women Sleep Changes in Neonates and Infants
Sleep Changes in Childhood
Sleep Changes Around the Menstrual Cycle
Sex Hormones and Sleep
Sleep at Menarche
Sleep in Pregnancy
Sleep Duration and Sleep Quality in Pregnancy
Sleep in the Peri- and Post-menopausal Stages
Hormonal Changes and Sleep
Age-Related Sleep Changes
Sleep Changes Related to Mood Disorders
Bibliography
4: Normal Reproductive and Endocrine Life Stages: The Impact on Sleep Disorders
Insomnia
Menarche and Adolescence
Child-Bearing Years
Pregnancy
Post-Partum
Menopause and Beyond Restless Legs Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
Menarche and Adolescence
Child-Bearing Years
Menopause and Beyond
Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA)
Child-Bearing Years
Pregnancy
Menopause and Beyond
Sleepiness Disorders/Hypersomnias
Menarche and Adolescence
Child-Bearing Years
Menopause and Beyond
Circadian Disorders
Menopause and Beyond
Parasomnias
Menopause and Beyond
Conclusion
References
Part II: Sex and Gender Differences in Sleep
5: Sex Differences in Sleep
Introduction Sex Differences in Sleep Behavior and Sleep Architecture in Adults
When Do Sex Differences in Sleep Emerge? Sleep in Children and Adolescents
Sex Differences in Sleep under Challenge Conditions
The Role of Sex Steroids in Women
Conclusion
References
6: Sex Differences in Sleep Disorders
Introduction
Insomnia
Hypersomnias
Narcolepsy
Idiopathic Hypersomnia
Kleine-Levin Syndrome
Menstrual-Related Hypersomnia
Sleep-Disordered Breathing
Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
Restless Legs Syndrome
Periodic Limb Movement Disorder Other Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
Parasomnias
NREM-Related Parasomnias
Confusional Arousals and Sleep Terrors
Sleepwalking
Sleep-Related Eating Disorder
REM-Related Parasomnias
REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
Nightmare Disorder
Isolated Sleep Paralysis
Other Parasomnias
Exploding Head Syndrome
Sleep-Related Hallucinations
Sleep Enuresis
Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
Conclusion
References
7: Sleep and Its Disorders Among Sexual and Gender Minority Populations
Introduction
Definitions
Minority Stress Theory and Sleep Health - DigitalSudhansu Chokroverty, editor.Summary: Since publication of the first edition in 1994, the second edition in 1999, and the third edition in 2009, many new advances in sleep medicine have been made and warrant a fourth edition. This comprehensive text features 19 additional chapters and covers basic science, technical and laboratory aspects and clinical and therapeutic advances in sleep medicine for beginners and seasoned practitioners. With the discovery of new entities, many new techniques and therapies, and evolving basic science understanding of sleep, Sleep Disorders Medicine, Fourth Edition brings old and new knowledge about sleep medicine together succinctly in one place for a deeper understanding of the topic. Neurologists, internists, family physicians, pediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, otolaryngologists, dentists, neurosurgeons, neuroscientists, intensivists, anesthesiologists as well as those interested in advancing their knowledge in sleep and its disorders, will find this edition to be an invaluable resource to this bourgeoning field.
Contents:
Part I: Basic science of sleep. Introduction to the topic
Overview of normal sleep
Sleep deprivation and excessive daytime sleepiness
Effects of sleep deprivation and sleepiness on society and driving
Neurobiology of rem sleep, NREM sleep homeostasis, and gamma band oscillations
Basic circadian timing and sleep-wake regulation
Neurotransmitters, neurochemistry, and the clinical pharmacology of sleep
Neurobiology of NREM sleep and thermoregulation in sleep
Phylogeny of sleep
Sleep and anesthesia: different states with shared pathophysiological traits
Physiological changes of sleep
Sleep and immune regulation
Sleep and memory consolidation
Dreaming and sleep disorder
Study design and analysis in sleep medicine
Part II: Technical considerations. Instrumentation, electronics, and signal analysis
An overview of polysomnographic technique
Electroencephalography, electromyography, and electro-oculography: general principles and basic technology
Electrocardiography: principles and applications in sleep medicine
Evaluation and monitoring of respiratory function
Neuroimaging in normal and abnormal sleep
Multiple sleep latency test
Maintenance of wakefulness test
Scoring of normal sleep and arousals
Scoring of sleep-related breathing events
Part III: Clinical topics. Approach to the patient with sleep complaints
International classification of sleep disorders
Epidemiology: principles and application in sleep medicine
Genetics of sleep and sleep disorders
Nutrition and sleep
Sleep duration, morbidity, and mortality
Obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
Central sleep apnea, hypoventilation syndrome, and sleep in high altitude
Positive airway pressure in the treatment of sleep apnea-hypopnea
Preoperative, perioperative, and postoperative evaluation and management of sleep-disordered breathing
Oral appliances and surgical techniques for treatment of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
Nature, evaluation, and treatment of insomnia
Narcolepsy and idiopathic hypersomnia
Motor control and dyscontrol in sleep
Evaluation and management of RLS and PLMD
Sleep, breathing, and neurologic disorders
Fatigue in clinical practice
Sleep, coma, vegetative and minimally conscious states
Sleep and epilepsy
Dreaming in neurological disorders
Sleep in psychiatric disorders
Sleep disturbances in general medical disorders
Evaluation and management of circadian rhythm sleep disorders
Rapid eye movement sleep behavior disorder
Parasomnias
Sleep disorders in the elderly
Evolution of sleep from birth to adolescence and sleep disorders in children
Sleep and sleep disorders in women
Sleep, violence, and forensic implications
General principle of treatment of sleep dysfunction and pharmacology of drugs used in sleep disorders
Sleep and alternative medicine: I
Approach to sleep disorders in the traditional school of Indian medicine: alternative medicine II
Sleep in extreme environment
Erratum to: sleep disorders medicine
Epilogue. - DigitalGerald L. Weinhouse, John W. Devlin, editors.Summary: For decades heavily sedated ICU patients were assumed to be asleep. However, in the past 20 years, physiologic and epidemiologic studies have established sleep is frequently disrupted in the ICU. The inter-relationship between ICU sleep, delirium, and survivorship has come to the forefront of ICU practice. We now routinely aim for lighter sedation, delirium assessment has become standardized, and knowledge regarding the ICU factors leading to Post- Intensive Care Syndrome (PICS) has evolved. The importance of sleep in routine ICU management was codified for the first time in SCCMs 2018 PADIS guidelines. This state of the art book summarizes current knowledge regarding sleep during critical illness and recovery and how the risk factors, recognition, and outcomes associated with sleep in the ICU differ from those of healthy adults. Chapters address sleep quality in both the research environment and during routine care, the factors that disrupt sleep architecture and circadian biology in the ICU setting, medications that alter sleep architecture and those that can be used to improve it, the relationship between sleep and sedation and between sleep and delirium, and current strategies that can be used to improve sleep in the vulnerable ICU population. Written by experts in the field, Sleep in Critical Illness is a valuable resource for all members of the ICU interprofessional team including critical care physicians, nurses, physician assistants, pharmacists, and respiratory therapists as well as clinicians who consult in the ICU and post-ICU settings. .
Contents:
Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part I: Sleep fragmentation and sleep stage disruption
Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part II: Circadian rhythm disruption
Unique neurophysiologic findings in the critically ill: "Atypical sleep and pathologic wakefulness"
Normal sleep compared to altered consciousness during sedation.-Biologic effects of disrupted sleep
Risk factors for disrupted sleep in the ICU
Effects of common ICU medications on sleep
Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Electroencephalographic perspectives
Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Clinical perspectives
Mechanical ventilation and sleep
ICU sleep disruption and its relationship with ICU outcomes
Long-term outcomes--sleep in survivors of critical illness
Methods for routine ICU sleep assessment and monitoring
Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part 1: Non-pharmacologic
Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part II: Pharmacologic
Sleep considerations in critically ill children
Sleep in Critical Illness: Future Directions. . - DigitalRaghav Govindarajan, Pradeep C. Bollu, editors.Summary: This concise text provides a quick reference to clinically relevant material in both sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Divided into ten chapters, the book begins by laying the foundation for understanding sleep issues in neuromuscular disorders and moves on to offering an overview of sleep disorders in various neuromuscular conditions. Chapters feature practical advice in managing sleep issues, including an overview of noninvasive ventilation. The final part of the book provides useful tables, charts, pictures and flow charts for quick reference in sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Filling a critical gap in the literature, this guide helps anyone treating neuromuscular patients understand the basics of sleep and neuromuscular disorders and its management.
Contents:
Sleep stages and cardiorespiratory monitoring
Neuromuscular respiratory weakness and its management
Sleep issues in motor neuron disease
Sleep issues in myopathic and muscular dystrophies
Sleep issues in NMJ disorders
Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-sleep apnea
Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-movement disorders
Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-1
Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-2
Basics of non-invasive ventilation
Practical aspects of non-invasive ventilation
Use and role of non-invasive ventilation in neuromuscular disorders
Troubleshooting with non-invasive ventilation- Frequently asked questions and their answers.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalSudhansu Chokroverty, Michel Billiard, editors.Contents:
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction
I. Evolution of Sleep Medicine by Historical Periods
Sleep in Ancient Egypt
Sleep Medicine in the Arab Islamic Civilization
Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional India
Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional China
Sleep in the Biblical Period
Sleep in the New Testament
The Greco-Roman Period
The Aztec, Maya, and Inca Civilizations
II. Sleep Medicine from the Medieval Period to the 19th Century
Sleep Medicine in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance
Sleep in the 17th and 18th Centuries
III. The Early Evolution of Modern Sleep Medicine
The Evolution of Sleep Medicine in the 19th and the Early 20th Century
The History of Polysomnography: Tool of Scientific Discovery
IV. Sleep Medicine Societies, Professional Societies, and Journals
A History Behind the Development of Sleep Medicine and Sleep Societies
Development of Sleep Medicine in Europe
Evolution of Sleep Medicine in Japan
History of Japanese Clinical Sleep Medicine
Sleep Medicine around the World (Beyond North American and European Continents)
V. Sleep Disorders in Historic Diseases
Cholera
Encephalities Lethargica
African Sleeping Sickness
Sleep and HIV Disease
VI. Historical Milestones of Individual Sleep Disorders
Evolution of the Classification of Sleep Disorders
History of Epidemiological Research in Sleep Medicine
The Insomnias: Historical Evolution
VII. Neurological Sleep Disorders
Narcolepsy ? Cataplexy Syndrome and Symptomatic Hypersomnia
Idiopathic Hypersomnia
Kleine-Levin Syndrome
Movement Disorders in Sleep
History of Restless Legs Syndrome, Recently Named Willis-Ekbom Disease
Sleep and Stroke
Sleep in Neurodegenerative Diseases
Sleep, Cognitive Dysfunction, and Dementia
Fatal Familial Insomnia and Agrypnia Excitata: Insights into Human Prion Disease Genetics and the Anatomo-Physiology of Wake and Sleep Behaviours
Epilepsy and Sleep
Sleep Disorders after Traumatic Brain Injury: Milestones in Perspective
Headache Syndromes and Sleep
VIII. Psychiatric and Psychological Sleep Disorders
Depression
Schizophrenia and Psychosis
Bipolar Disorder
IX. Respiratory Diseases
A Short History of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome
Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome: A Short History
Restrictive and Obstructive Lung Diseases and Sleep Disorders
NREM Arousal Parasomnias
REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
Chronobiology and Sleep
X. Medical Disorders and Sleep
Cardiovascular Disease and Sleep Dysfunction
Nonrestorative Sleep, Musculoskeletal Pain, Fatigue in Rheumatic Disorders and Allied Syndromes: A Historical Perspective
Sleep and Pain: Milestones and Advances from Research
Endocrine-Metabolic Disorders and Sleep Medicine
The Gut and Sleep
Impotence and Erectile Problems in Sleep Medicine
Women?s Health and Sleep Disorders
XI. Miscellaneous Important Aspects
The Emergence of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
Sleep Disorders, Cognition, Accidents, and Performance
Sleep Deprivation: Societal Impact and Long Term Consequences
Sleep Models
XII. Evolution of Treatment and Investigative Approaches in Sleep Medicine
A History of Non-Pharmacological Treatments for Insomnia
The Pharmacological Treatment of Sleep Disorders
Psychological Treatment of Insomnia: The Evolution of Behavior Therapy and Cognitive Behavior Therapy
Modafinil: Development and Use of the Compound
Phylogeny in Sleep Medicine
Gamma-Hyroxybutyrate (Sodium Oxybate): From the Initial Synthesis to the Treatment of Narcolepsy Cataplexy and Beyond
Development and Impact of Brain Imaging Techniques.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalKarim Sedky, Racha Nazir, David Bennett, editors.Summary: This book serves to fill the gap in medical training that neglects the bidirectional relationship between sleep medicine and psychiatry. Written by expert psychiatrists who are also trained in sleep medicine, the text translates between these two fields by covering both the classification of sleep disorders as International Classification of Sleep - third edition (ICSD-3) as it relates to mental health, and also the classification of mental health comorbidities as defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders - 5 as they relate to sleep disorders. Chapters also address the neurobiological components of sleep and psychiatric consideration, pharmacological considerations, behavioral therapeutic remedies, and unique challenges in special populations, such as pregnant women, children, and others. Sleep Medicine and Mental Health is an excellent resource for all physicians treating patients with sleep disorders who may also have psychiatric considerations, including psychiatrists, sleep specialists, neurologists, primary care physicians, and all others.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Introduction
References
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Introduction
1: Introduction to Sleep and Sleep Disorders
Introduction
Functions of Sleep
Normal Sleep and Sleep Architecture
Non-Rapid Eye Movement Stages (NREM)
Rapid Eye Movement Stage (REM)
Process C and Process S
Sleep Changes Over Life Stages
Neurobiology and Neuroanatomy of Sleep
Sleep Disorder Classifications
Effects of Psychotropic Medications on Sleep
Interaction Between Sleep Disorders, Psychiatric Complications, and Medical Problems
Sleep Assessment Measures Conclusion
References
Part II: Insomnia
2: Insomnia
Introduction
Prevalence and Chronicity
Insomnia and Consequences
Models of Insomnia
The Stimulus Control Model
The Three Factor (3-P) Model
The Neurocognitive Model
Diagnosis of Insomnia
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-Fifth Edition (DSM-5) [51]
International Classification of Sleep Disorders-Third Edition (ICSD-3) [52]
International Classification of Disorders-Tenth Edition (ICD-10-CM) [53]
Insomnia Subtypes
Adjustment Insomnia (Acute)
Idiopathic Insomnia (Childhood Onset) Paradoxical Insomnia (Sleep State Misperception)
Inadequate Sleep Hygiene
Behavioral Insomnia of Childhood
Psychophysiological Insomnia (Conditioned Insomnia)
Insomnia Due to Mental Disorder
Insomnia Due to Medical Condition
Insomnia Due to Drugs or Substances
Evaluation and Treatment
Conclusion
References
3: Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I)
Introduction
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I): What Is It?
Sleep Pattern Assessment
Sleep Education
Stimulus Control Therapy
Sleep Restriction Therapy Managing High Arousal and Utilizing Cognitive Restructuring
Creating a Relaxing Environment for Sleep
Cognitive Restructuring
Efficacy of CBT-I
Modality: Does CBT-I Format Affect Improvements in Sleep?
Contraindications to CBT-I
Insomnia, Comorbid Health Conditions, and CBT-I
Physical Health Conditions
Mental Health Conditions
Hypnotic Medication Use and CBT-I
CBT-I by Age Group
Children
Adolescents
Older Adults
CBT-I Limitations
Summary
References
4: Yoga and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (Y-MBCTi)
Introduction Approach to Assess Insomnia
Role of Yoga and Mindfulness Interventions in Insomnia
The Components of the Y-MBCTi Model
Goal of Y-MBCTi
Components of Y-MBCTi
Customizations in the Y-MBCTi
Achieving the Meditation Skills Before Implementing the CBT Interventions is the Key to Success in this Therapy
General Instructions on Meditation for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model
Instructions for Meditation
The Five-Step SPASM Method for Honing Meditation Skills
General Instructions on Sleep Hygiene for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model - DigitalCristina Frange, Fernando Morgadinho Santos Coelho, editors.Summary: Sleep is considered one of the vital signs and has become an important public health issue in our society. Thus, sleep impacts on overall health and, conversely, certain common medical conditions can impair sleep. Emerging evidence, in conjunction with clinical experience, demonstrates that physical therapy improves several sleep disorders and also optimized sleep contributes to boost rehabilitation. As health care professionals, physical therapists are singularly concerned with well-being and need to be competent to instruct their patients to rest and sleep. This book discusses evidences of physiotherapy and sleep medicine. It elucidates the neurophysiological background and mechanisms for physiotherapeutic resources and techniques, directing the future for promising research in the area. Divided in seven sections, the work initially addresses the basic concepts of sleep and physiotherapy and its relation to practice, including the importance of sleep medicine for health. The second section focuses on the basic conceptions of physical therapists' understanding and working in clinical practice and research with sleep.The next section reviews the most common sleep disturbances such as insomnia, restless legs syndrome, and respiratory sleep disturbances. Special populations, spotlighting childhood and adolescence, women physiologic reproductive stages, sleep and gender, and sleep and pain interactions are also examined. Last sections discuss the physical therapy resources to improve sleep and to treat sleep disturbances. This title is an essential resource not only for graduate students, residents, health professionals and physiotherapists working in prevention and rehabilitation, but also for researchers interested in screening, diagnostic and treatment innovations. It is addressed to neurologists, sleep medicine specialists and physical educators as well.
Contents:
Part I. Basic Concepts. - 1. Sleep: definition, concept, new area for physical therapy
2. Normal Sleep: Interindividual Differences and Sleep Variability
3. Brief history of Sleep Medicine and its importance for overall health
Part II. Sleep medicine for the physical therapist
4. Basic principles of physiotherapeutic sleep practice
5. Sleep physiology and neuroendocrinology for physiotherapists
Part III. Physiotherapeutic management of sleep disturbances
6. Insomnia: an overview
7. Insomnia: Physiotherapeutic approach
8. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: an overview
9. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: Physiotherapeutic approach
10. Circadian rhythm sleep disturbances: an overview
11. Physical therapy in circadian rhythm disorders: chrono-rehabilitation?
12. Sleep bruxism: an overview
13. Sleep bruxism: Physiotherapeutic approach
14. Obstructive sleep apnea: an overview
15. Obstructive sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
16. Central sleep apnea: an overview
17. Central sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
18. Upper airway resistance syndrome: an overview
19. Upper airway resistance syndrome: Physiotherapeutic approach
20. Narcolepsy: an overview
21. Excessive daytime sleepiness: an overview
22. Narcolepsy and Excessive daytime sleepiness: Physiotherapeutic approach
23. Parassomnias: an overview
Part IV. Sleep in specific conditions
24. Sleep-wake disturbances in childhood and adolescence
25. Sleep and aging
26. Sleep and gender differences
27. Sleep in neurologic diseases
28. Sleep and Chronic Pain Interlaced Influences: Guidance to physiotherapy practice
Part V. Physiotherapeutic resources/methods/techniques to improve sleep
29. Exercise and sleep
30. Hydrotherapeutic resources for sleep management
31. Optimizing behavior strategies for sleep
32. Sleep ergonomics
Part VI. Evidence from basic science and its contribution to physical therapy in sleep medicine
33. Basic research for sleep physiotherapy
34. Sleep and musculoskeletal system
Part VII. Sleep assessment for physical therapy clinical practice
35. Subjective assessment of sleep
36. Objective assessment of sleep
37. Actigraphy. - Digitaledited by Douglas B. Kirsch.Summary: A new addition to the Neurology in Practice series, Sleep Medicine in Neurology is a practical guide for neurologists diagnosing and managing sleep disorders in their patients. As a part of the series, various feature boxes are highlighted throughout. ""Tips and Tricks"" give suggestions on how to improve outcomes through practical technique or patient questioning. In addition, ""Caution"" warning boxes supply helpful advice on how to avoid problems and 'Science Revisited' boxes offer quick reminders of the basic science principles necessary for understanding the presented concepts.
Contents:
Introduction to sleep medicine / Douglas B. Kirsch
The history and physical examination of the sleep patient / Sheila C. Tsai
Subjective and objective sleep testing / Martha E. Billings and Nathaniel F. Watson
Using medications to treat insomnia / Andreea Andrei
Approach to a patient with excessive daytime sleepiness / Rajdeep Singh and Aatif M. Husain
Approach to a patient with narcolepsy / Ravichand Madala and Rodney A. Radtke
Evaluation and medical management of sleep disordered breathing / Mihaela H. Bazalakova and Lawrence J. Epstein
Surgical management of sleep disordered breathing / Masayoshi Takashima, Jaime Gateno, Melinda Davis-Malessevich and Robert Busch
Medical comorbidities associated with obstructive sleep apnea / Emerson M. Wickwire and Scott G. Williams
Non-pharmacological treatments of insomnia and circadian rhythm disorder : special focus on neurology patients / Mary Rose
Parasomnias : diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment / Douglas B. Kirsch
Restless leg syndrome, periodic limb movements and other movement disorders in sleep / Raman Malhotra
Sleep and neurological disorders / Maryann C. Deak
Cognition, driving and sleep / Makoto Kawai
Pediatric sleep medicine / Shalini Paruthi.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalLourdes M. DelRosso, Raffaele Ferri, editors.Summary: This practical text provides knowledge of the basic neuroscience of sleep and sleep disorders as they interrelate with various neurologic conditions. Chapters in the first section cover neural networks involved in normal sleep processes, including dreams and memory. Also discussed are how these neural networks interact in various sleep stages and sleep disorders, such as sleep related movement disorders. The book's second section explores the pathophysiology of sleep disorders in the spectrum of neurologic conditions in both adults and children. This includes sleep changes in patients with dementia, seizures, headaches, and stroke, and other common neurologic disorders. Sleep Neurology fills an important gap in the sleep medicine literature by providing the underpinnings of sleep disorders and will be of great value to students, residents, and clinicians.
Contents:
1. Neurobiology of Wakefulness
2. Neurobiology of Sleep
3. Neurobiology of the Control of Sleep
4. The Neurological Consequences of Sleep Deprivation
5. Neurobiology of Dreams
6. Neurobiology of Memory and Sleep
7. Neurobiology of Insomina
8. Narcolepsy and Central Nervous System Hypersomnias
9. Neurobiology of Parasominas
10. Neurobiology of Sleep Related Movements
11. Sleep in Seziure Disorders
12. Sleep in Headaches
13. Sleep in Cerebral Palsy
14. Sleep and Cerebrovascular Disorder
15. Sleep in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
16. Sleep After Traumatic Brain Injury
17. Disorders of Sleep and Wakefulness in Parkinson's Disease and other Movement Disorders
18. Sleep in Elderly Adults and in Subjects with Dementia. - Digitalvolume editor, Hsin-Ching Lin.Contents:
The history of sleep medicine / Guilleminault, C.
Advanced concepts in the pathophysiology of obstructive sleep apnea / White, D.P.
The history of sleep surgery / Yaremchuk, K., Garcia-Rodriguez, L.
Advances in the diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea : drug-induced sedated endoscopy / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., Kezirianl, E.J., de Vries, N.
Novel positional devices for the treatment of positional obstructive sleep apnea, and how this relates to sleep surgery / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., de Vries, N.
Updated concepts on treatment outcomes for obstructive sleep apnea / Certal, V., Capasso, R.
Updated Friedman staging system for obstructive sleep apnea / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.
Advancements of CPAP therapy for obstructive sleep apnea / Chen, N.-H.
Advances in oral appliances for obstructive sleep apnea / Jacobowitz, O.
Updated nasal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Johnson, D.M., Soose, R.J.
Updated palate surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Li, H.-Y.
Updated hypopharyngeal surgery for sleep apnea / Woodson, B.T.
Updated minimally invasive surgery for sleep-related breathing disorders / Kotecha, B.
Advances in box surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : genioglossus advancement, hyoid suspension, and maxillomandibular advancement / Go, Y.H., Winston, T., Abdullah, V.J., Kim, S.W.
Multilevel obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Li, H.-C., Weaver, E.M., Lin, H.-S., Friedman, M.
Innovative surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : nerve stimulator / Sommer, J.U., Hørmann, K.
Robotic obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Song, T.T., Hsu, P.P.
Pediatric obstructive sleep apnea : where do we stand? / Huang, Y.-S., Guilleminault, C.
Future perspectives in sleep medicine / Huon, L.-K.A., Guilleminault, C.
Future perspectives in sleep surgery / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.Digital Access Karger 2017 - DigitalHans-Peter Landolt, Derk-Jan Dijk, editors.Summary: The chapter 'Sleep Physiology, Circadian Rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics' available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license at link.springer.com.
Contents:
Part 1. Basic Principles
1. The Function(s) of Sleep
2. Neuroanatomical and Neurochemical Bases of Vigilance States
3. Omics Approaches in Sleep-Wake Regulation
4. The Role of Glia in Sleep Regulation and Function
5. Sleep- and Wake-Like States in Small 1 Networks In Vivo and In Vitro
Part 2. Optogenetics and Pharmacogenetics
6. Optogenetic Dissection of Sleep-Wake States In Vitro and In Vivo
7. Pharmacosynthetic Deconstruction of Sleep-wake Circuits in the Brain
8. Clinical and Experimental Human Sleep-Wake Pharmacogenetics
Part 3. Sleep-Wake Pathologies
9. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders I: Focus on Hypersomnias and Movement Disorders During Sleep
10. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders II: Focus on Insomnia and Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
Part 4. Current and New Targets, and Therapeutic Prospects
11. GABA Receptors and the Pharmacology of Sleep
12. Advances of Melatonin-Based Therapies in the Treatment of Disturbed Sleep and Mood
13. Dopamine and Wakefulness: Pharmacology, Genetics, and Circuitry
14. Ketamine-Induced Glutamatergic Mechanisms of Sleep and Wakefulness: Insights for Developing Novel Treatments for Disturbed Sleep and Mood
15. Adenosine and Sleep
Part 5. Outlook
16. Adenosine and Sleep
17. Functional Interactions Between Sleep and Circadian Rhythms in Learning and Learning Disabilities
18. Sleep Physiology, circadian rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalSergio Garbarino, Lino Nobili, Giovanni Costa, editors.Summary: "Human Impact Assessment (HuIA) is a relatively new concept describing an integrated process that encompasses both Health Impact Assessment and Social Impact Assessment and is used to anticipate the effects of programs, projects and decisions on human health and welfare. Sleep occupies approximately one-third of our lives, but its human impact remains largely unrecognized. The prevalence of excessive sleepiness is recognized to be increasing in industrialized societies. Sleepiness and fatigue have high costs in terms of both lives lost and socioeconomic impact. Sleepiness and Human Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive exploration of many different facets of sleepiness in our 24-hour society from the new HuIA point of view. Among the covered issues are the physiology and pathophysiology of sleep, its relationship to daytime alertness, fatigue and drugs, the relevance of sleep-related fatigue in various occupational settings and public safety. This book will be of assistance to physicians, occupational health professionals, ergonomists, researchers and decision-makers as they strive to understand the full significance of sleepiness and to create a culture of accountability in everyday life without sleep-related risks."--Publisher's website.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaleditors, Mark Feldman, Lawrence S. Friedman, Lawrence J. Brandt.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
- DigitalFuminobu Yoshimachi, editor.Summary: This book offers a valuable contribution to the field of minimally invasive coronary intervention, presenting the latest developments in slender catheters, their development and the related research findings. With the growing interest in trans-radial interventions (TRIs) and distal radial approach, "Slender PCI" has been popular in Japan. Although "Slender PCI" started with using a small diameter catheter of a 5Fr Guiding Catheter, recently it becomes a generic term for all minimally invasive catheter Interventions. "Slender PCI" not only makes less painful but also reduces exposure to radiation and contrast agents. In addition, the book highlights the distal radial approach, 5Fr guiding catheter for treating complex lesion, 4Fr guiding catheters, 3Fr diagnosis catheters. The authors share their experiences and know-how throughout, providing abundant illustrations to enhance readers understanding.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: What Is Slender PCI?
References
Chapter 3: Evidence for Slender Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Issues for TRI in the Early Years
3.3 Large Inner Lumen 6 Fr. Guiding Catheter
3.4 Miniaturization of the Outer Diameter of the Guiding Catheter
3.5 Slender Sheath Development
3.6 Slender Techniques
3.7 Evidence of TRI
3.8 Evidence of Small-Sized Guiding Catheter
3.9 Bleeding Complications
3.10 Future Perspectives for Slender PCI
References Chapter 4: Less Invasive Intervention: From a Forearm Radial to Distal Radial Approach
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 Significance of Radial Artery Occlusion after Radial Access
4.1.2 History of Distal Radial Access
4.1.3 DRA Puncture Technique
4.1.4 Our Experience of DRA Access
4.1.5 Complications of DRA Access
4.1.6 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Distal Transradial Access for Arterial Angiography and Interventions: An Overview of Knowledge
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Rationale and Backgrounds
5.2.1 Applied Anatomy
5.2.2 Advantages for the Patient 5.2.3 Advantages for the Operator
5.3 Preparation and Technique
5.3.1 Patient Selection
5.3.2 Patient Preparation
5.3.3 Local Anesthesia
5.3.4 Ultrasound
5.3.5 Puncture Site
5.3.6 Puncture Direction
5.3.7 Puncture and Wire Insertion
5.3.8 Skin Incision
5.3.9 Sheath Selection
5.3.10 Medication
5.3.11 Wire Insertion
5.3.12 Catheter Selection
5.3.13 Hemostasis
5.4 How to Start a (l)dTRA Program
5.4.1 Learning Curve
5.4.2 Preparation
5.4.3 Role of a Proctor
5.4.4 General Recommendations
5.5 Potential Complications 5.5.1 Distal Radial Artery Occlusion (dRAO)
5.5.2 Digital Ischemia
5.5.3 Nerve Damage
5.5.4 Hematoma
5.5.5 Pseudoaneurysm (PSA)
5.5.6 Arteriovenous Fistula (AVF)
5.5.7 Avascular Necrosis Scaphoid (AVN)
5.5.8 Tendinitis
5.5.9 Hand Dysfunction
References
Chapter 6: Ultimate Less Radial Artery Occlusion Hemostasis Method on Slender PCI
6.1 Introduction
6.2 RAO Preventive Strategies History
6.3 Diagnosis and Treatment
6.4 Latest Progress in Reduction of Early RAO
6.5 Importance of Short and Soft Compression 6.6 Our Slender Approach and Postprocedural Care
6.7 Conclusion
References
Chapter 7: Distal Radial Approach for ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Representative Case
7.3 Procedural Considerations
7.3.1 Patient Selection and Exclusion
7.3.2 Puncture
7.3.3 Hemostasis
7.4 Clinical Significance of Distal Transradial Access
7.4.1 Hemorrhagic Complication
7.4.2 Radial Artery Occlusion
7.4.3 Concerns Over Delay in Revascularization (Longer Door-to-Balloon Time)
7.5 Conclusion
References - DigitalDavid Aitchison Smith.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Historical Perspectives; 1.1.1 The Sliding Filament Model; 1.1.2 New Experimental Techniques; 1.1.3 Models of Contractility; 1.2 A Short Guide to Contractile Behaviour; 1.3 The Structure of Skeletal Muscle; 1.3.1 Muscle Ultrastructure; References;
Chapter 2: Of Sliding Filaments and Swinging Lever-Arms; 2.1 Contractile Empiricism: Hillś Equations; 2.2 How Myosin Heads Find Actin Sites; 2.2.1 Head-Site Matching for Vernier Models; 2.2.2 Lattice Models: Target Zones, Layer Lines and Azimuthal Matching 2.3 The First Sliding-Filament Model2.4 The Swinging-Lever-Arm Mechanism; 2.4.1 Mechanokinetics of the Working Stroke; 2.4.2 Theory of the Rapid Length-Step Response; References;
Chapter 3: Actin-Myosin Biochemistry and Structure; 3.1 How Myosin and Actin Hydrolyze ATP; 3.1.1 Myosin is an ATPase; 3.1.2 Actomyosin is a Better ATPase; 3.1.3 Steady-State ATP Hydrolysis by Actin-Myosin; 3.2 The Biochemical Contraction Cycle; 3.2.1 Actin Binding Versus Nucleotide Binding; 3.2.2 A Biochemical Cycle for Myosin-S1; 3.2.3 Evidence for Two A.M. ADP States; 3.2.4 Evidence for Two M. ATP States 3.3 Coordinating Lever-Arm Movements with Biochemical Events3.3.1 What Biochemical Event Triggers the Working Stroke?; 3.3.2 The Location of the Repriming Stroke; 3.3.3 An Amalgated Mechanochemical Cycle; 3.4 The Atomic Structure of Myosin Complexes; 3.4.1 Actin Binding; 3.4.2 Phosphate Release and the Working Stroke; 3.4.3 An ADP-Release Stroke; 3.4.4 ATP Binding and Actin Affinity; 3.4.5 The Repriming Stroke and Hydrolysis; 3.4.6 Hydrolysis on Actomyosin?; 3.4.7 The Pathway of the Stroke; References;
Chapter 4: Models for Fully-Activated Muscle; 4.1 Strain-Dependent Kinetics 4.1.1 Kramers' Method for Reaction Rates; 4.1.2 Actin Binding: Swing, Roll and Lock; 4.1.3 The Kinetics of the Working Stroke; 4.1.4 An ADP-Release Stroke; 4.2 The Evolution of Contraction Models; 4.2.1 A Two-State Stroking Model; 4.2.2 The Search for a Simple Vernier Model; 4.2.3 Lattice Models; 4.3 Computational Methods; 4.3.1 Probabilistic Methods; 4.3.2 Monte-Carlo Simulation; 4.4 The Effects of Filament Elasticity; 4.4.1 The Equivalent Lumped Filament Compliance; 4.4.2 Experimental Consequences; 4.5 Target Zones, Dimeric Myosins and Buckling Rods 4.5.1 Calculations with Target Zones and Dimeric Myosins4.5.2 An Updated 5-State Vernier Model; 4.5.3 Buckling Rods; 4.6 Adding Phosphate, ADP or ATP; 4.6.1 Added Phosphate; 4.6.2 Changing ADP or ATP; 4.7 The Effects of Temperature; References;
Chapter 5: Transients, Stability and Oscillations; 5.1 Chemical Jumps and Temperature Jumps; 5.1.1 The Activation Jump; 5.1.2 Pi Jumps; 5.1.3 ATP Jumps; 5.1.4 Temperature Jumps; 5.2 Length Steps; 5.2.1 The Length-Step Response; 5.2.2 Repeated Length Steps; 5.3 Sinusoidal Length Changes; 5.4 Force Steps; 5.4.1 Isotonic OscillationsDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMarcus-Matthias Gellrich ; with a contribution by Dieter Schmidt ; English translation by Carole Gustely Cürten.Summary: In this book the author describes in detail the history, construction, and examination potential of the slit lamp. In particular, however, he presents a new approach videography that allows the ophthalmologist to document all (!) eye diseases with the slit lamp and a video camera in a practicable, rapid, and affordable manner. The necessary methods, techniques, and equipment, including converging, diverging, and contact lenses, are clearly explained in the text and four didactic videos. The 20 most important videographic settings are described, and recipes for their use are presented, along with diagnostic tips. The accompanying collection of clinical images represents the world's first ever general atlas of ophthalmology from the perspective of the slit lamp. The author has already demonstrated proof of the value of ophthalmological videography in his own practice. It is his hope that this introductory book, with its many images never previously produced with a slit lamp, will stimulate others to exploit the approach's potential.
Contents:
Basics: Appliance Construction. Biomicroscopy: Types of Illumination
Biomicroscopy without Additional Lenses
Biomicroscopy with Additional Lenses
Accessory Equipment for Slit Lamps. Videography with the Slit Lamp: Videography - the Basics
Special Videography Applications
Specific Videographic Settings for Specific Ocular Diseases. History of the Slit Lamp: History of Slit Lamp Construction. - PrintVictoria Sweet.Summary: "A radical new understanding of how medicine is best practiced, from the award-winning author of God's Hotel. Over the years that Victoria Sweet has been a physician, "healthcare" has replaced medicine, "providers" look at their laptops more than at their patients, and costs keep soaring, all in the ruthless pursuit of efficiency. Yet the remedy that economists and policy makers continue to miss is also miraculously simple. Good medicine takes more than amazing technology; it takes time--time to respond to bodies as well as data, time to arrive at the right diagnosis and the right treatment. Sweet knows this because she has learned and lived it over the course of her career. Here she relates unforgettable stories of the teachers, doctors, nurses, and patients through whom she discovered the practice of Slow Medicine, in which she has been a pioneer. Medicine, she makes us see, is a craft and an art as well as a science. It is relational, personal, even spiritual. To do it well requires a hard-won wisdom that no algorithm can replace--that brings together "fast" and "slow" in a truly effective, efficient, sustainable, and humane way of healing"-- Provided by publisher. "The award-winning author of God's Hotel offers a radical reimagining of how we practice medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Medicine without a soul
On the cusp of Aquarius
Dr. Gurushantih and my new white coat
The man with a hole in his head
Dr. Greg's 30 percent solution
A successful petition to the saint of impossible causes
The mantle of Hippocrates
Three prophets, no whale
Visiting day at the henhouse
A slow medicine clinic before its time
Passing the point of no return
Intermission: in which fast medicine and slow medicine come together
Turnaround
A craft, a science, and an art
Upstairs, downstairs
A short pause to recapitulate, or The crack in the cosmic egg
The force that through the green fuse drives the flower
Nothing is better than life
A slow medicine manifesto. - DigitalFabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff, editors.Summary: This textbook is a practical guide to the use of small animal imaging in preclinical research that will assist in the choice of imaging modality and contrast agent and in study design, experimental setup, and data evaluation. All established imaging modalities are discussed in detail, with the assistance of numerous informative illustrations. While the focus of the new edition remains on practical basics, it has been updated to encompass a variety of emerging imaging modalities, methods, and applications. Additional useful hints are also supplied on the installation of a small animal unit, study planning, animal handling, and cost-effective performance of small animal imaging. Cross-calibration methods and data postprocessing are considered in depth. This new edition of Small Animal Imaging will be an invaluable aid for researchers, students, and technicians involved in research into and applications of small animal imaging.
Contents:
Role of small animal imaging. Noninvasive imaging for supporting basic research / Pat Zanzonico
Non-invasive imaging in the pharmaceutical industry / Sally-Ann Ricketts, Paul D. Hockings, John C. Waterton
How to set up a small animal imaging unit / David Stout
Noninvasive small rodent imaging: significance for the 3R principles / Nicolau Beckmann, Peter Maier
Study planning and animal preparation. Institutional preconditions for small animal imaging / René H. Tolba
Statistical considerations for animal imaging studies / Hannes-Friedrich Ulbrich
Animal anesthesia and monitoring / Marc Hein, Anna B. Roehl, René H. Tolba
Drug administration / Klaus Nebendahl, Peter Hauff
Imaging modalities and probes. How to choose the right imaging modality / Fabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff
X-ray and X-ray-CT / Willi A. Kalender, Paul Deak, Klaus Engelke, Marek Karolczak
Ct contrast agents / Hubertus Pietsch
Small animal magnetic resonance imaging: basic principles, instrumentation and practical issue / Peter Jakob
Mr contrast agents / Eliana Gianolio, Alessandra Viale, Daniela Delli Castelli, Silvio Aime
Mr spectroscopy / Markus Becker
Ultrasound / Stuart Foster, Catherine Theodoropoulos
Ultrasound contrast agents / Michel Schneider
Imaging modalities and probes. PET and SPECT / Sibylle I. Ziegler
Radiotracer I: standard tracer / Walter Mier, Uwe Haberkorn
Radiotracer II: peptide-based radiopharmaceuticals / Roland Haubner, Clemens Decristoforo
Optical imaging / Ralf B. Schulz, Vasilis Ntziachristos
Optical probes / Kai Licha
Multi-modal imaging and image fusion / Vesna Sossi
Ex vivo validation methods. Ex vivo and in vitro cross calibration methods / Albertine Dubois, Julien Dauguet, Thierry Delzescaux
In vitro methods for in vivo quantitation of PET and SPECT imaging probes: autoradiography and gamma counting / David Stout
Data postprocessing. Qualitative and quantitative data analysis / Felix Gremse, Volkmar Schulz
Guidelines for nuclear image analysis / Martin S. Judenhofer, Stefan Wiehr, Damaris Kukuk, Kristina Fischer, Bernd J. Pichler
Kinetic modelling / J̲örg van den Hoff
Data documentation systems / S̲nke H. Bartling, Wolfhard Semmler
Special applications. Imaging in developmental biology / Katrien Vandoorne, Stav Sapoznik, Tal Raz, Inbal Biton, Michal Neeman
Imaging in gynecology research / Matthias W. Laschke, Michael D. Menger
Imaging in cardiovascular research / Michael Schäfers, Klaus Tiemann, Michael Kuhlmann, Lars Stegger, Klaus Schäfers, Sven Hermann
Imaging in neurology research I: neurooncology / Yannic Waerzeggers, Parisa Monfared, Alexandra Winkeler, Thomas Viel, Andreas H. Jacobs
Imaging in neurology research II: PET imaging of cns disorders / Gjermund Henriksen, Alexander Drzezga
Special applications / Imaging in Neurology Research III: Focus on Neurotransmitter Imaging / Wynne K. Schiffer
Imaging in oncology research / Wolfgang A. Weber, Fabian Kiessling
Imaging in immunology research / Jason T. Lee, Evan D. Nair-Gill, Brian A. Rabinovich, Caius G. Radu, Owen N. Witte. - DigitalMark S. Thompson, DVM Diplomate, American Board of Veterinary Practitioners Certified in Canine/Feline Practice, Brevard Animal Hospital, Brevard, North Carolina.Contents:
Part one: Clinical signs approach to differential diagnosis
Part two: Systemic approach to differential diagnosis
Part three: Laboratory values and interpretation of results.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalE. Christopher Orton, Eric Monnet ; illustrated by Molly Borman, Thomas O. McCracken.Contents:
Cardiopulmonary function / Orton
Cardiopulmonary monitoring and supportive care / Orton
Instrumentation / Orton
Thoracotomy / Orton
Sternotomy / Orton
Minimally-invasive thoracic surgery / Monnet, Orton
Thoracostomy and pleural drainage / Monnet
Thoracic wall / Monnet
Pleural effusions / Monnet
Pneumothorax / Monnet
Thymoma and mediastinal masses / Monnet
Esophagus / Orton
Vascular ring anomalies / Monnet
Trachea / Monnet
Lung / Monnet
Diaphragm / Orton
Pericardium / Monnet, Orton
Strategies for cardiac surgery / Orton
Patent ductus arteriosus / Orton
Pulmonary and aortic valves / Orton
Tricuspid and mitral valves / Orton
Congenital septal defects / Orton
Cor triatriatum and double-chambered right ventricle / Orton
Cardiac neoplasia / Orton
Epicardial pacemaker implantation / Monnet.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalBrad Aiken.Summary: Like many fields of science, the future of medicine is frequently predicted by the science fiction writers of today, very much as many of today's medical advances were presaged by science fiction stories of the past. In this book, physician and science fiction author Brad Aiken conveys his own speculations about our medical future through nine highly entertaining and thought-provoking short stories. Touching upon a great variety of themes, including but not limited to telemedicine and remote surgery, vaccination strategies against unknown deathly pathogens, nanomedicine to cure diseases and retard ageing, bionics, cloning and euthanasia, we get a glimpse of what might be awaiting humanity. Yet, in these stories it is always the protagonists, humans after all, who remain at the center stage, not the new technologies. This provides the fictional material with a unique blend of science fiction and social fantasy. It also warns us to be wary of the pitfalls of too much reliance on dehumanizing technology and to make sure it remains our helper, not our master. Last but not least, an extensive scientific essay investigates the interplay between science fiction and both past and current advances in medical sciences and technology, making the link to the fictional material in the book as well as to the relevant scientific literature.
Contents:
Part I Short Stories
Locked In
Questioning the Tree
Freudian Slipstream
Done That, Never Been There
Hiding from Nobel
The Last Clone
If He Only Had a Brain
Once, On a Blue Moon
A Time to Every Purpose
Part II The Science behind the Fiction: The Invasion of Modern Medicine by Science Fiction. - DigitalSung-Tsang Hsieh, Praveen Anand, Christopher H. Gibbons, Claudia Sommer, editors.Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of small fiber neuropathy (SFN), from diagnosis to therapy. It focuses on nerve degeneration and neuropathic pain, and their underlying pathology, physiology, psychophysics, genetics and imaging. In particular, this book describes and discusses the major advances in diagnostic techniques for assessing SFN. These include skin biopsy, evoked potentials, quantitative sensory testing and functional studies, as biomarkers of SFN. SFN is a common peripheral nerve disorder, but was often overlooked due to a lack of objective and specific diagnostic tests for the assessment of small nerve fibers. These fibers mediate thermal sensation, pain detection (nociception), and autonomic regulation. Major symptoms of SFN include neuropathic pain, impaired sensation and autonomic dysfunction. Neuropathic pain poses a diagnostic challenge to clinicians, an essential step for selecting appropriate treatment to relieve suffering. SFN frequently develops in systemic diseases such as diabetes mellitus, following chemotherapy, infections etc., or presents as a major feature of various genetic neuropathies (e.g. channelopathy and familial amyloidosis). In addition to describing these conditions which lead to SFN, this book also describes related syndromes of neurodegeneration and pain, including fibromyalgia, visceral pain and hypersensitivity. This definitive book covers both clinical aspects and research progress, which provides in-depth and up-to-date information on SFN. It would be immensely useful for clinicians, neurologists, neuroscientists, diabetologists, and pain specialists. Dr. Sung-Tsang Hsieh is a professor at Department of Neurology and Institute of Anatomy and Cell Biology, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. He is also the associate dean of College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. Dr. Praveen Anand is a professor at Department of Clinical Neurology and head of Centre for Clinical Translation, Hammersmith Hospital, UK. Dr. Christopher Gibbons is an associate professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, USA. Dr. Claudia Sommer is a professor of Neurology at the Department of Neurology, Würzburg University Hospital, Germany.
Contents:
Overview of small fiber neuropathy and clinical aspects of small fiber neuropathy
Pathology of small fiber neuropathy: skin biopsy for nociceptive nerve
Neurophysiology: evoked potential
Psychophysics
Autonomic examinations and nerve pathology
Diabetic neuropathy, metabolic syndrome
Genetic small fiber neuropathy
Amyloid neuropathy
Small fiber involvment in conventional large fiber neuropathy
Vasculitis and autoimmune disorders, infectious neuropathy
Pain syndromes
Visceral pain and hypersensitivity disorders
Small fiber pathology in neurodegenerative disorders
Neuropathic pain in small fiber neuropathy
Therapy for small fiber neuropathy. - DigitalHoon Jai Chun, Sang-Yong Seol, Myung-Gyu Choi, Joo Young Cho, editors.Summary: This book covers all aspects of small intestinal disease with the aim of providing an up-to-date reference of the highest quality that will assist in everyday clinical practice. After introductory chapters on anatomy, pathophysiology, epidemiology, and signs and symptoms, the roles of different imaging modalities in the diagnosis of small intestinal disease are clearly explained, focusing particularly on capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, CT and MR enterography, and nuclear medicine techniques. A series of chapters then address each of the diseases and conditions that may be encountered. The coverage is wide ranging, including, for example, obscure gastrointestinal bleeding, Crohns disease and other inflammatory conditions, celiac disease, Behcets disease, Meckels diverticulum, intestinal tuberculosis, and various malignancies. Numerous informative clinical cases are presented to identify characteristic imaging findings and assist in treatment decision making. Small intestinal disease continues to represent a significant challenge. The scope and detail of this book will make it an invaluable asset for gastroenterologists and other clinicians.
Contents:
1. Anatomy and physiology of small intestine
2. Epidemiology of small intestinal disease
3. Symptoms and signs of small intestinal disease
4. Diagnostic modalities for small intestinal disease
5. Capsule endoscopy
6. Device assisted small bowel endoscopy
7. Radiology (CT/MR enteroscopy)
8. Nuclear medicine and others
9. Clinical manifestations of small intestinal disease
10. Obscure GI bleeding
11. Vascular lesions
12. Crohns disease
13. Other inflammatory lesions
14. NSAID enteropathy
15. Intestinal tuberculosis
16. Behcet disease
17. Meckels diverticulum
18. Cryptogenic Multifocal Ulcerous Stenosing Enteritis
19. Celiac disease
20. Peutz-Jeghers syndrome
21. Adenocarcinoma
22. Lymphoma
23. GIST
24. Primary lymphangiectasia. - Digital/PrintUwe M. Martens, editor.Contents:
Imatinib Mesylate
Dasatinib
Nilotinib
Bosutinib: a potent second-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitor
Ponatinib: a third-generation inhibitor for the treatment of CML
Ruxolitinib
Ibrutinib
Pomalidomide
Enasidenib
Midostaurin: a multiple kinases inhibitor in acute myeloid leukemia and systemic mastocytosis
Venetoclax: targeting BCL2 in hematological cancers
Idelalisib
Carfilzomib
Acalabrutinib, a second-generation Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalUwe M. Martens, editor.Summary: Extensive research into the molecular mechanisms of cancer has heralded a new age of targeted therapy. The field of personalized cancer therapy is now growing rapidly, and the progress being made will result in significant changes in the treatment algorithms for cancer patients. Numerous novel targets that are crucial for the survival of cancer cells can be attacked by small molecules such as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors. This book, written by acknowledged experts, discusses in detail the most recent developments in targeted cancer therapy using small molecules. A wide range of small molecules is covered, including, in addition to tyrosine kinase inhibitors, mTOR, proteasome, and multikinase inhibitors, among others. For each molecule, aspects such as chemical structure, mechanism of action, drug targets, drug interactions, preclinical studies, clinical trials, treatment applications, and toxicity are discussed.
- Digital/PrintUwe M. Martens, editor.Contents:
Erlotinib
Lapatinib
Regorafenib
Crizotinib
Cabozantinib: multi-kinase inhibitor of MET, AXL, RET, and VEGFR2
Vemurafenib
Trametinib (GSK1120212)-- Everolimus
Vismodegib
Larotrectinib (LOXO-101)
Palbociclib, the first of a new class of cell cycle inhibitors
Cobimetinib (GDC-0973, XL518)
Lenvatinib: a tyrosine kinase inhibitor of VEGFR 1-3, FGFR 1-4, PDGFRα, KIT and RET
Afatinib
Olaparib
Gefitinib
Alectinib
Osimertinib .Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Mathieu Rederstorff.Contents:
Small non-coding RNAs : a quick look in the rearview mirror / Guillaume Clerget, Yoann Abel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
Alcoholic precipitation of small non-coding RNAs / Guillaume Clerget, Valérie Bourguignon-Igel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
Quantification and quality control of a small non-coding RNA preparation / Virginie Marchand and Christiane Branlant
Impact of RNA isolation protocols on RNA detection by Northern blotting / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
Improved Northern blot detection of small RNAs using EDC crosslinking and DNA/LNA probes / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
Direct cloning of double-stranded RNAs / Manli Shen [and three others]
Detection and labeling of small non-coding RNAs by splinted ligation / Gabrielle Bourgeois [and three others]
Fluorescence in situ hybridization of small non-coding RNAs / Valentin Vautrot [and three others]
RT-qPCR-based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Fjoralba Zeka, Pieter Mestdagh, and Jo Vandesompele
Stem-loop RT-PCR based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Véronique Salone and Mathieu Rederstorff
miR-RACE : an effective approach to accurately determine the sequence of computationally identified miRNAs / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
Probing small non-coding RNAs structures / Jean-Vincent Philippe [and three others]
cDNA library generation for the analysis of small RNAs by high-throughput sequencing / Jennifer Gebetsberger, Roger Fricker, and Norbert Polacek
CLIP-Seq to discover transcriptome-wide imprinting of RNA binding proteins in living cells / Jérôme Saulière and Hervé Le Hir
Microarray analysis of small non-coding RNAs / Michael Karbiener and Marcel Scheideler
RML-RACE, PPM-RACE, and qRT-PCR : an integrated strategy to accurately validate miRNA target genes / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
Dual luciferase gene reporter assays to study miRNA function / Thomas Clément, Véronique Salone, and Mathieu Rederstorff
Gene expression knockdown by transfection of siRNAs into mammalian cells / Yoann Abel and Mathieu Rederstorff
Efficient and selective knockdown of small non-coding RNAs / Xue-Hai Liang, Wen Shen, and Stanley T. Crooke
Cell-SELEX : in vitro selection of synthetic small specific ligands / Helena Dickinson [and three others]
Small non-coding RNAs and aptamers in diagnostics and therapeutics / Marissa Leonard, Yijuan Zhang, and Xiaoting Zhang.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSonali Vyas, Deepshikha Bhargava.Summary: The upcoming trends in healthcare are intended towards improving the overall quality of life. In the past,management of health issues were limited to clinics and hospitals and managing patients data and analyzing it. This procedure was difficult and time consuming. A great effort was also needed in diagnosing the cause and type of disease, but this all has changed now. As advancement in research and technologies, a positive impact on healthcare is seen. This book assesses the need and era of smart healthcare and delivers content relevant to current age and time. It describes the trend, usage and practicality of IWMDs i.e. Wearable Medical Device or Sensors (WMSs) and Implantable Medical Devices (IMDs) and how they enhance the awareness of daily healthcare.It establishes a relation and conjunction of daily healthcare monitoring with clinical healthcare. A healthcare system is called smart when there is an ability to make decisions, which comes from data analytics. Smart healthcare systems possess capability of data analytics and IoT based services which can be implemented on smart phones using cloud technology. This book discusses various research trends and technologies related to innovations and advancements for smart healthcare systems. It also elaborates challenges, scope upcoming techniques, devices and future directions for smart healthcare systems.The proposed book would in particular benefit researchers interested in interdisciplinary sciences, It would also be of value to faculty, research communities, and researchers from diverse disciplines who aspire to create new and innovative research initiatives.
Contents:
Smart Health-An Introduction
Technologies for Smart Health
Telehealth
Algorithms and Software for Smart Health
Scalable Smart Health Systems
Devices, Systems and Infrastructure for Smart Health
Cyber Physical System for Healthcare
Big Data Analytics and Cognitive Computing for Smart Health System
Values and Risks of Smart Health
Challenges/ Opportunities and Future Trends in Smart Health. - Digitaledited by Gianni Ciofani.Summary: "Smart Nanoparticles for Biomedicine explores smart nanoparticles that change their structural or functional properties in response to specific external stimuli (electric or magnetic fields, electromagnetic radiation, ultrasound, etc.). Particular attention is given to multifunctional nanostructured materials that are pharmacologically active and that can be actuated by virtue of their magnetic, dielectric, optically-active, redox-active, or piezoelectric properties. This important reference resource will be of great value to readers who want to learn more on how smart nanoparticles can be used to create more effective treatment solutions. Nanotechnology has enabled unprecedented control of the interactions between materials and biological entities, from the microscale, to the molecular level. Nanosurfaces and nanostructures have been used to mimic or interact with biological microenvironments, to support specific biological functions, such as cell adhesion, mobility and differentiation, and in tissue healing. Recently, a new paradigm has been proposed for nanomedicine to exploit the intrinsic properties of nanomaterials as active devices rather than as passive structural units or carriers for medications. Discusses the synthesis, characterization and applications of a new generation of smart nanoparticles for nanomedicine applicationsExplores the problems relating to the biocompatibility of a range of nanoparticles, outlining potential solutionsDescribes techniques for manipulating specific classes of nanoparticles for a variety of treatment types"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Introduction: Smart Materials in Biomedicine / Elisa Mele
2. Smart Polymeric Nanoparticles / Clara Mattu, Giulia Brachi, Gianluca Ciardelli
3. Smart Liposomes for Drug Delivery / Tianshu Li, Shinji Takeoka
4. Pharmacologically Active Plant-Derived Natural Products / Adela Pintea, Dumitriţa Rugină, Zoriţa Diaconeasa
5. Nanostructured Cyanoacrylates: Biomedical Applications / Ilker S. Bayer
6. Applications of Carbon Nanotubes in the Biomedical Field / Cécilia Ménard-Moyon
7. Carbon Nanomaterials for Nanomedicine / Marta d'Amora, Silvia Giordani
8. Silica Nanoparticle Applications in the Biomedical Field / Larissa B. Capeletti, Lívia M.D. Loiola, Agustin S. Picco, Michelle da Silva Liberato, Mateus B. Cardoso
9. Magnetic Nanoparticles and Their Bioapplications / Christos Tapeinos
10. TiO2 Nanotube Arrays as Smart Platforms for Biomedical Applications / Giada G. Genchi, Yiqi Cao, Tejal A. Desai
11. Antioxidant Inorganic Nanoparticles and Their Potential Applications in Biomedicine / Austin Burns, William T. Self
12. Zinc Oxide Nanostructures in Biomedicine / Luisa Racca, Marta Canta, Bianca Dumontel, Andrea Ancona, Tania Limongi, Nadia Garino, Marco Laurenti, Giancarlo Canavese, Valentina Cauda
13. Smart Inorganic Nanoparticles for Wireless Cell Stimulation / Attilio Marino, Matteo Battaglini, Ilaria Pezzini, Gianni Ciofani
14. Nanosized Optical Thermometers / Satoshi Arai, Madoka Suzuki
15. Advanced Optical Microscopy Techniques for the Investigation of Cell-Nanoparticle Interactions / Natalia Feiner-Gracia, Sílvia Pujals, Pietro Delcanale, Lorenzo Albertazzi.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalParul Ichhpujani, Sahil Thakur.Summary: This book provides information on how to extract the most from mobile applications and easily adapt and integrate them into daily practice. Today mobile applications that can optimize patient flow, help in examinations, perform anterior/posterior segment imaging, offer differential diagnosis and therapeutic options and even serve as patient drug reminders and councilors are easily available. Most of them have been developed by individuals and as a result lack marketing, even though they are free to download and use. Ophthalmology has always been at the forefront of medicine when it comes to adopting the latest developments -- be they lasers, off-label anti-VEGF drugs or biocompatible implants. Mobile phones and tablets have infiltrated our private and professional lives and they are here to stay. As such, this book explores the endless possibilities that mobile computing offers, and introduces the vista of opportunities for providing better care, one download at a time. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology" this volume is intended for residents and fellows in-training, as well as general and specialist ophthalmologists.
Contents:
What are "smart devices"?
Social networking in ophthalmology
Apps and social networking pages for basic workup
Apps and social networking pages for lens disorders
Apps and social networking pages for glaucoma
Apps and social networking pages for retinal diseases
Apps and social networking pages for strabismus and pediatric ophthalmology
Apps and social networking pages for neuro-ophthalmology
Apps and social networking pages for oculoplasty and ocular trauma
Apps and social networking pages for ocular oncology
Teleophthalmology.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Richard L. DotyContents:
Section I: Basic principles. A. Fundamentals.
Epidemiology of smell and taste dysfunction
B. Morphophysiology of the olfactory and nasal trigeminal sensory systems. Anatomy of the olfactory system
Development of the human olfactory system
Anatomy of the olfactory mucosa
Olfactory receptor function
Central olfactory structures
Taste and smell processing in the brain
The intranasal trigeminal system
Cranial nerve 13
C. Morphophysiology of the gustatory and oral trigeminal systems. Anatomy and development of the human taste system
Taste receptor function
Central taste anatomy and physiology
The orotrigeminal system
Section II: Clinical aspects. A. Clinical assessment
Health histories and medical evaluations of patients with complaints of chemosensory dysfunction
Psychophysical testing of smell and taste function
Electrophysiologic assessment of olfactory and gustatory function
Neuroimaging of smell and taste
B. Diseases and disorders. Diseases of the nasal cavity
Neurolocalization of taste disorders
Chemosensory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
Systemic diseases and disorders
Toxic exposures and the senses of taste and smell
The influence of head injury on olfactory and gustatory function
Animal models of olfactory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
C. Treatment and management of chemosensory disorders. Treatments for smell and taste disorders: a critical review.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalChristopher H. Hawkes, Richard L. Doty.Summary: Loss of the sense of smell or taste is often a sign of neurological disease. Evaluating chemosensation (the senses of smell and taste) during neurological examination can help early detection of neurodegenerative conditions such as Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease. The importance of such testing is now receiving increasingly high profile in the medical curriculum. In this book, olfactory conditions are completely updated and the sense of taste is now included in similar detail. It is written by experts in the field, covering anatomy and physiology of human olfaction and taste, how they can be measured and their relevance to a wide range of major disorders such as diabetes, kidney disease, Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease. The 'Olfactory Vector Hypothesis' that suggests a neuropathogen may enter the nose en route to the brain is evaluated in detail. This introduction to smell and taste disorders is an essential guide for neurologists, neurosurgeons, otolaryngologists, medical trainees, and chemosensory scientists.Digital Access Cambridge 2017
- Digital/PrintLue, Tom F.; McAninch, Jack W.; Smith, Donald R.; Tanagho, Emil A.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Jonathan Thompson, Iain Moppett, Matthew Wiles.Contents:
Section 1: Basic sciences. General principles of pharmacology
Data, statistics and clinical trials
Inhalational anaesthetics and medical gases
Intravenous anaesthetics and sedatives
Local anaesthetics
Pain
Nausea and vomiting
Muscle function and neuromuscular blockade
Cardiovascular system
Respiratory system
Renal system
Fluid, electrolyte and acid-base balance
Metabolism, the stress response and thermoregulation
Blood, coagulation and transfusion
Section 2: Physics and apparatus. Basic physics
Equipment
Clinical measurement and monitoring
Section 3: Fundamentals of anaesthesia & perioperative medicine. Quality and safety
Preoperative assessment
Coexisting disease
Consent and information
The practical conduct of anaesthesia
Airway management
Pain management
Local and regional anaesthesia
Complications
Management of critical incidents
Resuscitation
Postoperative care
Section 4: Clinical anaesthesia. The high-risk surgical patient
The older surgical patient
The obese patient
Paediatric anaesthesia
Day surgery
General, gynaecological and genitourinary surgery
Orthopaedic surgery
ENT, maxillofacial and dental surgery
Ophthalmic surgery
Vascular, endocrine and plastic surgery
Neurosurgery
Thoracic surgery
Cardiac surgery
Obstetric anaesthesia and analgesia
Emergency and trauma surgery
Anaesthesia in low and middle-income areas
Anaesthesia outside the operating theatre
Organ transplantation
Intensive care medicine.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalJ. Javier Servat, Evan H. Black, Frank A. Nesi, Geoffrey J. Gladstone, Christopher J. Calvano, editors.Digital Access Springer 2021
- Digital[edited by] Peter J. Davis, Franklyn P. Cladis.Summary: Written and edited by renowned experts in pediatric anesthesia, Smith's Anesthesia for Infants and Children provides clear, concise guidance on effective perioperative care for any type of pediatric surgery. The 10th Edition contains significantly revised content throughout, bringing you fully up to date with recent advances in clinical and basic science that have led to changes in today’s clinical practice.
Contents:
Special Characteristics of Pediatric Anesthesia
Behavioral Development
Respiratory Physiology
Airway Physiology and Development
Cardiovascular Physiology
Regulation of Fluids and Electrolytes
Thermoregulation
Developmental Pharmacology
Intravenous Anesthetics
Inhaled Anesthetics
Local Anesthetics
Opioids
Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
Anesthetic Adjuncts
Psychological Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
Preoperative Preparation
Equipment
Monitoring
Normal and Difficult Airway Management
Point of Care Ultrasonography
Induction, Maintenance, and Recovery
Transfusion Medicine
Acute Pain Management
Regional Anesthesia
Chronic Pain Management
Palliative Pain Management
Neonatology for Anesthesiologists
Anesthesia for General Surgery in Neonates
Anesthesia for Fetal Surgery
Anesthesia for Congenital Heart Disease
Anesthesia for Neurosurgery
Anesthesia for Thoracic Surgery
Anesthesia for General Abdominal, Urologic Surgery
Anesthesia for Otorhinolaryngologic Surgery
Anesthesia for Plastic Surgery
Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery
Anesthesia for Ophthalmic Surgery
Solid Organ Transplantation
Anesthesia for Conjoined Twins
Anesthesia for Pediatric Trauma
Anesthesia for Burns
Anesthesia for Dental Procedures
Anesthesia and Sedation for Out of OR Procedures
Pediatric Sedation
Anesthesia for Surgical Missions
Endocrine Disorders
Respiratory Disorders
Cardiovascular Disorders
Hematology and Coagulation Disorders
Oncologic Disorders
Genetic and Muscular Disorders
Malignant Hyperthermia
Pediatric Obesity
Special Pediatric Disorders
Dermatology for the Anesthesiologist
Infectious Diseases
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
Critical Care Medicine
Cardiac Critical Care Medicine
Safety and Outcome in Pediatric Anesthesia
History of Pediatric Anesthesia
Medicolegal and Ethical Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
Education
StatisticsDigital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalAuguste H. Fortin, VI, MD, MPH, Professor of Medicine Division of General Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, Director of Psychosocial Communication, Yale Primary Care Internal Medicine Residency Program, New Haven, Connecticut [and four others].Summary: "A comprehensive, evidence-based introduction to the principles and practices of patient communication in a clinical setting Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition presents a step-by-step methodology for mastering every aspect of the medical interview. Readers will learn how to confidently obtain from patients accurate biomedical facts, as well as critical personal, social, and emotional information, allowing them to make a precise diagnosis, develop effective treatment plans, and forge strong clinician-patient relationships. The most evidence-based guide available on the topic, Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition applies the proven 5-step approach, which integrates patient- and clinician-centered skills to improve effectiveness without adding extra time to the interview duration. The book's user-friendly design features icons, boxed case vignettes, and use of color to highlight key points, and pedagogy includes learning an practice exercises in each chapter"-- Provided by publisher. "Our goal in this text is to present in a logical, step-by-step fashion the behaviors that are necessary to conduct an effective and efficient biopsychosocial interview. Interviewing is the most important and most difficult skill learners must master in their clinical careers. The book is designed for learners in medicine, advanced-practice nursing, physician assistant, and other health-related disciplines where communication and relational skills are central"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019
- DigitalKenneth Lyons Jones, Marilyn Crandall Jones, Miguel del Campo.Contents:
Dysmorphology approach and classification
Recognizable patterns of malformation
Deletion, duplication, and microduplication syndromes identifiable using molecular technology
Very small stature, not skeletal dysplasia
Moderate short stature, facial, ± genital
Senile-like appearance
Early overgrowth with associated defects
Unusual brain and/or neuromuscular findings with associated defects
Facial defects as major feature
Facial-limb defects as major feature
Limb defect as major feature
Osteochondrodysplasias
Osteochondrodysplasia with osteopetrosis
Craniosynostosis syndromes
Other skeletal dysplasias
Storage disorders
Connective tissue disorders
Hamartoses
Ectodermal dysplasias
Environmental agents
Miscellaneous syndromes
Miscellaneous sequences
Spectra of defects
Miscellaneous associations
Genetics, genetic counseling, and prevention
Minor anomalies : clues to more serious problems and to the recognition of malformation syndromes
Normal standards.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalHikaru Hashitani, Richard J. Lang, editors.Summary: This book presents the commonality and heterogeneity of the mechanisms underlying smooth muscle spontaneous activity in various smooth muscle organs and in addition discusses their malfunctions in disease and their potential as novel therapeutic targets. To facilitate understanding, the volume is divided into five parts and covers 16 organs: airways, phasic muscle, tonic muscle, renal pelvis, ureter, urinary bladder, urethra, corporal tissue, prostate, uterus, oviducts, seminal vesicle, artery, vein, microvasculature, and lymphatic vessels. This structure will help readers to comprehend the most up-to-date information on the similarities and differences in the contractile mechanisms driving various smooth muscles as well as their potential manipulations in particular visceral organ pathologies. The vast advancements in gene, electrical recording, and imaging technologies in this field are also discussed, with review of past achievements and consideration of likely future developments. This book will be of worldwide interest to clinicians, students, and researchers alike.
Contents:
PART I: Gastrointestinal tract
Phasic muscle
Spontaneous electrical activity and rhythmicity in gastrointestinal smooth muscles
Tonic muscle (Sphincters)
Generation of tone by gastrointestinal sphincters
PART II: Urinary tract
Renal pelvis
Pacemaker mechanisms driving pyeloureteric peristalsis: modulatory role of interstitial cells
Ureter
Excitation-contraction coupling in ureteric smooth muscle: mechanisms driving ureteric peristalsis
Urinary Bladder
Spontaneous activity and the urinary bladder
Urethra
Spontaneous activity in urethral smooth muscle
PART III: Reproductive organs
Corporal tissue
Ion channels and intracellular calcium signalling in corpus cavernosum
Prostate
Generation and regulation of spontaneous contractions in the prostate gland
Seminal vesicle
Mucosa-dependent, stretch-sensitive spontaneous activity in seminal vesicle
Uterus
The myometrium - from excitation to contractions and labour
Oviducts
Myosalpinx contractions are essential for egg transport along the oviduct and are disrupted in reproductive tract diseases
PART IV: Blood vessels
Artery
Cellular and Ionic Mechanisms of Arterial Vasomotion
Vein
Venous Vasomotion
Microvasculature
Role of pericytes in the initiation and propagation of spontaneous activity in the microvasculature
Lymphatic vessels
Lymphatic vessel pumping
PART V: Airways
Regulation of airway smooth muscle contraction in health and disease.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalLawrence E. Wineski.Summary: "This book provides health science students a review of basic anatomy in a strong clinical context. The book is heavily illustrated. Most figures have been kept simple in order to convey the fundamental floor plans that underlie the organization of body regions. Illustrations summarizing the nerve and blood supply of regions have been retained, as have overviews of the distribution of cranial nerves"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
The back
Upper limb
Thorax, Part I: Thoracic wall
Thorax, Part II: Thoracic cavity
Abdomen, Part I: Abdominal wall
Abdomen, Part II: Abdominal cavity
Pelvis, Part I: Pelvic walls
Pelvis, Part II: Pelvic cavity
Perineum
Lower limb
Head and neck.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - DigitalRyan Splittgerber.Summary: "This book contains the basic neuroanatomical facts necessary for the practice of medicine. It is suitable for medical students, dental students, nurses, and allied health students. Residents find this book useful during their rotations. The functional organization of the nervous system has been emphasized and indicates how injury and disease can result in neurologic deficits. The amount of factual information has been strictly limited to that which is clinically important"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction and organization of the nervous system
Neurons and neuroglia
Nerve fibers and peripheral innervation
Spinal cord and ascending, descending, and intersegmental tracts
Brainstem
Cerebellum and its connections
Cerebrum
The structure and functional localization of the cerebral cortex
Reticular formation and limbic system
Basal nuclei (Basal Ganglia)
Cranial nerve nuclei
Thalamus
Hypothalamus
Autonomic nervous system
Meninges
Ventricular system and cerebrospinal fluid
Blood supply of the brain and spinal cord
Nervous system development
Appendix: Neuroanatomical data of clinical significance and clinical neuroanatomy techniques.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - DigitalSusan Basalla and Maggie Debelius.Contents:
Will I have to wear a suit? rethinking life after graduate school
Getting your head ready
Should I finish my dissertation?
How to use your grad school years wisely
So what am I going to do?
Myths about post-academic careers
Questions about graduate school and your future
Your eclectic mix
Post-academic profile: Abby Markoe, A.B.D. history of medicine, executive, director
Squashwise
How do I figure out what else to do? soul-searching before job searching
Take inventory
Break it down
Looking backward: seven stories
Guilty pleasures
"This is your brain on graduate school"
No need for a #2 pencil
Where are all those PhDs anyway?
Create your own possibilities
Post-academic profile: Samantha Sutton, PhD in biology, life coach
Asking the big questions: how to figure out if you want them and if they want you
Asking the big questions
Answering the big questions: three strategies
Transitional tales
So what's next?
Post-academic profile: Xiuwen Tu, PhD in physics, Sun Power Corporation, device and characterization engineer
This might hurt a bit: turning a CV into a résumé
Getting ready to write a résumé
Writing a résumé: the first draft
A few more words of advice
After you've drafted a résumé
Case studies and sample résumés
Cover letters that will get you hired
Post-academic profile: Alyssa Picard, PhD in history, staff representative for the Michigan Affiliate of the American Federation of Teachers
Sweaty palms, warm heart: how to turn an interview into a job
Before the interview
During the interview
After the interview
What if the interview doesn't go well?
The job offer (or lack thereof)
Negotiation
Adjusting to your new job
Post-academic profile: Scott Keeter, PhD in political science, director of Survey Research, Pew Research Center for the People & the Press
Conclusion.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015Limited to 1 simultaneous users - DigitalFrederick L. Kiechle, editor ; Dorothy M. Adcock, Samuel I. McCash, Deborah Sesok-Pizzini, co-editorsContents:
Why is collecting a blood sample important?
You and your patient
How do you protect your patient and yourself using standard precautions?
Sterility
Disposal of used materials
What is blood?
Recommended volume limits for a single blood draw
How is blood collected?
Blood collection equipment
The phlebotomy area
The test requisition
Representative blood collection tubes
Timed specimens
Approaching the patient
The venipuncture from an arm vein
Recommended order of draw for multiple specimen collection
The difficult venipuncture
Intravenous fluids and the venipuncture
Collection of venous blood gases
Identification and labeling of the blood specimen tube
The difficult patient
The missing patient
The patient has a reaction
The skin puncture
Obtaining blood from babies
The blood smear
The blood culture
Collecting blood specimens under special circumstances
Your safety
Competency assessment
Your attitude
Appendix 1: Drawing blood from existing intravascular devices
Appendix 2: Intraosseous cannulation used for blood analysis and infusion
Appendix 3: Aids for visualizing veins under the skin
Appendix 4: Ultrasound-guided peripheral intravenous cannulation
Appendix 5: Quality assurance
Appendix 6: Additional resources.Digital Access College of American Pathologists Publications [2017] - Digital/PrintIjeoma Oluo.Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a hard-hitting but user-friendly examination of race in America. Widespread reporting on aspects of white supremacy--from police brutality to the mass incarceration of Black Americans--has put a media spotlight on racism in our society. Still, it is a difficult subject to talk about. How do you tell your roommate her jokes are racist? Why did your sister-in-law take umbrage when you asked to touch her hair--and how do you make it right? How do you explain white privilege to your white, privileged friend? In So You Want to Talk About Race, Ijeoma Oluo guides readers of all races through subjects ranging from intersectionality and affirmative action to "model minorities" in an attempt to make the seemingly impossible possible: honest conversations about race and racism, and how they infect almost every aspect of American life.
Contents:
Introduction : so you want to talk about race
Is it really about race?
What is racism?
What if I talk about race wrong?
Why am I always being told to "check my privilege"?
What is intersectionality and why do I need it?
Is police brutality really about race?
How can I talk about affirmative action?
What is the school-to-prison pipeline?
Why can't I say the "N" word?
What is cultural appropriation?
Why can't I touch your hair?
What are microaggressions?
Why are our students so angry?
What is the model minority myth?
But what if I hate Al Sharpton?
I just got called racist, what do I do now?
Talking is great, but what else can I do?Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - Digitalby Philip Graham and Nick Midgley ; drawings by Christine Roche ; foreword by Philip Pullman.Summary: "This book is about depression in children and teenagers during their school years, from 5 to 18. It is written primarily for parents, but we hope that teachers, social workers, health visitors and family doctors will also find it useful. Why do parents need to know about possible depression in their children? All children get sad and miserable from time to time. Sometimes it is difficult to know if such normal unhappiness needs special attention. We aim to help parents in this situation. This is an example of a situation in which a mother describes how first she thought her son's problem was nothing much to worry about but then she had to change her mind: Ben's mother, a teacher, described the change that came over her ten-year-old son after a short viral illness"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalDaniel C. Maldonado, Cynthia ZúñigaSummary: "Offering step by step guidance on how to properly document patient care, the Third Edition of SOAP for Family Medicine presents 90 of the most common clinical problems encountered on the wards and clinics in an easy-to-read, two-page layout, using the familiar "SOAP" note format. Emphasizing the patient’s clinical problem, not the diagnosis, this pocket-sized quick reference teaches both clinical reasoning and documentation skills and is ideal for use by medical students, PAs, and NPs during the Family Medicine rotation." -- Provided by the publisher.
Contents:
I: Medicine
II: Obstetrics & Gynecology
III: Pediatrics
IV: Dermatology
V: Orthopedic Conditions
VI: Psychiatry/Psychosocial IssuesDigital Access LWW Health Library [2024] - DigitalDaniel C. Maldonado, Cynthia Zúñiga.Contents:
-- I: Medicine
II: Obstetrics & Gynecology
III: Pediatrics
IV: Dermatology
V: Orthopedic Conditions
VI: Psychiatry/Psychosocial IssuesDigital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019 - DigitalPeter S. Uzelac ; special contributor, Daniel C. Maldonado.Summary: "Rather than attempting to summarize the contents of a thousand-page textbook into a miniature form, the SOAP series focuses exclusively on guidance through patient encounters. In a typical use, "finding out where to start" or "refreshing your memory" with SOAP books should be possible in less than a minute. Subjects are always confined to two pages, and the most important points have been highlighted. Topics have been limited to those problems you will most commonly encounter repeatedly during your training, and contents are grouped according to the hospital or clinic setting. Facts and figures that are not particularly helpful to surviving life on the wards, such as demographics, pathophysiology, and busy tables and graphs have purposely been omitted (such details are much better studied in a quiet environment using large and comprehensive texts)"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2020
- Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen, Jens Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Summary: Recognising the structures on the dissection, understanding their relationships and gainingan overview of how they work together assures confident study and transition into clinical practice. The Sobotta Atlas shows authentic illustrations of the highest quality, drawn from genuine specimens, guaranteeingthe best preparation for the gross anatomy class and attestation.
Contents:
General anatomy
Trunk
Upper limb
Lower limb.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2022] - Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen, Jens Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Summary: "The Sobotta Atlas shows authentic illustrations of the highest quality, drawn from genuine specimens, guaranteeing the best preparation for the gross anatomy class and attestation. Sobotta focuses on the basics, making it comprehensive. Every tiny structure has been addressed according to current scientific knowledge and can be found in this atlas"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Organs of the thoracic cavity
Organs of the abdominal cavity
Retroperitoneal space and pelvic cavity.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen, Jens Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Contents:
Head
Eye
Ear
Neck
Brain and spinal cord.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digitaledited by Sabine Hombach-Klonisch, Thomas Klonisch, Jason Peeler.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen and Jen Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Contents:
Head
Neck
Trunk
Upper limb
Lower limb
Cranial nerves.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digitaledited by Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson.Summary: "Social (In)Justice and Mental Health introduces readers to the concept of social justice and role that social injustice plays in the identification, diagnosis, and management of mental illnesses and substance use disorders. Unfair and unjust policies and practices, bolstered by deep-seated beliefs about the inferiority of some groups, has led to a small number of people having tremendous advantages, freedoms, and opportunities, while a growing number are denied those liberties and rights. The book provides a framework for thinking about why these inequities exist and persist and provides clinicians with a road map to address these inequalities as they relate to racism, the criminal justice system, and other systems and diagnoses. Social (In)Justice and Mental Health addresses the context in which mental health care is delivered, strategies for raising consciousness in the mental health profession, and ways to improve treatment while redressing injustice"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Social (In)Justice and Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Injustice and the Social Determinants of Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Michael T. Compton
Social Injustice and Mental Health Inequities / Sonya M. Shadravan, Nicolás E. Barceló
Social Injustice and Structural Racism / Matthew L. Edwards, Samuel Ricardo Saenz, Roy Collins, Belinda Bandstra
Social Injustice and the Schooling System / Tiffani Marie, Brennin Y. Brown
Social Injustice and the Child Welfare System / Melissa D. Carter, Courtney L. McMickens
Social Injustice and Urban Development / Jacob Michael Izenberg, Mindy Thompson Fullilove
Social Injustice and the Carceral System / LeRoy E. Reese, Seyi O. Amosu, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Injustice and the Health Care System / Michelle Ko, Angie Lisbeth Cruz, Janet R. Cummings
Social Injustice and Substance Use Disorders / Jessica Isom, Sonya M. Shadravan, Melvin Wilson
Social Injustice and Schizophrenia / Khalima A. Bolden, Poh Choo How, Swati Rao, Deidre M. Anglin
Social Injustice and Personality Disorders / David Freedman, George W. Woods
Social Injustice and Child Trauma / Walter E. Wilson Jr., Nicole Cotton, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Justice and Mental Health System Reform / Phillip Murray, Ruth S. Shim
Social Justice and Advocacy / Kali D. Cyrus, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Justice and Mental Health : A Call to Action / Sarah Y. Vinson, Ruth S. Shim.Digital Access - DigitalStelios Stylianidis, editor.Contents:
Preface
A Brief History of Social Psychiatry
Psychiatric Epidemiology and its Applications in Social Psychiatry
Global Mental Health
Psychiatric Reform in Europe
Psychiatric Reform in Greece
Psychoanalysis and public psychiatric care
Mental Health Promotion: good practice in community settings
Social Exclusion and Mental Health in Metropolitan Athens
Psychosocial Rehabilitation and the Recovery Model: Applications in residential units in the community
Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Adults
Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Children and Adolescents
A Modern Day Care Centre in Athens
ACT and Home Care
Counselling and Psychodynamic Psychotherapy in community settings
Mental Health Care of itinerant populations in the community
Modern Technologies and Social Psychiatry
Domestic Violence and Mental Health Services in the community: Management and Evaluation
Sexuality in individuals with severe mental illness at PSR units
Evaluating Social Psychiatry Services
Implications of the Socioeconomic Crisis for Staff in Community PSR units: the case of an NGO
Staff Evaluation and Organizational Culture in Mental Health Units
Participation and Empowerment of Users and Families
Involuntary Hospitalization: Legal context, Epidemiology and Outcome
Mental Health and the Financial Crisis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalKlaus Ranta, Annette M. La Greca, Luis-Joaquin Garcia-Lopez, Mauri Marttunen, editors.Summary: This volume brings together research into diverse aspects of social anxiety and its clinical form, social phobia, in adolescents. Development of the condition, clinical manifestations, and evidence-based prevention and treatment strategies are all addressed, with emphasis on ways in which adolescent development and the broader family and peer context are reflected in the manifestation and treatment of symptoms. The first part of the book reviews epidemiological, neurobiological, and sociopsychological research on vulnerability factors that aim to clarify why both social anxiety and phobia intensify in adolescence. The second part focuses on the phenomenology of social anxiety and phobia in different developmental contexts and provides the reader with a review of developmentally-appropriate evidence-based assessment methods. For example, this section includes chapters on social anxiety in the school environment and in romantic relationships, social phobia in the clinical setting. The third section reviews the psychosocial prevention and treatment options for adolescent social anxiety as well as the psychopharmacological treatment of social phobia. Social Anxiety and Phobia in Adolescents will be informative and interesting for all child and adolescent psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, and psychotherapists as well as for school psychologists and counsellors.
Contents:
Background/Theoretical Accounts: The developmental psychopathology of social anxiety and phobia in adolescents
Developmental Epidemiology of Social Anxiety and Social Phobia in Adolescents
Easier to Accelerate Than to Slow Down: Contributions of Developmental Neurobiology for the Understanding of Adolescent Social Anxiety
Developmental Transitions in Adolescence and their Implications for Social Anxiety
Recognition and Manifestations of Adolescent Social Anxiety and Phobia in Diverse Settings: Assessment of Social Anxiety in Adolescents
Social Anxiety and the School Environment of Adolescents
Social Anxiety and Romantic Relationships
Adolescent Social Phobia in Clinical Services
Cognition-focused Interventions for Social Anxiety Disorder Among Adolescents
Interpersonal Approaches to Intervention: Implications for Preventing and Treating Social Anxiety in Adolescents
School-based Interventions for Adolescents with Social Anxiety Disorder
Social Skills-based Treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder in Adolescents
Pharmacotherapy for Adolescent Social Phobia
Concluding Remarks.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalDavid L. Roberts, David L. Penn, and Dennis R. Combs.Summary: Social Cognition and Interaction Training (SCIT) is a group psychotherapy for individuals with schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- DigitalDevaki Nambiar, Arundati Muralidharan, editors ; with forewords by Mirai Chatterjee and Gita Sen.Summary: Drawing from the work of academics and practitioners from ten states across the country, this edited volume showcases and synthesises the diversity and richness of efforts to understand and act on the social determinants of health in India, the conditions in which we are born, grow, live work and age. Such an effort is salient in the current era of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG), which have foregrounded the issue of equity and the need for a comprehensive, multi-sectoral agenda for health and development. In India, particularly in the last decade, there have been myriad efforts to more critically theorise and intervene in areas with bearing on health, like conflict, nutrition or urbanisation, or to address the concerns of vulnerable groups like women, children and the elderly. From these efforts emerge lessons of convergence for academic and policymaking institutions in India who are looking to operationalise and bring life to the SDG agenda in India and other Low and Middle Income Country settings. The book comprises eleven chapters and six short commentaries that appear in conversation with each other, as well as an annexure of validated, ready to use indicators for monitoring of social determinants of health.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Katsunori Kondo.Summary: This open access book is the first compilation that reviews a wide range of social determinants of health (SDHs) for non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and healthy ageing in Japan. With the highest life expectancy and the largest elderly population in the world, Japan has witnessed health inequality by region and social class becoming more prevalent since the 2000s. The first half of this volume describes in detail major NCDs, such as cancers, heart and kidney diseases, diabetes, stroke, and metabolic syndrome. The second half, on the other hand, explores various SDHs relating to healthy ageing. All chapters review and focus on SDHs, particularly health inequality associated with socio-economic status and social capital, which are widely addressed in the field of social epidemiology. The book makes the argument that "Health for All" advocated by the WHO should be implemented based on social justice and benefits for the greater society. Public health researchers and policymakers, both in Japan and other nations, will gain scientific evidence from this book to prepare for the coming era as ageing becomes a global issue. Katsunori Kondo is Professor of Social Epidemiology and Health Policy, Center for Preventive Medical Sciences and the Graduate School of Medicine, Chiba University, Japan. He is also Head of Department of Gerontological Evaluation at the Center for Gerontology and Social Science, National Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology. .
Contents:
Acknowledgements
Preface
Table of Contents
Editor Bio
The Social Determinants of Health and Trends Concerning Health Disparity
Behavioral Problems in Children
Metabolic Syndorome
Cancer and Socioeconomic Status
Coronary Heart Disease
Stroke
Chronic kidney disease
Diabetes Mellitus
Suicide
Depression
Dementia
Falls and Related Bone Fractures
Malnutrition in Older People
Oral Health
Healthy aging:IADL and functional disability
Life Course Epidemiology
Social capital and health
Access to Healthcare and Health Inequality
Measures of Health Inequality and Health Impact Assessment
What Measures Can Be Taken to Reduce Health Disparity?
Recommendations
Ministeral notification
Monitoring report (1)
Monitoring Report (3)
Monitoring Report (5)
Monitoring Report (8)
Index. - Digitaledited by Samilia Obeng-Gyasi, Timothy M. Pawlik.Summary: "Social determinants of health has been defined by the World Health Organization as the conditions in which people are born, grow, live, work, and age. These determinants can include factors such as housing, transportation, education, employment, and access to care. Social Determinants of Health: A Primer for the Practicing Surgeon provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art, definitive reference for the surgical community on this important topic, serving as an invaluable resource for surgeons, physicians, fellows, and residents. Offers unique, practical content from experts in the field, with up-to-date information from both national and world leaders. Covers various aspects of social determinants of health related to the surgical field, including internalization of social determinants of health; social determinants of health and disease initiation, progression, and outcomes; and social determinants of health from a research perspective. Contains chapters on a wide range of topics as social determinants of health in surgery, including intersectionality, insurance, stress, finances, neighborhood, healthcare access, community engagement, literacy, and more. Discusses study design and outcomes, interventions, and future directions in social determinants of health in surgery. Consolidates today's available information on this timely topic into a single, convenient resource.
Contents:
Social Determinants of Health in Surgery Overview
Internalizing Social Determinants of Health: The Ecosocial and Weathering Theories
Allostatic Load--Measurement Issues in Cancer Patients and Other Populations
The Conserved Transcriptional Response to Adversity : Prepared for Social Determinants of Health in Surgery
Finances as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Neighborhood as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Addressing the Social Determinants of Health to Enhance Clinical Trial Participation
Race, Ancestry, and Social Determinants of Health in Surgery
Community Engagement as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Insurance as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Health Literacy
Psychological Stress and the Surgical Stressor
Framing Theoretically Informed Social Determinants of Health Research Questions
Social Determinants of Health: Study Designs and Outcomes
Interventions for Redressing Disparities Related to Social Determinants of Health in Surgery
Future Directions.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalLuisa E. Delgado, Víctor H. Marín, editors.Summary: Human societies are influencing nature in such a way that their independent analysis is no longer suitable. Fortunately, social-ecological systems provide a conceptual framework for the interconnected analysis of societies and ecosystems. However, in the case of Latin America, the complexity of social-ecological processes undermined a much-needed compilation of theoretical concepts, methods and case studies. Increasing readers understanding of such systems using a postnormal approach, the book discusses current concepts and methods with examples of studies from eight countries. It is a useful resource for social actors, government decision makers and scholars.
Contents:
Chapter 1
Social-ecological systems and postnormal science
Chapter 2
Studying social-ecological systems from the perspective of social sciences in Latin America
Chapter 3
Simplifying the complexity of social-ecological systems with conceptual models
Chapter 4
Social actors and participative modelling
Chapter 5
Social-ecological systems and human wellbeing
Chapter 6
Poor-people ecologism
Chapter 7
A new environmental governance
Chapter 8
A hierarchical approach for the valuation of multiple ecosystem services
Chapter 9
Novel ecosystems and social-ecological complexities
Chapter 10
Social-ecological systems and the economy of nature: A Latin-American perspective
Chapter 11
Spatial modelling of social-ecological systems: The Arroyo las Conchas watershed, Argentina
Chapter 12
Analyzing social vulnerability to natural disasters in northeast Brazil: catastrophic flooding cycles at Alagoas littoral zone
Chapter 13
San Rafael Reserve, Paraguay: key social actors and sustainability scenarios through environmental governance schemes
Chapter 14
Valuation of hydrological supply in high Andes wetlands of Chinchiná River, Colombia
Chapter 15
Participative management and local institutional strengthening: the successful case of mangle social-ecological systems in Ecuador
Chapter 16
Integrated assessment of the effects of the payment for hydrological services program at Ajusco, Mexico City
Chapter 17
Influence of the rural/urban context in the implementation of forest conservation programs in Mexico: Oaxaca and Mexico City case studies
Chapter 18
Characterizing social-ecological traps: A case study of forest and marine systems in Southern and Austral Chile
Chapter 19
Ecosystem services from a multi-stakeholder perspective: a case study in a Biosphere Reserve in central Chile
Chapter 20
Restoration of riverside forests: contributing to the fisheries management of river Pich is watershed, central jungle, Perú
Chapter 21
The challenge of integrated management of Isla de Chiloé coastal zone
Chapter 22
Social valuation of ecosystem services at local scale: challenges for the management of a multiple-use coastal and marine protected area (MU-CMPA): Isla Grande de Atacama
Chapter 23
Potential futures of social-ecological systems in Latin America.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalDaniel Stokols (University of California, Irvine).Contents:
1. Discovering social ecology: a personal journey
2. Historical origins and conceptual foundations of social ecology
3. Deriving core principles of social ecology
4. Rise of the internet- navigating our online and place-based ecologies
5. Promoting personal and public health
6. Confronting complex social problems
7. Managing global environmental change
8. Designing resilient and substainable communities
9. Educating the next generation of social ecologists
10. Epilogue.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalHarrison J. Alter, Preeti Dalawari, Kelly M. Doran, Maria C. Raven, editors.Summary: Social Emergency Medicine incorporates consideration of patients social needs and larger structural context into the practice of emergency care and related research. In doing so, the field explores the interplay of social forces and the emergency care system as they influence the well-being of individual patients and the broader community. Social Emergency Medicine recognizes that in many cases typical fixes such as prescriptions and follow-up visits are not enough; the need for housing, a safe neighborhood in which to exercise or socialize, or access to healthy food must be identified and addressed before patients health can be restored. While interest in the subject is growing rapidly, the field of Social Emergency Medicine to date has lacked a foundational text a gap this book seeks to fill. This book includes foundational chapters on the salience of racism, gender and gender identity, immigration, language and literacy, and neighborhood to emergency care. It provides readers with knowledge and resources to assess and assist emergency department patients administrators, and other professionals who recognize that high-quality emergency care extends beyond the ambulance bay.
Contents:
1. History of Social Emergency Medicine
2. Public Health, Population Health, and Health Disparities
3. Race and Racism
4. Gender and Sexual Identity
5. Immigration
6. Language and Literacy
7. Access to Care
8. Frequent Emergency Department Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
9. Substance Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
10. Education and Employment
11. Financial Insecurity
12. Food Insecurity
13. Homelessness
14. Housing Instability and Quality
15. Transportation
16. Legal Needs
17. Neighborhoods and the Built Environment
18. Violence
19. Firearm Injury
20. Incarceration
21. Human Trafficking. - DigitalGuy Launoy, Vesna Zadnik, Michel P. Coleman, editors.
- DigitalJoel Paris.Summary: "A quarter century has elapsed since the first edition of this book was published. Since then an enormous body of research has appeared concerning biological and psychological risk factors for personality disorders (PDs), as well as for biological and psychological methods of treatment. However, less attention has been paid to the social context of PDs, i.e., how personality traits and disorders interact with social demands and opportunities. Yet social forces carry important risks for the development of PDs. Personality disorders are rooted in traits. We all have a personality. But it need not become disordered if we can find a social niche that fits our particular characteristics. If we do not find that niche, then psychopathology is more likely to ensue. That is one of the main themes of this new edition. The argument of this book will be backed up by research. Personality traits are heritable variants that lie within a normal range: adaptive under some circumstances but maladaptive under other circumstances. About half of the variance in personality and personality disorders is under genetic influence. Levels of psychosocial risk are complex: some derive from dysfunctional families, but most of the variance is not related to growing up in a specific family. The larger social environment plays a crucial role of its own"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- Digitaledited by Jeff French.Contents:
The case for social marketing in public health / Jeff French
Key principal, concepts, and techniques of social marketing / Jeff French
Social marketing planning / Jeff French
Evaluation of social marketing programmes / Adam Crosier and Dominic McVey
Social marketing and public health strategy / Jeff French
Behaviour and how to influence it / Jeff French
Generating insight and building segmentation models in social marketing / Dominic McVey and Adam Crosier
Commissioning social marketing / Jeff French
Social marketing on a small budget / Jeff French
Building social programme coalitions / Jeff French
Ethical issues in social marketing / Lynne Eagle, Stephan Dahl, and David Low
Using digital and social media platforms for social marketing / Melissa K. Blair
Social franchising: Strengthening health systems through private sector approaches / Julie McBride, Kim Longfield, Dana Sievers, and Dominic Montagu.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalDavid R. Stukus, Michael D. Patrick and Kathryn E. Nuss.Summary: Medical professionals are increasingly engaging with social media in an effort to provide credible evidence-based information and combat the misinformation that patients are finding online and bringing to office visits. Medical professionals are uniquely poised to recognize the harm that can come from applying the incorrect information to decisions affecting ones health, while they are also able to serve as valued and knowledgeable experts online and engage with patients and the public to provide accurate, up-to-date information. Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online Worldis a unique, first-of-its-kind resource, providing specific social media strategies for engagement, as well as advice regarding best practices for professionals to maintain at all times. Chapters discuss many aspects pertaining to social media, covering the basics, researching and assessing credible medical information online, and best practices for discussing myths and misconceptions with patients. Later chapters cover the benefits of engaging in social media as a medical professional, strategies for increasing engagement and building an audience, various options and platforms for content creation and finding your niche, doss and donts regarding patient privacy, and strategies for dealing with negative comments online. A uniquely practical resource, Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online World will be of interest to medical professionals across the spectrum of healthcare, from the student to the seasoned clinician, providing valuable perspective on practicing medicine in an evolving digital world.
Contents:
Introduction: What is social media? (Overview of the platforms, ways they are utilized)
Finding medical information online in the digital age (Details about patients using online resources for medical information)
Myths and misconceptions (Dangers of searching online for medical information)
Why should medical professionals get involved? (Benefits of engaging in social media) . Start with a target audience (Who are you trying to reach, how does message change by audience)
If you Tweet it, they will come (Strategies to increase engagement and build a following) .-Content curation (How to identify and use information from credible resources)
Content creation (Discuss all the platforms to build an assortment of content; blog posts, podcasts, YouTube and how to cross promote on social media)
Dos and donts for the medical professional (Patient privacy, subject matter)
How to deal with trolls (Strategies for dealing with negative comments/feedback)
The sky is the limit (Ideas for how to take social media to other venues, promotion in academic centers, research). - Digitalguest editors, Megan A. Moreno, MD, MSED, MPH, Victor C. Strasburger, MD.Summary: Today's teens are often referred to as Digital Natives due to their upbringing immersed in technological tools including smartphones and social media, while most of us who provide healthcare for this group remain at best, digital immigrants. These technologies present both new opportunities and challenges to teens' health, as well as their education and life experiences. Pediatricians can play a key role in helping teens and their families navigate critical issues such as balancing online and offline lives, as well as understand links between media and health. This issue of AM:STARS is mean.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
- DigitalDana S. Dunn.Summary: "The book's overarching message is an important one: The experience of most people with disabilities is not what nondisabled persons anticipate--contrary to the latter's beliefs and expectations, the former can lead full and normal lives. Thus, The Social Psychology of Disability is designed to counter stereotypical or biased perspectives aimed at an often overlooked minority group."--Publisher information.
Contents:
Overview: The social psychology of disability
Fundamental psychosocial concepts for understanding disability
Challenges: stigma, stereotyping, and disability
Attitudes toward people with disabilities
Coping with and adjusting to disability
Towards an understanding of disability identity
A positive psychology of disability and rehabilitation
The ecology of disability.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - Digitaledited by Richard Williams, Verity Kemp, S. Alexander Haslam, Catherine Haslam, Kamaldeep S. Bhui, Sue Bailey ; associate editor, Daniel Maughan.Summary: Using current societal dilemmas, this book explores how social factors and social identity influence our health and recovery from illness. It includes recent research to present practitioners, researchers, policymakers and students of many disciplines with the material to support them in better harnessing current knowledge of the impact of social factors on health. The contents will influence collaborative working across policy, disciplinary and practice boundaries to design and deliver healthcare services. The book identifies the importance of social connectedness, social support, agency and self and group efficacy in people's health, longevity and resilience after adversity. Core perspectives include the social identity approach and a values framework for taking public health ethics into decision-making, both of which emphasise valuing people and co-productive relationships. Advocating better targeted mental health promotion and integrated interventions, this book strongly argues for a greater emphasis on social factors in evidence-based and cost-effective practice.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalJiang Bian, Yi Guo, Zhe He, Xia Hu, editors.Summary: This book presents state-of-the-art research methods, results, and applications in social media and health research. It aims to help readers better understand the different aspects of using social web platforms in health research. Throughout the chapters, the benefits, limitations, and best practices of using a variety of social web platforms in health research are discussed with concrete use cases. This is an ideal book for biomedical researchers, clinicians, and health consumers (including patients) who are interested in learning how social web platforms impact health and healthcare research.
Contents:
1. A literature Review of Social Media-based Data Mining for Health Outcomes Research
2. Social Media-Based Health Interventions: Where Are We Now?
3. Quantifying and Visualizing the Research Status of Social Media & Health Research Field
4. Social Media in Health Communication
5. Consumers' Selection of Sources in Searching for Health Information
6. Understanding and Bridging the Language and Terminology Gap between Health Professionals and Consumers using Social Media
7. Dissemination of Information on Stigmatized Health Issues on Social Media
8. Learning Wellness Profiles of Users on Social Networks: The Case of Diabetes
9. Social Media and Psychological Disorder
10. Content Analysis of the 2015 #SmearForSmear Campaign Using Deep Learning
11. How to Improve Public Health via Mining Social Media Platforms: A Case Study of Human Papillomaviruses (HPV)
12. Learning Hormonal Therapy Medication Adherence from an Online Breast Cancer Forum
13. Ethics in Health Research using Social Media. - DigitalTimothy J. Steiner, Lars Jacob Stovner, editors.Summary: This volume describes the impact of headache disorders on public health, and their adverse consequences for society. It opens with an overview of relevant headache disorders before describing, qualitatively, how the burdens attributable to these disorders fall upon adults, adolescents and children. In the second section, beginning with a methodological introduction discussing the principles and potential pitfalls of epidemiological studies assessing prevalence, headache-attributed burden and functional impact, the burdens of headache including financial cost are examined quantitatively and in detail. The third section critically reviews society's response, its inadequacies and the scope for improvement. Topics here include the political failure to recognize the public ill-health and cost that are the consequences of inadequate headache care; the role of the WHO in addressing the problem; headache service organization, delivery and quality; and the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of interventions. The book closes by considering the way forward. This volume contains important messages for primary care and is likely to be of even greater interest to headache specialists and those concerned with public health and health policy. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1 Introduction
PART I HEADACHE and public health 2 The meaning of "headache" in the context of society (overview of headache disorders with societal impact)
3 Headache-attributed burden (the qualitative components)
4 Global surveys: WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world
5 Global surveys: GBD 2010
PART II METHODOLOGIES 6 Headache epidemiological studies (a summary of the principles and recommendations with focus on pitfalls)
7 Quantifying headache-attributed burden (specific measures, such as symptom and disability burdens, including headache yesterday, interictal burden, cumulative burden, willingness to pay; generic measures such as quality of life; HARDSHIP)
8 Headache, functional impact and environment (ICF). PART III CONSEQUENCES FOR SOCIETY 9 Epidemiology and burden of headache (published studies to 2007 + LTB studies)
10 Cost (financial cost, including Eurolight)
PART IV SOCIETY'S RESPONSE 10 Political insouciance (the failure to recognize headache as a major cause of public ill-health and societal cost, including messages from WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world)
11 Responding with the support of WHO (the Global Campaign against Headache)
12 Societal intervention: headache service organization and delivery
13 Societal intervention: headache service quality
14 Interventions (effectiveness and cost-effectiveness)
15 The way forward.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Print
- DigitalGodfrey B. Tangwa [and 3 others], editors.Summary: This volume examines the most important socio-cultural, political, economic, and policy issues related to emerging infectious diseases in Africa. The volume covers the work of the Global Emerging Pathogens Treatment Consortium (GET); it looks at the challenges of science education and communication in Africa, the global health and governance of pandemics and epidemics, and more. It looks beyond such threats as Ebola, SARS, and Zika to consider the ways communities have sought to contain these and other deadly pathogens. The chapters provide a better understanding of a global health problem from an African perspective, which help clarify to readers why some responses have worked while others have not.Overall, the volume captures the state of the art, science, preparedness, and evolution of a topic important to the health of Africa and the world. It has a broad appeal across disciplines, from medical science and biomedical research, through research ethics, regulation and governance, science and health communication, social sciences, and is also of interest to general readers.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalSerge Morand, Jean-Pierre Dujardin, Régine Lefait-Robin, Chamnarn Apiwathnasorn, editors.Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction to socio-ecological dimensions of infectious diseases and health in Southeast Asia.
Part 1: Infectious Diseases and Societies
Chapter 2: Climate, environment and epidemic febrile diseases: A view from Chinese medicine
Chapter 3: Long life of people living with HIV/AIDS and the practice of medical power
Chapter 4: Socio-environmental global changes and infectious diseases: Interdisciplinary approach applied to tourism studies
Part 2: Socio-Ecosystems and Health
Chapter 5: Heavy metals contamination in the ecosystem of Mae Tang reservoir in Northern Thailand
Chapter 6: Water and health: What is the risk and visible burden of the exposure to environmental contaminations? Insights from a questionnaire-based survey in Northern Thailand
Chapter 7: Melioidosis in Laos
Part 3: Global Changes, Land Use Changes and Vector-Borne Diseases
Chapter 8: Adaptation of mosquito vectors to salinity and its impact on mosquito-borne disease transmission in the South and Southeast Asian tropics
Chapter 9: The malaria landscape: Mosquitoes, transmission, landscape, insecticide resistance and integrated control in Thailand
Chapter 10: Rubber plantations as a mosquito box amplification in South and South-East Asia
Part 4: Monitoring and Data Acquisition
Chapter 11: Rescuing public health data
Chapter 12: The new science of metagenomics and the challenges of its use in both developed and developing countries
Chapter 13: Barcoding, biobanking, e banking: From ecological to ethical and legal aspects. Insights from the PathodivSEA project
Part 5: Managing Health Risks
Chapter 14: Methods for prioritization of diseases: Case study of zoonoses in South-East Asia
Chapter 15: Managing global risks: Vietnamese poultry farmers and avian flu
Chapter 16: The OIE Strategy to address threats at the interface between humans, animals and ecosystems
Part 6: Developing Strategies
Chapter 17: Business for biodiversity and ecosystem services
Chapter 18: Bridging the gap between conservation and health
Chapter 19: Implementation of the One health strategy. Lessons learnt from community based natural resource programs for communities' empowerment and equity within an Eco health approach.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSummary: A health and social science resource that consists of data sources suitable for use with statistical software; each consists of one or more data files, related documentation, and SAS and SPSS program statement files. Additionally includes evidence-based interventions & programs and professional education & capacity building tools.Digital Access
- DigitalKalevi Kairemo, Homer A. Macapinlac, editors.Summary: This pocket book is the first of its kind on sodium fluoride (18F-NaF)-PET and addresses skeletal as well as cardiovascular applications. In malignant metastatic diseases 18F-NaF-PET has already demonstrated its benefits in cancer staging, re-staging, follow-up and response evaluation. It also has an emerging diagnostic role in the calcified soft-tissue metastases of primary bone tumours, and can be applied to evaluate cardiovascular diseases, such as calcifications in heart valves and peripheral vascular disease. The book is divided into 11 chapters: five on oncology, four addressing the general aspects of skeletal conditions, and two on cardiovascular diseases. It offers a valuable guide for referring colleagues, nuclear medicine physicians/radiologists and aid clinicians, and highlights the main applications and limitations of 18F-NaF-PET hybrid imaging (PET/CT).
Contents:
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Tracer and Technique
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Normal variants and artefacts
Sodium fluoride imaging in oncology
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Monitoring therapy
Determination of Skeletal Tumor Burden on 18F-Fluoride PET/CT
18F-Fluoride: Benign Bone Disease
Dynamic 18F-Fluoride Imaging
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Atlas of interesting images (images with specific teaching points, tracer, technique and pitfalls)
Role of Sodium Fluoride-PET in Primary Bone Tumors
18F-Sodium Fluoride Positron Emission Tomography in Cardiac Disease
18F-Sodium Fluoride positron emission tomography / computed tomography imaging of the peripheral vasculature.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHemant J. Purohit, Vipin Chandra Kalia, Ravi Prabhakar More, editors.Summary: This book explains how the biological systems and their functions are driven by genetic information stored in the DNA, and their expression driven by different factors. The soft computing approach recognizes the different patterns in DNA sequence and try to assign the biological relevance with available information. The book also focuses on using the soft-computing approach to predict protein-protein interactions, gene expression and networks. The insights from these studies can be used in metagenomic data analysis and predicting artificial neural networks.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Current Scenario on Application of Computational Tools in Biological Systems; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Protein Structure Prediction and Interaction; 1.3 Emerging Areas in Tool Development; 1.4 Gene Networks and Plasticity; 1.5 Epigenome: Emerging Area; 1.6 Expanding the Domain of Computational Statistical Analysis; 1.7 Pattern Recognition/Barcoding/Diagnostics; References;
Chapter 2: Diagnostic Prediction Based on Gene Expression Profiles and Artificial Neural Networks; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Machine Learning and Artificial Neural Networks. 2.3 Gene Expression Profile2.4 Gene Expression Profile Studies with ANN; 2.4.1 Cancer; 2.4.2 Chemotherapy; 2.4.3 Schizophrenia; 2.5 Perspectives; References;
Chapter 3: Soft Computing Approaches to Extract Biologically Significant Gene Network Modules; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Computational Methods for Detecting Network Modules; 3.3 Soft Computing Methods for Network Module Extraction; 3.3.1 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 3.3.2 Fuzzy Network Module Extraction; 3.3.3 GA-RNN Hybrid Approach; 3.3.4 Multisource Integrative Framework; 3.3.5 AutoSOME; 3.4 Assessment. 3.4.1 Dataset3.4.2 Validation; 3.4.2.1 Functional Enrichment Analysis; 3.4.2.2 Topological Validation; 3.4.2.3 Experimental Results; 3.5 Conclusion and Future Scope; References;
Chapter 4: A Hybridization of Artificial Bee Colony with Swarming Approach of Bacterial Foraging Optimization for Multiple Seq ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Literature Review; 4.2.1 Genetic Algorithm (GA); 4.2.2 Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO); 4.2.3 Artificial Bee Colony (ABC); 4.2.4 Ant Colony Optimization (ACO); 4.2.5 Bacterial Foraging Optimization (BFO); 4.2.6 Bat and Firefly Optimization; 4.2.7 Cuckoo Search. 4.2.8 Frog Leap Algorithm4.2.9 Multiple Sequence Alignment Using Fuzzy Logic; 4.3 Methodology; 4.3.1 Optimizing the Multi-objectives; 4.3.1.1 Sequence Similarity; 4.3.1.2 Penalty of a Gap; Affine Gap Penalty; Variable Gap Penalty; 4.3.2 Hybrid of ABC-BFO; 4.4 Results; 4.4.1 Applications of MSA; 4.4.2 Statistical Analysis; 4.5 Implementation and Discussion; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Construction of Gene Networks Using Expression Profiles; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Genetic Regulatory Networks; 5.3 Co-expression Networks; 5.3.1 Identifying Genes with Key Roles. 5.3.2 Construction of Large-Scale Regulatory Networks5.4 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 5.5 Other Gene Co-expression Network Construction Applications; 5.6 Determining the Thresholds and Clusters for Co-expression Networks; 5.7 Network Concepts Useful in Co-expression Network Construction; 5.8 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 6: Bioinformatics Tools for Shotgun Metagenomic Data Analysis; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Shotgun Metagenomics; 6.2.1 CAMERA; 6.2.2 MG-RAST; 6.2.3 IMG/M; 6.2.4 METAREP; 6.2.5 CoMet; 6.2.6 METAVIR; 6.2.7 MetaABC; 6.2.8 VIROME; 6.2.9 metaMicrobesOnline. - DigitalElizabeth A. Montgomery, Aaron W. JamesSummary: "New in the Differential Diagnosis in Surgical Pathology series, this abundantly illustrated title helps you systematically solve tough diagnostic challenges in soft tissue and bone pathology. It uses select images of clinical and pathological findings, together with succinct, expert instructions and diagnostic pearls, to guide you through the decision-making process by distinguishing between commonly confused lesions of soft tissue and bone. By presenting material according to the way pathologists actually work, this user-friendly volume helps you quickly differentiate entities that have overlapping morphologic features"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2021
- Printedited by Cristina R. Antonescu
- DigitalShuichi Matsuda, Sébastien Lustig, Willem van der Merwe, editors.Summary: In this booklet, experts from across the world, including members of the ISAKOS Knee Arthroplasty Committee, offer clear, up-to-date guidance on all aspects of soft tissue or ligament balancing in primary total knee arthroplasty with the aim of enabling the reader to achieve optimal patient outcomes. After an introduction explaining the normal soft tissue condition in the native knee, surgical procedures are described, including techniques for the management of severe deformity. The most striking feature of the booklet, however, is the many pages devoted to the accurate evaluation and clinical relevance of ligament balancing. Different techniques and devices for intraoperative soft tissue assessment are discussed, highlighting, for example, the use of gap-measuring devices or trial liners with load-bearing sensors to achieve more objective evaluation. Above all, special attention is devoted to the crucial issue of the impact of intraoperative soft tissue balance on postoperative results. In the closing chapter, very experienced surgeons introduce intraoperative troubleshooting in order to assist successful completion of arthroplasty.
Contents:
Native knee: Anatomy and biomechanics
Soft tissue balance in native knee
Knee kinematics in native knee. Operative procedure 1
primary TKA: Primary principals in soft tissue balancing
CR: Measured resection technique
PS: Gap technique
BCR: How to achieve near normal kinematics. Operative procedure 2
primary TKA: Varus knee
severe cases included
Valgus knee
severe cases included
Complicated cases
recurvatum, severe contracture
Increasing ROM. Assessment in primay TKA: Intraoperative assessment
tensor
Intraoperative assessment
navigation
Intraoperative assessment
OrthoSenser. Clinical relevance: primary TKA: Postoperative changes in soft tissue balance
Intraoperative soft tissue balance and postoperative knee kinematics
Intraoperative soft tissue balance and clinical results(ROM, function)
Knee kinematics and patient satisfaction. Patella: Avoiding patellar maltracking
Management of patellar baja and alta. Trouble shooting: Intraoperative MCL injury
Patellar tendon rupture.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalKyle Perry.Contents:
Critical Concepts in Soft Tissue Pathology
Lipomatous Lesions
Adult Fibroblastic Lesions
Pediatric Fibroblastic Lesions
Fibrohistiocytic Lesions
Pericytic Tumors
Smooth Muscle Tumors
Skeletal Muscle Tumors
Neural and Nerve Sheath Lesions
Vascular Lesions
Chondroid Lesions
Lesions of Uncertain Differentiation
Select Soft Tissue Lesions of the GI Tract.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalObaid Almeshal, Salah Aldekhayel, Feras Alshomer, editors.Summary: This richly illustrated book provides a comprehensive review of the different surgical modalities for hand soft tissue reconstruction. The indications for and relative merits of various techniques are described in detail, emphasizing the role of loco-regional flaps to avoid the need for advanced microsurgical skills needed for other advanced techniques. Numerous illustrations and case descriptions of the common scenarios provide a rich pictorial database of soft tissue coverage options. This illustrative book will be of value in daily practice for plastic and reconstructive surgeons, residents, and medical students.
- DigitalAngelo Paolo Dei Tos.Contents:
Imaging of tumors and pseudotumours of soft tissues / Valerie Bousson, Jean-Denis Laredo, and Daniel Vanel
Principles of local and systemic treatment of soft tissue sarcomas / Alessandro Gronchi and Paolo G. Casali
Soft tissue sarcomas with spindle cell morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Soft tissue sarcomas with epithelioid morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Round cell sarcomas / Alberto Righi, Marco Gambarotti, and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Pleomorphic sarcomas / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Myxoid sarcomas / Marta Sbaraglia Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue featuring an inflammatory background / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue resembling normal tissue / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - Digital[edited by] Steven L. Moran, MD, Professor and Chair of Plastic Surgery, Professor of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, S. Andrew Sems, MD, Assistant Professor of Orthopedics, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Why Wounds Fail to Heal
ch. 2 Initial Evaluation and Management of Complex Traumatic Wounds / Christin A. Harless / Steven L. Moran
ch. 3 Management of Simple Wounds: Local Flaps, Z-Plasty, and Skin Grafts / Emily N. Morgan / George Nanos III
ch. 4 Integra Bilayer Wound Matrix in Combination with Negative Pressure Wound Therapy for Treatment of Extremity Wounds / John B. Hijjawi / Steven L. Moran
ch. 5 Management of Nerve Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Kanu Goyal / Ian L. Valerio
ch. 6 Management of Vascular Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Ida K. Fox / Amy M. Moore
ch. 7 Restoration of Shoulder External Rotation / Randall R. DeMartino / Gustavo S. Oderich
ch. 8 Rotational Flaps for Rotator Cuff Repair / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan
ch. 9 Surgical Exposure of the Elbow Following Bony and Soft Tissue Trauma / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan Note continued: ch. 10 Radial Forearm Flap for Elbow Coverage / Julie E. Adams / Scott P. Steinmann
ch. 11 Anconeus Muscle Flap and Flexor Carpi Ulnaris Muscle Flap for Soft Tissue Coverage of Elbow / Sean R. Cantwell / Brian T. Carlsen
ch. 12 Bipolar Latissimus Dorsi Rotational Flap for Functional Reconstruction of Elbow Flexion / Morad Askari / Bassem T. Elhassan / Steven L. Moran
ch. 13 Fasciotomies for Forearm and I land Compartment Syndrome / Frances Sharpe / Milan Stevanovic
ch. 14 Soft Tissue Management of Delayed Compartment Syndrome / Laura K. Tom / Jeffrey B. Friedrich
ch. 15 Soft Tissue Interposition Flaps in the Management of Heterotopic Ossification and Proximal Radioulnar Synostosis / Milan Stevanovic / Frances Sharpe
ch. 16 Principles of Hand Incisions / M. Claire Manske / Douglas P. Hanel / Seth D. Dodds
ch. 17 Lateral Arm Flap for Hand and Wrist Coverage / Laura W. Lewallen / Marco Rizzo Note continued: ch. 18 Radial Forearm and Radial Forearm Fascial Flap for Coverage of the Dorsum of the Hand and Wrist / Ryan P. Ter Louw / James P. Higgins
ch. 19 Posterior Interosseous Artery Island Flap for Dorsal Hand Coverage / Yoo Joon Sur / Mohamed Morsy / Michel Saint-Cyr
ch. 20 Fillet Flaps in Cases of Mutilating Trauma / Eduardo A. Zancolli
ch. 21 Free Flaps for Upper Extremity Reconstruction and the Anterolateral Thigh Flap / Ryan W. Schmucker / Michael W. Neumeister
ch. 22 Pedicled Flaps from the Groin and Lower Abdomen for Upper Extremity Coverage / Samir Mardini / Harvey Chim / Steven L. Moran / Chih-Hung Lin
ch. 23 Cross-Finger Flaps for Digital Soft Tissue Reconstruction / S. Raja Sabapathy
ch. 24 Heterodigital Arterialized Flap / Nicholas Pulos / Alexander Y. Shin
ch. 25 Homodigital Island Flaps / Shian Chao Tay / Lam Chuan Teoh
ch. 26 First Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Island Flap / Mark Henry Note continued: ch. 27 Flap Reconstruction of the Thumb / Michael Sauerbier / Gunter Germann
ch. 28 Soft Tissue Management Following Traumatic Injury to the Femur / David Elliot / Adam Sierakowski
ch. 29 Management of Soft Tissue Defects Surrounding the Knee and Tibia: The Gastrocnemius Muscle Flap / Thomas F. Higgins / Lance Jacobson
ch. 30 Revision and Infected Total Knee Arthroplasty / Karim Bakri / Steven L. Moran
ch. 31 Pedicled Soleus Muscle Flap for Coverage of the Middle and Distal Third of the Tibia / David J. Jacofsky / Oren Goltzer
ch. 32 Sural Artery Flap / Salvatore C. Lettieri / Steven L. Moran
ch. 33 Propeller Flaps and Keystone Flaps in the Lower Extremity / Michael Sauerbier / Annika Arsalan-Werner
ch. 34 Fasciotomies of the Lower Extremity / Michel Saint-Cyr / Anita T. Mohan
ch. 35 Amputation and Stump Management / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim / Emily A. Borsting / Jimmy H. Chim / Handel R. Robinson / Yasmina Zoghbi Note continued: ch. 36 Soft Tissue Management of Ankle Fractures and Use of the Gracilis Muscle Flap / Norman S. Turner / Thomas C. Shives
ch. 37 Calcaneal Fractures/Talar Neck Fractures / Steven L. Moran / S. Andrew Sems
ch. 38 Flap Coverage for the Foot / Roy W. Sanders / Hassan R. Mir
ch. 39 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Cervical and Thoracic Spine / L. Scott Levin / William C. Pederson
ch. 40 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Pelvis and Sacrum: Hemipelvectomy and Pedicled Flap Coverage / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim
ch. 41 Management of Major Upper Limb Amputations / Matt T. Houdek / Peter S. Rose / Franklin H. Sim / Steven L. Moran
ch. 42 Replantation of Digits / S. Raja Sabapathy / Hari Venkatramani.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017 - DigitalSimone Mocellin.Summary: The world of soft tissue sarcomas is a highly complex one, due to the large range of tumor types, each of which is characterized by specific features in terms of its epidemiology, pathology diagnosis, clinical behavior, therapy and biomarker pattern (of both diagnostic and therapeutic value). This book offers a practical, clearly structured reference guide, covering all of these aspects for each soft tissue tumor. Thanks to the consistent and user-friendly format, readers can quickly and easily find the information they need; in addition, up-to-date and authoritative literature information helps them to pursue further research. Overall, this book offers professionals and residents in the fields of oncology, surgery, and pathology an essential guide for study, review, and everyday clinical practice.
- DigitalKlaus Reichardt, Luís Carlos Timm.Summary: This textbook presents the concepts and processes involved in the soil-plant-atmosphere system as well as its applications in the water cycle in agriculture. Although reaching the frontier of our knowledge in several subjects, each chapter starts at the graduation level and proceeds to the post-doctoral level. Its more complicated subjects, as math and physics, are well explained, even to readers not well acquainted with these tools. Therefore, it helps students read, understand, and developing their thoughts on these subjects. Instructors also find it an easy book with the needed depth to be adopted in courses related to Soil Physics, Agricultural Management, Environmental Protection, Irrigation and Agrometeorology. It serves also as "lexicon" to engineers and lawyers involved in agricultural, environmental cases.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Man And The Soil
Plant
Atmosphere System.- Chapter 2: Water, The Universal Solvent For Life.- Chapter 3: The Soil As A Water Reservoir For Plants.- Chapter 4: Plant: The Solar Energy Collector.- Chapter 5: Atmosphere: The Fluid Envelope That Covers The Planet Earth.- Chapter 6: The Equilibrium State Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 7: The Movement Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 8: Soil Water As A Nutrient Solution.- Chapter 9: Aspects Of The Soil Atmosphere.- Chapter 10: How Heat Is Propagated In The Soil.- Chapter 11: Water Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 12: Water Redistribution After Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 13: Evaporation And Evapotranspiration: The Vapor Losses To The Atmosphere.- Chapter 14: How Do Plants Absorb Soil Water ?.- Chapter 15: The Water Balance In Agricultural And Natural Systems.- Chapter 16: How Plants Absorb Nutrients From The Soil.- Chapter 17: How Soil, Plant And Atmophere Properties Vary In Space And Time In The Spas: An Approach To Geoestatistics.- Chapter 18: Spatial And Temporal Variability Of Spas Attributes: Analysis Of Spatial And Temporal Series.- Index. - DigitalAmitav Bhattacharya.Summary: "This book explores the impact of soil water deficiency on various aspects of physiological processes in plants. The book explains the effects under soil water deficit condition such as lowering of plant water content, disturbance in carbon metabolism such in photosynthesis, photorespiration and respiration as well as effects of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism. The book also educates the readers about, mineral nutrition under soil water deficit condition and roles of different nutrient to overcome water deficit. Changes in growth and development pattern of plant under soil water deficit condition and effects on growth and development are elaborated. This book is of interest to teachers, researchers, scientists in botany and agriculture. Also the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policy makers will also find this to be a useful read. The in depth description of the major physiological issues in plants under soil water deficit that are presented in this book will help breeders tailoring crops for desirable physiological survival traits in the face of increasing soil water deficit. This book is an impactful addition to the library of any faculty members, researchers, agricultural policy planner, post graduate or student studying in plant physiology, biochemistry, microbiology and other subjects related to crop husbandry."-- EBSCOhost product page, viewed April 29, 2021.
Contents:
Effects of soil water deficits on plant-water relationship : a review
Effects of soil water deficit on carbon metabolism of plants : a review
Effect of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism in plants : a review
Mineral nutrition of plants under soil water deficit condition : a review
Effect of soil water deficit on growth and development of plants : a review
Role of plant growth hormones during soil water deficit : a review
Dry matter production, partitioning, and seed yield under soil water deficit : a review. - DigitalAjay Pazhayattil, Naheed Sayeed-Desta, Emilija Fredro-Kumbaradzi, Marzena Ingram, Jordan Collins.Summary: The textbook addresses the lifecycle concepts (Stage 1, 2, 3) of Process Validation. Regulatory bodies such as US FDA, EMEA, WHO, PIC/S have adopted the ICH lifecycle approach. Organizations have an opportunity to harmonize and align PV activities for all regulated markets. The concepts discussed provides a direction on how to approach solid dose manufacturing process validation for regulatory compliance. Solid Oral Dose Process Validation, Lifecycle Approach: Application, Volume Two and the companion Volume One, Solid Dose Process Validation, The Basics, also available as a set, provide directions and solutions for the pharmaceutical industry. The topics and chapters give a systematic understanding for the application of lifecycle concepts in solid dose pharmaceutical manufacturing. Since solid dose formulations encompass majority of the pharmaceutical preparations, it is essential information for pharmaceutical professionals who use the process validation lifecycle approach. This set is published as a comprehensive solution for solid dose process validation.
Contents:
Preface, Introduction, Chapter 1: Stage 1 Quality by Design Product Development QbD product development methodologies
Chapter 2: Stage 1 Scale Up, Tech Transfer Process
Considerations for process scale up and transfer
Chapter 3: Stage 2 Batch determination, Sampling & Testing Plan
PPQ batch determination method, scientifically supported sampling and testing plans
Chapter 4: Stage 3A Continued Process Verification
Stage 3A assessment methodology for newly launched products
Chapter 5: Stage 3B Continued Process Verification
Routine CPV monitoring plan for commercial products. - DigitalStephen P. Dunn, Simon Horslen, editors.Summary: A new textbook of transplantation for infants and children is needed that is at least a first effort at achieving standard work in this field. Solid Organ Transplantation in Infants and Children provides a broad view of the current practice of solid organ transplantation in pediatric patients. It focuses on best practice and measureable outcomes whenever possible. It provides direct guidance for standard work in this broad and young field of clinical work. It portrays the regulatory environment in which this work occurs and the specific program requirements for each clinical program. Organized in two volumes, the first volume is devoted to the pediatric patient and their particular needs or concerns. This volume also contains information on the regulatory environment and pediatric program specific requirements. The second volume is devoted to the standard work in each solid organ transplanted. These volumes will be very useful for every practicing pediatric transplant program in the United States and Canada and much of the developed world. By reading these volumes, the reader will gain a firm understanding and practical knowledge of standard work in solid organ transplantation and the regulatory environment and requirements of programs to do that work.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalStephen R. Byrn, George Zografi, Xiaoming (Sean) Chen.Contents:
1. Solid-state properties and pharmaceutical development
2. Polymorphs
3. Solvates and hydrates
4. Pharmaceutical cocrystals
6. Amorphous solids
7. Crystal mesophases and nanocrystals
8. X-Ray crystallography and crystal packing analysis
9. X-Ray powder diffraction
10. Differential scanning calorimetry and thermogravimetric analysis
11. Microscopy
12. Vibrational spectroscopy
13. Solid-state NMR spectroscopy
14. Particle and powder analysis
15. Hygroscopic properties of solids
16. Mechanical properties of pharmaceutical materials
17. Solubility and dissolution
18. Physical stability of solids
19. Chemical stability of solids
20. Solid-state properties of proteins
21. Form selection of active pharmaceutical ingredients
22. Mixture analysis
23. Product development
24. Quality by design
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Xiu-Qing Li.Contents:
Polyploidy in animal development and disease / Jennifer L. Bandura and Norman Zielke
Large-scale programmed genome rearrangements in vertebrates / Jeramiah J. Smith
Chromosome instability in stem cells / Paola Rebuzzini, Maurizio Zuccotti, Carlo Alberto Redi and Silvia Garagna
Mechanisms of induced inheritable genome variation in flax / Christopher A Cullis
Environmentally induced genome instability and its inheritance / Andrey Golubov
The mitochondrial genome, genomic shifting and genomic conflict / Gregory G. Brown
Plastid genome stability and repair / Eric Zampini, Sebastien Truche, Etienne Lepage, Samuel Tremblay-Belzile , and Normand Brisson
RNA-mediated somatic genome rearrangement in ciliates / John R. Bracht
Somatic genome instability in yeast and other fungi / Adrianna Skoneczna and Marek Skoneczny
Genome variation in archaeans, bacteria, and asexually reproducing eukaryotes / Xiu-Qing Li
RNA polyadenylation site regions : highly similar in base composition pattern but diverse in sequence : a combination ensuring similar function but avoiding repetitive-regions-related genomic instability / Xiu-Qing Li and Donglei Du
Insulin signaling pathways in humans and plants / Xiu-Qing Li and Tim Xing
Developmental variation in the nuclear genome primary sequence / Xiu-Qing Li
Ploidy variation of the nuclear, chloroplast, and mitochondrial genomes in somatic cells / Xiu-Qing Li, Benoit Bizimungu, Guodong Zhang, and Huaijun Si
Molecular mechanisms of somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
Hypotheses for interpreting somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
Impacts of somatic genome variation on genetic theories and breeding concepts / Xiu-Qing Li
Somatic genome variation : what it is and what it means for agriculture and human health / Xiu-Qing Li.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - PrintRidenour, Nina.
- Digital/PrintSiddhartha Mukherjee.Summary: "The discovery of cells--and the reframing of the human body as a cellular ecosystem--announced the birth of a new kind of medicine based on the therapeutic manipulations of cells. A hip fracture, a cardiac arrest, Alzheimer's, dementia, AIDS, pneumonia, lung cancer, kidney failure, arthritis, COVID--all could be viewed as the results of cells, or systems of cells, functioning abnormally. And all could be perceived as loci of cellular therapies. In The Song of the Cell, Mukherjee tells the story of how scientists discovered cells, began to understand them, and are now using that knowledge to create new treatments and new humans"--Dust jacket flap.
Contents:
Prelude: "The elementary particles of organisms"
Introduction: "We shall always return to the cell"
Part one: Discovery
The original cell: an invisible world
The visible cell: "Fictitious stories about the little animals"
The universal cell: "The smallest particle of this little world"
The pathogenic cell: microbes, infections, and the antibiotic revolution
Part two: The one and the many
The organized cell: the interior anatomy of the cell
The dividing cell: cellular reproduction and the birth of IVF
The tampered cell: Lulu, Nana, and the transgressions of trust
The developing cell: a cell becomes an organism
Part three: Blood
The restless cell: circles of blood
The healing cell: platelets, clots, and a "modern epidemic"
The guardian cell: neutrophils and their kampf against pathogens
The defending cell: when a body meets a body
The discerning cell: the subtle intelligence of the T cell
The tolerant cell: the self, horror antitoxicus, and immunotherapy
Part four: Knowledge
The pandemic
Part five: Organs
The citizen cell: the benefits of belonging
The contemplating cell: the many-minded neuron
The orchestrating cell: homeostasis, fixity, and balance
Part six: Rebirth
The renewing cell: stem cells and the birth of transplantation
The repairing cell: injury, decay, and constancy
The selfish cell: the ecological equation and cancer
The songs of the cell
Epilogue: "Better versions of me".Digital Access 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - Digital/PrintJon Meacham & Tim McGraw.Summary: From "The Star-Spangled Banner" to "Born in the U.S.A.," Jon Meacham and Tim McGraw take readers on a journey through eras in American history and the songs and performers that inspired us. Meacham chronicles our history, exploring the stories behind the songs, and Tim McGraw reflects on them as an artist and performer. Their perspectives combine to create a unique view of the role music has played in uniting and shaping a nation. Beginning with the battle hymns of the revolution, and taking us through songs from the defining events of the Civil War, the fight for women's suffrage, the two world wars, the Great Depression, the civil rights movement, the Vietnam War, and into the twenty-first century, Meacham and McGraw explore the songs that defined generations, and the cultural and political climates that produced them. Readers will discover the power of music in the lives of figures such as Harriet Tubman, Franklin Roosevelt, Eleanor Roosevelt, and Martin Luther King, Jr., and will learn more about some of our most beloved musicians and performers, including Marian Anderson, Elvis Presley, Sam Cooke, Aretha Franklin, Bob Dylan, Duke Ellington, Carole King, Bruce Springsteen, and more
Contents:
A note to the reader
Overture: The music of history
The sensations of freedom
Land where our fathers died
Mine eyes have seen the glory
March, march, many as one
As the storm clouds gather
We shall overcome
Archie Bunker v. the age of Aquarius
Born in the U.S.A.
Finale: Lift every voice.Digital Access EBSCO 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaleditors, Hannes Gruber, Alexander Loizides and Berhard Moriggl.Summary: This first of its kind richly illustrated book provides a tabular and schematic representation of all the peripheral nerves in the human body using a standardized landmark-based algorithm for the definition of the nerve's "Point of optimal visibility (POV)". In this atlas the nerves of the human body are depicted with high-frequent ultrasound probes with frequencies up to 24 MHz: it presents not only the "known" large nerves (N. ischiadicus, N. femoralis, N. medianus etc.), but also the tiny nerves you have learned in your anatomy sessions but forgotten in the course of time! Based on clear illustrations using palpaple/visible external and easily accessible internal landmarks, it offers "nerve sonographers" a clear sonoanatomic guidance on how to easily find the nerve. Additionally, it describes the exact positioning of the probe so that each nerve can be found at its point of optimal visibility. These mental maps for nerve sonographeurs are intended not only for beginners but also for "advanced" specialists requiring instructions on how to easily find even tiny peripheral nerves: especially for neurologists, anaesthesiologists, radiologists, pain practionioners, rheumatologists and surgeons who seek a clear standardized step by step manual on "Where do I find a nerve the easiest?".
Contents:
Preamble.- Introduction.- For who and why? The target group and the meaning of this book.- How to use this book effectively
an instruction manual.- Neck.- Ganglion cervicale medium.- Nervus accessories.- Nervus auricularis magnus.- Nervus dorsalis scapulae.- Nervus facialis: Ramus colli.- Nervus hypoglossus 1 (Diaphragma oris).- Nervus hypoglossus 2 (Trigonum caroticum).- Nervus laryngeus inferior.- Nervus laryngeus recurrens.- Nervus laryngeus superior.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus externus.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus internus.- Nervus occipitalis major.- Nervus occipitalis minor.- Nervus occipitalis tertius.- Nervus phrenicus.- Nervus subclavius.- Nervus(i) supraclavicularis(es).- Nervus suprascapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 1 (Fossa supraclavicularis major).- Nervus transversus colli.- Nervus vagus.- Plexus cervicalis: Ramus trapezius.- Upper Arm-Lower Arm-Hand.- Upper Arm.- Medianus fork.- Nervus axillaris [anterior approach].- Nervus axillaris [posterior approach].- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 1 (Axilla).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 2 (Sulcus bicipitalis medialis).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii lateralis superior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii medialis.- Nervus cutaneus brachii posterior.- Nervus medianus.- Nervus musculocutaneus.- Nervus radialis.- Nervus ulnaris.- Lower Arm-Hand.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus medianus: Ramus muscularis thenaris.- Nervus medianus: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus radialis: Nervus interosseus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus radialis: Ramus profundus (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (distal approach).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus dorsalis manus.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 1 (Hypothenar: ulnar-proximal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 2 (Hypothenar: palmar-distal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus superficialis.- Trunk.- Nervi clunium medii.- Nervi clunium superiores.- Nervus coccygeus.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus femoralis.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus genitalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus & Nervus ilioinguinalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus anterior.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus lateralis.- Nervus(i) intercostobrachialis(es).- Nervus intercostobrachialis II.- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (cranial approach).- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (caudal approach).- Nervus subscapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 2 (Fossa infraclavicularis).- Nervus thoracicus longus 3 (Regio thoracica lateralis).- Nervus thoracodorsalis.- Gluteal region.- Nervi clunium inferiores.- Nervus gluteus inferior.- Nervus gluteus superior.- Nervus ischiadicus 1 (subgluteal).- Nervus pudendus.- Thigh-Lower Leg-Foot.- Thigh.- Nervus cutaneus femoris lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus femoris posterior.- Nervus femoralis.- Nervus femoralis: Rami cutanei anteriores.- Nervus ischiadicus 2 (infragluteal).- Nervus obturatorius.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus anterior et posterior.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus cutaneus.- Nervus saphenus 1 (Trigonum femorale).- Nervus saphenus 2 (Canalis adductorius).- Nervus saphenus 3 (Subsartorielles Kompartiment).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 1 (suprapatellar: Regio femoralis anterior).- Lower leg-Foot.- Nervus cutaneus dorsalis lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus doraslis medialis et intermedius.- Nervus cutaneus surae lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus surae medialis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) dorsalis(es) pedis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus fibularis communis.- Nervus fibularis profundus 1 (Dorsum pedis).- Nervus fibularis profundus 2 (terminales Segment).- Nervus fibularis superficialis.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus profundus.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus superficialis.- Nervus plantaris medialis et. lateralis 1 (Planta pedis).- Nervus plantaris medialis et lateralis 2 (Tarsaltunnel).- Nervus saphenus 4 (Regio cruralis posterior).- Nervus saphenus 5 (terminales Segment am Unterschenkel).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 2 (infrapatellar: Regio genus).- Nervus suralis.- Nervus suralis: Rami calcanei laterales.- Nervus tibialis.- Nervus tibialis: Rami calcanei mediales. - Digitaledited by Wei Guo.Summary: Sorting and Recycling Endosomes provides the latest information on endosomes, the receiving compartment for endocytosed cargos, and the donor compartment and sorting station for cargos designated to lysosomes, Golgi, or plasma membrane. In recent years, the importance of endosomes as a sorting and recycling compartment has become increasingly appreciated. As such, scientists from various fields of cell biology, membrane traffic, and beyond, see the needs to communicate and learn about the methods used to investigate the dynamics and functions of endosomes. This book brings together specialists from the field who contribute their expertise on a broad range of biomedical topics that will provide ideal reading for researchers interested in endosomal sorting and recycling. This volume covers the approaches necessary to study the key components that mediate the generation and transport of membrane-bounded carriers from the endosomes, and how membrane trafficking machinery is coordinated with cytoskeletons during these processes. In addition to studies carried out in mammalian cells, other model systems such as worm and yeast are also included.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
- DigitalGregor Majdic.Summary: Love, one of the most profound of human emotions, love that accompanies us from puberty to old age, love that follows us from ancient times to modern, from ancient writings, through the Bible and the texts of medieval scribes to modern day books and movies. Through the millennia love has lost none of its secrecy, charm, attractiveness, craziness, even in this digital age, when we are overwhelmed by information. But what is love? Where does this emotion originate? Are we humans the only living beings feeling this emotion? Can love be explained by some chemical reactions in our brains? Is love just a trick of nature or is love some kind of higher feeling? We do not have definite answers to any of these questions, nevertheless, neuroscience, behavioral science and others have provided us with some, at least partial answers. We know today a great deal more than ever before about what is happening in the brain when we are madly in love. We understand why our hearts beat faster when we see the person we love, we know why we sweat and why we feel anxious when the loved one is away from us, and we have some ideas about how feelings of attachment form in the brain. This book guides you through the complicated labyrinth of genes, molecules and brain cells that are involved in the feelings of love, attachment, affection, and also simple sexual reproduction.
Contents:
Introduction
Two is better than one
Escherichia coli; do bacteria get it on?
Amoeba likes the smell
Moths in search of love through pheromones
Wild bull and placid ox
Of bees and flowers
Clownfish, afterdark secretes of Nemo's parents?
Graceful swan, a symbol of love
Gosling following their mothers
Why only male deer has antlers?
Depraved hooligan penguins
Mouse mating and fighting
Mating like rabbits
Beware, an elephant in the musth
Steenbook, a faithful dwarf antelope
Is there a love in the world of voles?
Romeo and Juliette among chimpanzees
Human love through the eyes of neuroscientist
Origins of human love
Man and woman madly in love
What is love?. - Digital/PrintJon Meacham.Summary: "We have been here before. In this timely and revealing book ... author Jon Meacham helps us understand the present moment in American politics and life by looking back at critical times in our history when hope overcame division and fear. With clarity and purpose, Meacham explores contentious periods and how presidents and citizens came together to defeat the forces of anger, intolerance, and extremism. Our current climate of partisan fury is not new, and in The Soul of America Meacham shows us how what Abraham Lincoln called 'the better angels of our nature' have repeatedly won the day. Painting surprising portraits of Lincoln and other presidents, including Ulysses S. Grant, Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S. Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Lyndon B. Johnson, and illuminating the courage of such influential citizen activists as Martin Luther King, Jr., early suffragettes Alice Paul and Carrie Chapman Catt, civil rights pioneers Rosa Parks and John Lewis, First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, and Army-McCarthy hearings lawyer Joseph N. Welch, Meacham brings vividly to life turning points in American history. He writes about the Civil War, Reconstruction, and the birth of the Lost Cause; the backlash against immigrants in the First World War and the resurgence of the Ku Klux Klan in the 1920s; the fight for women's rights; the demagoguery of Huey Long and Father Coughlin and the isolationist work of America First in the years before World War II; the anti-Communist witch-hunts led by Senator Joseph McCarthy; and Lyndon Johnson's crusade against Jim Crow. Each of these dramatic hours in our national life has been shaped by the contest to lead the country to look forward rather than back, to assert hope over fear--a struggle that continues even now. While the American story has not always--or even often--been heroic, we have been sustained by a belief in progress even in the gloomiest of times. In this inspiring book, Meacham reassures us, 'The good news is that we have come through such darkness before'--as, time and again, Lincoln's better angels have found a way to prevail."--Jacket.
Contents:
Introduction : To hope rather than to fear
The confidence of the whole people : visions of the Presidency, the ideas of progress and prosperity, and "We, the people"
The long shadow of Appomattox : the Lost Cause, the Ku Klux Klan, and Reconstruction
With soul of flame and temper of steel : "the melting pot," TR and his "bully pulpit," and the Progressive promise
A new and good thing in the world : the triumph of women's suffrage, the Red Scare, and a new Klan
The crisis of the old order : the Great Depression, Huey Long, the New Deal, and America First
Have you no sense of decency? : "making everyone middle class," the GI Bill, McCarthyism, and modern media
What the hell is the presidency for? : "segregation forever," King's crusade, and LBJ in the crucible
Conclusion : The first duty of an American citizen.Digital Access 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - PrintAlexis Wells-Oghoghomeh.Summary: "In The souls of womenfolk, Alexis Wells-Oghoghomeh argues that woman-gendered cosmologies and experiences from the Upper Guinea Coast played a distinct role in shaping the religious consciousness and practices of enslaved communities in the Lower South, and that this process took place concurrently as enslaved peoples in the U.S. South interpreted their new contexts through the cosmological frameworks of their foreparents, while acquiring, innovating, and revising contemporaneous practices"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: of the faith of the mothers
Georgia genesis: the birth of the enslaved female soul
Womb remembrances: the moral dimensions of enslaved motherhood
Sex, body, and soul: sexual ethics and social values among the enslaved
The birth and death of souls: enslaved women and ritual
Spirit bodies and feminine souls: women, power, and the sacred imagination
When souls gather: women and gendered performance in religious spaces
Conclusion: gendering the "religion of the slave." - PrintMary Herring Wright.Contents:
A bouquet of roses
The beginning
Iron mine school days
More childhood memories
Scary times
Make me a child again
A new kind of life
The nightmare begins
The train ride to a new world
Home!!
Queen of the fairies
The old and the new
Changes, worries, and adventures
Coming of age
Boys and other trouble
More changes and a difficult decision
Accepted at last
Graduation
From student to teacher
Good-bye, school days! Hello, world!
Epilogue. - PrintSounds Wild and Broken : Sonic Marvels, Evolution's Creativity, and the Crisis of Sensory ExtinctionDavid George Haskell.Summary: "A rich exploration of how the evolution of both natural and manmade sounds have shaped us and the world, and how the world's acoustic diversity is currently in grave danger of being destroyed. We live on a planet that is wrapped in the diverse acoustic marvels of song and speech. Yet never has this diversity been so threatened as it is now. Braiding his experience as a listener and an ecologist with the latest scientific discoveries, David Haskell explores the acoustic wonders of our planet. Starting in deep time with the origins of animal song and traversing the whole arc of Earth's history, he illuminates and celebrates the creative processes that have produced the varied sounds of our world. From the powers of animal sexuality and environmental change, to the unpredictable, improvisational whims of genetic evolution and cultural change, sounds on Earth are the products of and catalysts for vibrant ecosystems. Four interconnected sensory crises are currently diminishing the vitality of our sonic world. Deforestation is erasing the most complex communities of sounds the world has ever known. In the oceans, machine noise has created a living hell for the most acoustically sensitive animals on the planet. In cities, noise has resulted in dire sonic inequities among people, the result of racism, sexism, and power asymmetries. Last, in forgetting or being barred from hearing the voices of the living Earth, we lose both the experience of joyful connection and the foundation for ethics and action. As wild sounds disappear forever and human noise smothers other voices, the Earth becomes flatter, blander. According to Haskell, this decline is not a mere loss of sensory ornament. Sound is a generative force, and so the erasure of sonic diversity makes the world less creative. His book is an invitation to listen, wonder, belong, and act."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Origins. Primal sound and the ancient roots of hearing
Unity and diversity
Sensory bargains and biases
The flourishing of animal sounds. Predators, silence, wings
Flowers oceans, milk
Evolution's creative powers. Air, water, wood
In the clamor
Sexuality and beauty
Vocal learning and culture
The imprints of deep time
Human music and belonging. Bone, ivory, breath
Resonant spaces
Music, forest, body
Diminishment, crisis, and injustice. Forests
Oceans
Cities
Listening. In community
In the deep past and future.Digital Access 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - PrintToni Morrison.Summary: One of the most celebrated and revered writers in the history of American literature gives us a new nonfiction collection - a gathering of her essays, speeches, and meditations on society, culture, and art, spanning four decades. This book is divided into three parts: the first is introduced by a powerful prayer for the dead of 9/11, the second by a searching meditation on Martin Luther King Ir., and the last by a heart-wrenching eulogy for James Baldwin. In the writings and speeches included here, the author takes on contested social issues: the foreigner, female empowerment, the press, money, "Black matter(s)" and human rights. She looks at enduring aspects of culture: the role of the artist in society, the literary imagination, the Afro-American presence in American literature, and, in her Nobel lecture, the power of language itself. And here too is piercing commentary on her own work (including The Bluest Eye, Sala, Tar Baby, Jazz, Beloved, and Paradise) and that of others, among them painter and collagist Romare Bearden, author Toni Cade Bambara, and theater director Peter Sellars.--description from dust jacket.
Contents:
Peril
The foreigner's home. The dead of September 11 ; The foreigner's home ; Racism and fascism ; Home ; Wartalk ; The war on error ; A race in mind : the press in deed ; Moral inhabitants ; The price of wealth, the cost of care ; The habit of art ; The individual artist ; Arts advocacy ; Sarah Lawrence commencement address ; The slavebody and the blackbody ; Harlem on my mind : contesting memory - meditation on museums, culture, and integration ; Women, race, and memory ; Literature and public life ; The Nobel lecture in literature ; Cinderella's stepsisters ; The future of time : literature and diminished expectations
Interlude : Black matter(s). Tribute to Martin Luther King, Jr. ; Race matters ; Black matter(s) ; Unspeakable things unspoken : the Afro-American presence in American literature ; Academic whispers ; Gertrude Stein and the difference she makes ; Hard, true, and lasting
God's language. James Baldwin eulogy ; The site of memory ; God's language ; Grendel and his mother ; The writer before the page ; The trouble with paradise ; On "Beloved" ; Chinua Achebe ; Introduction of Peter Sellars ; Tribute to Romare Bearden ; Faulkner and women ; The source of self-regard ; Rememory ; Memory, creation, and fiction ; Goodbye to all that : race, surrogacy, and farewell ; Invisible ink : reading the writing and writing the reading. - DigitalTaraprasad Das, Patanjali Dev Nayar, editors.Summary: The book covers all aspects of eye health in South-East Asia from public health to health system to education to industry in 6 sections. The World Health Organization (WHO) South-East Asia region comprises of 11 countries - Bangladesh, Bhutan, DPR Korea, India, Indonesia, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Timor-Leste. This region is home to 26% of world population; there is a disproportionate amount of blindness (30.6%) and visual impairment (36%). This is a first of its kind book that discusses common conditions of visual impairment and blindness in the South-East Asia region. In addition, the book documents the current eye care industry in the region and the contribution of all eye health INGOs in eye care program planning and service delivery for many decades. Majority of the countries in the South-East Asia region are categorized in middle-income country group. This book discusses the common challenges in these countries such as, suboptimal public expenditure in health, acute shortage of skilled eye health workforce, and rudimentary health industry. The book covers the following 6 sections: 1. Geographic description and health indices of the region 2. Health system evolved over years, including universal eye health, health financing and health management information system (HMIS) 3. Common eye problems including non-communicable disease NCD (and diabetic retinopathy), neglected tropical disease NTD (and Trachoma) 4. Health workforce in the region that includes ophthalmologists, optometrists, and allied ophthalmic personnel 5. Eye health support in the region of 13 international non-government organizations (INGOs) working for decades 6. Eye health industry in the region that includes spectacles, ophthalmic devices and equipment and the pharma industry The book would be a useful resource for ophthalmologists, all public health personnel and policy makers in eye health in the South-East Asia region specifically and all ophthalmologists and scientists interested in public health all over the world as well as for program planning to reach the 'Health for All' strategy by 2030 (United Nations Sustainable Development Goal, SDG 2030).
Contents:
Part I The region
Part II The health system
2.1. Building blocks
2.2. Universal health coverage
2.3. Sustainable development goals
2.4. Integrated people centric eye care
2.5. Public financing
2.6. Health management and information
Part III The problem
3.1. Disease burden
3.2. RAAB and population studies
Part IV Common disorders
4.1. Cataract
4.2. Refractive error and school eye health
4.3. Childhood blindness and VI
4.4. NCD and diabetic retinopathy
4.5. NTD and trachoma
4.6. Glaucoma
4.7. Cornea and eye banking
4.8. Low vision
Part V Workforce, training and education
5.1. Ophthalmology
5.2. Optometry
5.3. Allied ophthalmic personnel
Part VI International NGOs
6.1. CBM
6.2. Combat blindness international
6.3. Essilor foundation
6.4. Fred hollows
6.5. Helen keller International
6.6. Himalayan cataract
6.7. Mission for vision
6.8. OEU
6.9. Orbis
6.10. Seva foundation
6.11. Sight savers
6.12. Vision spring
Part VII Ophthalmic industry
7.1. Spectacles
7.2. Ophthalmic devices and equipment
7.3. Pharma industry. - Digital/PrintImani Perry.Summary: "We all think we know the South. Even those who have never lived there can rattle off a list of signifiers: the Civil War, Gone with the Wind, the Ku Klux Klan, plantations, football, Jim Crow, slavery. But the idiosyncrasies, dispositions, and habits of the region are stranger and more complex than much of the country tends to acknowledge. In South to America, Imani Perry shows that the meaning of American is inextricably linked with the South, and that our understanding of its history and culture is the key to understanding the nation as a whole. This is the story of a Black woman and native Alabaman returning to the region she has always called home and considering it with fresh eyes. Her journey is full of detours, deep dives, and surprising encounters with places and people. She renders Southerners from all walks of life with sensitivity and honesty, sharing her thoughts about a troubling history and the ritual humiliations and joys that characterize so much of Southern life. Weaving together stories of immigrant communities, contemporary artists, exploitative opportunists, enslaved peoples, unsung heroes, her own ancestors, and her lived experiences, Imani Perry crafts a tapestry unlike any other. With uncommon insight and breathtaking clarity, South to America offers an assertion that if we want to build a more humane future for the United States, we must center our concern below the Mason-Dixon Line." -- Publisher's description
Contents:
Introduction
I. Origin stories. An errand into wilderness: Appalachia ; Mother country: Virginia ; Animated roulette: Louisville ; Mary's land: Annapolis and the caves ; Ironic capital: Washington, DC
II. The solidified South. The clearing: upper Alabama ; Tobacco Road in the Bible Belt: North Carolina ; King of the South: Atlanta ; More than a memorial: Birmingham ; Pearls before swine: Princeton to Nashville ; When Beale Street talks: Memphis ; Soul of the South: the Black Belt
III. Water people. Home of the flying Africans: the Low Country ; Pistoles and flamboyán: Florida ; Immobile women: Mobile ; Magnolia graves and Easter lilies: New Orleans ; Paraíso: the Bahamas and Havana
Conclusion.Digital Access 2004Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - DigitalEssegbemon Akpo, Christopher O. Ojiewo, Lucky O. Omoigui, Jean Claude Rubyogo, Rajeev K. Varshney.Summary: This open access book shares impact stories - testimonies from various value chain actors who have been part of the Tropical Legumes (TL) projects, over the past twelve years. The Tropical Legumes projects led by ICRISAT in three parts (TLI, TLII and TLIII), constitute a major international initiative supported by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and jointly implemented by the International Center for Tropical Agriculture (CIAT), International Institute of Tropical Agriculture (IITA) and National Agricultural Research Systems (NARS) partners from Sub-Saharan Africa and India. The project developed improved cultivars of common bean, cowpea, chickpea and groundnut (but also soya bean and pigeon pea cultivars in its initial phases) and delivers their seed to smallholders in BMGF-focus areas. It also strengthens the NARS and CGIAR's breeding programs and seed platforms to enhance their ability to deliver high and sustained outputs to smallholder farmers. The book compiles the experiences of a diversity of actors within the grain legume value chains, with a focus on groundnut and common beans in Tanzania and Uganda, groundnut and cowpea in Nigeria, and groundnut in Ghana. All stakeholders involved share their thoughts on being part of a decade-long development project family. National agricultural research institutes, knowledge brokering organizations, NGOs, public and private seed companies, agro-dealers, individual seed entrepreneurs, farm-implement makers, farmer cooperatives, farmer groups, individual men and women farmers, middlemen, processors, traders and consumers were all involved in this project, and as such this book provides valuable insights for development workers, technical staff, and project managers.
Contents:
Chapter 1. A Brief Overview of Smallholder Farmers' Access To Seed Of Improved Legume Varieties
Chapter 2. Impact Stories And Testimonies From Diverse Actors In Groundnut Value Chain In Tanzania
Chapter 3. Common Bean Value Chain Actors Share Their Feeling About TL Projects In Tanzania
Chapter 4. Enthusiasm Of Actors Within The Groundnut Value Chain Sharing Impact Stories In Uganda
5. Empowered Communities Tell Their Own Stories From Common Bean Production In Uganda
6. Breakthroughs In Groundnut Production Communities In Nigeria
7. Women At The Center Of Cowpea Value Chain Development In Nigeria
8. Better-Off Women Boosting Groundnut Business In Ghana
9. Concluding Remarks: The Tropical Legumes Projects Empowered Communities In A Wide Variety Of Assets. - Digitaledited by Visakh P. M and Olga Nazarenko.Contents:
Soy protein : state-of-the-art, new challenges and opportunities / Visakh P. M
Soy protein : introduction, structure and properties relationship / Visakh P. M
Advances in soy protein-based nanocomposites / Huafeng Tian Gaiping Guo and Xiaogang Luo
Applications of soy protein-based blends, composites, and nanocomposites / Ruann Janser Soares de Castro, Andre Ohara, Paula Okuro, Camila Utsunomia, Joelise de Alencar Figueira Angelotti, Fabiola Aliaga de Lima and Helia Harumi Sato
Biomedical applications of soy protein / Blessing A. Aderibigbe
Electrospinning of soy protein nanofibers : synthesis and applications / Carlos L. Salas
Soy proteins as potential source of active peptides of nutraceutical significance / Junus Salampessy and Narsimha Reddy
Soy protein isolate-based films / Shifeng Zhang
Use of soy protein-based carriers for encapsulating bioactive ingredients / Zhen-Xing Tang and Jie-Yu Liang.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalArnauld E. Nicogossian, Richard S. Williams, Carolyn L. Huntoon, Charles R. Doarn, James D. Polk, Victor S. Schneider, editors.Contents:
PART I. Introduction to space medicine
1. Evolution of human capabilities and space medicine
2. The environment of space exploration
3. Living and working in space: an overview of physiological adaptation, performance, and health risks
PART II. Spacecraft Environments
4. Toxicology
5. Microbiology
6. Acoustics and audition
7. Radiation health and protection
PART III. Space Flight and Crew Health: Adaptation, Pathophysiology, Rehabilitation, and Countermeasures
8. Cardiopulmonary system: aeromedical considerations
9. Neurology
10. Regulatory physiology
11. Metabolism and nutrition
12. Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics
13. Musculoskeletal adaptation to space flight
14. Behavioral health and performance
PART IV. Occupational Health and Safety Issues in Space Flight
15. Prinicples of crew health monitoring and care
16. International dimension of space medicine
PART V. Ground-based and academic training programs
17. Simulations and analogs (test-beds)
18. Training in space medicine
PART VI. Future Perspectives
19. Commercial space tourism and space as a biomedical laboratory.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAlex P. Michael, Christian Otto, Millard F. Reschke, Alan R. Hargens, editors.Summary: This book consolidates the current knowledge of how short and long-duration spaceflight affects the anatomy and physiology of the central nervous system. It also incorporates the methodology and constraints of studying the central nervous system in space. Chapters detail advances in imaging techniques available to assess intracranial and intraocular pathology as well as translational medicine with an emphasis on brain cancer and neurodegenerative disease in spaceflight. Additionally, the book offers theoretical background information, tested laboratory protocols, and step-by-step methods for reproducible lab experiments to aid neuroscientists and neurobiologists in laboratory testing and experimentation. Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System is the first to comprehensively include all aspects of spaceflight-induced changes in the central nervous system. It is an invaluable resource for basic and clinical laboratory trainees and researchers in aerospace medicine and physiology or for those looking to gain specific knowledge in spaceflight neuroscience.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: History of Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System
Introduction
Early Discoveries
Early Rocket Science
Early Space Exploration
The Soviet Union
The United States
Early Space Stations
International Cooperation
Development of International Organizations
The International Space Station
History of Spaceflight Medicine
Aerospace Medicine Organizations
Initial Spaceflight Medical Problems
Long-Duration Spaceflight
Conclusion
References
2: Cardiovascular Physiology and Fluid Shifts in Space The Cardiovascular System on Earth and in Space
General Concepts of the Circulatory System on Earth and in Space
Basic Concepts of Blood-Brain Barrier
Adaptations to Microgravity
Acute Adaptations and Microgravity-Induced Fluid Shift
Long-Term Adaptations
Circulation and the Central Nervous System
Endothelial Dysfunction
CSF Hydrodynamics and Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
CSF Hydrodynamics Circulation on Earth and in Space
Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
Space Adaptation Syndrome (SMS)
Visual Impairment Intracranial Pressure Syndrome Integrated Physiologic Countermeasures
Artificial Gravity
Lower Body Negative Pressure With and Without Exercise
Coagulation and LBNP
Sodium Intake
References
3: Effects of Microgravity and Space Radiation on the Nervous System
Introduction
Effects of Microgravity on Neurobiology
Spaceflight-Induced Intracranial Hypertension
Space Motion Sickness
Radiological Changes (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) in Brain Tissue After Microgravity Exposure
Effects of Microgravity on the Vestibular System
Effects of Space Radiation on the Nervous System
Conclusion Cognition upon Return to Earth
Neuromapping
Summary
Potential Positive Effects
Risk Mitigation Strategies
Future Directions
References
5: Spine Biomechanics and Pathology
History of Back Pain and Spinal Injury Associated with Spaceflight
Comparing Epidemiology of Spaceflight-Related Low Back Pain to Terrestrial Low Back Pain
Spinal Anatomy Affected by Gravitational Load
Intervertebral Discs
Paraspinal Muscles
Changes in Spinal Biomechanics During and After Spaceflight
Backpain and Spaceflight
Pain Pathways for Low Back Pain - Digitalby Edward Machtinger, Peter A. Nigrović ; edited by Janice A. Lowe.Summary: "Spanish for Pediatric Medicine features a quick-reference design that enables the user to rapidly identify and explore common medical situations. English and Spanish equivalents are shown side-by-side for quick reference. This convenient guide includes translations for virtually every type of patient visit. General examinations, Bright Futures stage discussions, emergency department interactions, and terms for discussing specific body systems (hematology, respiratory, cardiovascular, etc.) are provided. This convenient resource fits right in your pocket for use throughout the day as you travel between departments or exam rooms. Also included are translations for discussing issues such as developmental milestones, obesity prevention, and lead toxicity screening along with commonly used expressions to help clinicians better connect with patients and parents. This 3rd edition is completely updated and is consistent with the newest Bright Futures Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents 4th edition content. Visit-specific translations for the 31 age-based visits reflect the organization of the guidelines as well"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Part I. Common expressions. Greetings
Helpful phrases
Terms of endearment for children
Part II. General visit. Initial history
Past medical history
Family history
Social history (HEADSS)
Description of pain
Examination instructions
Immunization screening and instructions
Discharge instructions
Part III. Stage visit. Prenatal
Newborn
First week (3 to 5 days)
1 month
2 months
4 months
6 months
9 months
12 months
15 months
18 months
2 years
2½ years
3 years
4 years
5 and 6 years
7 and 8 years
9 and 10 years
11-14 years
15-17 years
18-21 years
Part IV. Target systems. Constitutional and hematology/oncology
Skin
HEENT and Neck
Respiratory
Cardiovascular
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Musculoskeletal
Neurological
Part V. Emergency department visit. Brief emergency department history
Brief emergency department scenarios
Description of pain
Examination instructions
Discharge instructions
Part VI. Special issues. Abuse screening questions
Ancillary services
Developmental milestones
Lead toxicity screening questions
Prevention and treatment of obesity
Tuberculosis screening
Media use guidelines
Part VII. Additional words and phrases.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019 - Digitaledited by Francine L. Dolins, University of Michigan, Dearborn, Christopher A. Shaffer, Grand Valley State University, Michigan, Leila M. Porter, Northern Illinois University, Jena R. Hickey, Nathan P. Nibbelink, University of Georgia.Summary: "Over the last two decades, technological advances in GPS (global positioning devices) and GIS (global information systems) have allowed primatologists to dramatically increase the quantity of spatial location data they can gather in the field, and the complexity of the analyses they can perform on these data. Before 15 years ago, GPS units did not function well in remote locations and/or under dense foliage, thus, they were useless for most field primatologists. In contrast, in the last 15 years, technological advances have made GPS devices functional across the globe and in most environments allowing field researchers to collect detailed spatial data using this technology"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- DigitalEdzer Pebesma, Roger Bivand.Summary: "Spatial Data Science introduces fundamental aspects of spatial data that every data scientist should know before they start working with spatial data. These aspects include how geometries are represented, coordinate reference systems (projections, datums), the fact that the Earth is round and its consequences for analysis, and how attributes of geometries can relate to geometries. In the second part of the book, these concepts are illustrated with data science examples using the R language. In the third part, statistical modelling approaches are demonstrated using real world data examples. After reading this book, a number of major spatial data analysis errors should no longer be made because of lack of knowledge. The book gives a detailed explanation of the core spatial software packages for R: sf for simple feature access, and stars for raster and vector data cubes - array data with spatial and temporal dimensions. It also shows how geometrical operations change when going from a flat space to the surface of a sphere, which is what sf and stars use when coordinates are not projected (degrees longitude/latitude). Separate chapters detail a variety of plotting approaches for spatial maps using R, and different ways of handling very large vector or raster (imagery) datasets, locally, in databases, or in the cloud"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2023
- DigitalN. Samba Kumar, K. Ullas Karanth, James D. Nichols, Srinivas Vaidyanathan, Beth Gardner, Jagdish Krishnaswamy.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: Large ungulates in tropical forests are among the most threatened taxa of mammals. Excessive hunting, degradation of and encroachments on their natural habitats by humans have contributed to drastic reductions in wild ungulate populations in recent decades. As such, reliable assessments of ungulate-habitat relationships and the spatial dynamics of their populations are urgently needed to provide a scientific basis for conservation efforts. However, such rigorous assessments are methodologically complex and logistically difficult, and consequently many commonly used ungulate population survey methods do not address key problems. As a result of such deficiencies, key parameters related to population distribution, abundance, habitat ecology and management of tropical forest ungulates remain poorly understood. This book addresses this critical knowledge gap by examining how population abundance patterns in five threatened species of large ungulates vary across space in the tropical forests of the Nagarahole-Bandipur reserves in southwestern India. It also explains the development and application of an innovative methodology - spatially explicit line transect sampling - based on an advanced hierarchical modelling under the Bayesian inferential framework, which overcomes common methodological deficiencies in current ungulate surveys. The methods and results presented provide valuable reference material for researchers and professionals involved in studying and managing wild ungulate populations around the globe.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The conservation issue
Chapter 2. Development of hierarchical spatial models for assessing ungulate abundance and habitat relationships
Chapter 3. Model-based assessment of ungulate-habitat relationships
Chapter 4. Assessing threats to ungulates and management responses
Chapter 5. Conservation of tropical forest ungulates: the way forward. - DigitalRobert Fletcher, Marie-Josée Fortin.Summary: This book provides a foundation for modern applied ecology. Much of current ecology research and conservation addresses problems across landscapes and regions, focusing on spatial patterns and processes. This book is aimed at teaching fundamental concepts and focuses on learning-by-doing through the use of examples with the software R. It is intended to provide an entry-level, easily accessible foundation for students and practitioners interested in spatial ecology and conservation.
Contents:
1. Introduction to spatial ecology and its relevance for conservation
2. Scale
3. Land-cover pattern and change
4. Spatial dispersion and point data
5. Spatial dependence and autocorrelation
6. Accounting for spatial dependence in ecological data
7. Species distributions
8. Space use and resource selection
9. Connectivity
10. Population dynamics in space
11. Spatially structured communities
12. What have we learned? Looking back and pressing forward
Appendix: An introduction to R. - DigitalPravat Kumar Shit, Partha Pratim Adhikary, Debashish Sengupta, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book demonstrates the measurement, monitoring and mapping of environmental contaminants in soil & sediment, surface & groundwater and atmosphere. This book explores state-of-art techniques based on methodological and modeling in modern geospatial techniques specifically focusing on the recent trends in data mining techniques and robust modeling. It also presents modifications of and improvements to existing control technologies for remediation of environmental contaminants. In addition, it includes three separate sections on contaminants, risk assessment and remediation of different existing and emerging pollutants. It covers major topics such as: Radioactive Wastes, Solid and Hazardous Wastes, Heavy Metal Contaminants, Arsenic Contaminants, Microplastic Pollution, Microbiology of Soil and Sediments, Soil Salinity and Sodicity, Aquatic Ecotoxicity Assessment, Fluoride Contamination, Hydrochemistry, Geochemistry, Indoor Pollution and Human Health aspects. The content of this book will be of interest to researchers, professionals, and policymakers whose work involves environmental contaminants and related solutions.
Contents:
Part I. Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 1. Introduction to Part I: Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 2. Combating Arsenic Pollution in Soil Environment via Alternate Agricultural Land Use
Chapter 3. Temporal and Seasonal Variation in Leachate Pollution Index (LPI) in Sanitary Landfill Sites- A Case study of Baidyabati landfill, West Bengal, India
Chapter 4.Quantification of Landfill Gas Emission and Energy Recovery Potential: A Comparative Assessment of LandGEM and MTM Model for Kolkata
Chapter 5. Assessment of natural enrichment of heavy minerals along coastal placers of India: Role of lake and river mouth embayment and its implications
Chapter 6. Assessment the Impact of Plastic Contaminated Fertilizers on Agricultural Soil Health: A Case Study in Memari II C.D.Block, Purba Bardhaman,West Bengal, India
Chapter 7. Determining the Role of Leaf Relative Water Content and Soil Cation Exchange Capacity in Phytoextraction Process - Using Regression Modelling
Chapter 8. Phytoremediation of Arsenic using Allium sativum as Model System
Chapter 9. Spatio-temporal analysis of open waste dumping sites using Google Earth: A case study of Kharagpur City, India
Part II. Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 10. Introduction to Part II: Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 11. Groundwater Arsenic Contamination Zone based on geospatial modeling, risk and remediation
Chapter 12. Geospatial assessment of surface water pollution and industrial activities in Ibadan, Nigeria
Chapter 13. Aquaculture-based water quality assessment and risk remediationalong the Rasulpur River belt, West Bengal
Chapter 14. Heavy Metal Contamination in Groundwater and Impact on Plant and Human
Chapter 15. Emerging Threats of Microplastic contaminant in freshwater environment
Chapter 16. Exploring Particle Size Transport Variability of Suspended Sediments in two Alpine Catchments over the Lesser Himalayan Region, India
Chapter 17. Salinity and corrosion potential of groundwater in Mewat district of Haryana, India
Chapter 18. Threats to quality in the coasts of the Black Sea: heavy metal pollution of seawater, sediment, macro-algae and sea-grass
Chapter 19. Geospatial assessment of groundwater quality for drinking through Water Quality Index and Human Health Risk Index in an upland area of Chotanagpur Plateau of West Bengal, India
Chapter 20. Existence of Pharmaceuticals and Personal Care Products (PPCPs) in the conventional water treatment process
Chapter 21. Arsenic-rich surface and groundwater around eastern parts of Rupnagar district, Punjab, India
Part III. Environmental Contaminants, Impacts and Sustainable Management
Chapter 22. Introduction to Part III: Environmental Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 23. Dynamics of ultra-fine particles in indoor and outdoor environments: a modelling approach to study the evolution of particle characteristics
Chapter 24. Environmental impacts of coal-mining and coal-fired power-plant activities in a developing country with global context
Chapter 25. Overview of Indoor air pollution: A human health perspective
Chapter 26. Mineralogy and Morphological characterization of Technogenic Magnetic Particles (TMP) from industrial dust: Insights into environmental implications
Chapter 27. Pesticides: Recent Updates on Types Toxicity and Bioremediation Strategies
Chapter 28. Commonly available plant neem (Azadirachtaindica A. Juss) ameliorates dimethoate induced toxicity in climbing perch Anabas testudineus
Chapter 29. Estimating Particulate Matter concentrations from MODIS AOD considering meteorological parameters using Random Forest Algorithm
Chapter 30 Bio-monitoring and bioremediation of a trans-boundary river in India: Functional roles of benthic mollusks and fungi
Chapter 31 Assessing the Maximum Aerobic Biodegradation Potential of Leaf Litter, an Organic Fraction of Municipal Solid Waste, Under Optimum Nutrient Conditions
Chapter 32. Rising trend of air pollution and its decadal consequences on meteorology and thermal comfort over Gangetic West Bengal, India. - DigitalWilliam E. Schiesser.Summary: The focus of this book is a detailed discussion of a dual cancer vaccine (CV)-immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI) mathematical model formulated as a system of partial differential equations (PDEs) defining the spatiotemporal distribution of cells and biochemicals during tumor growth. A computer implementation of the model is discussed in detail for the quantitative evaluation of CV-ICI therapy. The coding (programming) consists of a series of routines in R, a quality, open-source scientific computing system that is readily available from the internet. The routines are based on the method of lines (MOL), a general PDE algorithm that can be executed on modest computers within the basic R system. The reader can download and use the routines to confirm the model solutions reported in the book, then experiment with the model by varying the parameters and modifying/extending the equations, and even studying alternative models with the PDE methodology demonstrated by the CV-ICI model. Spatiotemporal Modeling of Cancer Immunotherapy: Partial Differential Equation Analysis in R facilitates the use of the model, and more generally, computer- based analysis of cancer immunotherapy mathematical models, as a step toward the development and quantitative evaluation of the immunotherapy approach to the treatment of cancer.
Contents:
Fixed Boundary PDE Model Formulation
Fixed Boundary PDE Model Implementation
Fixed Boundary PDE Model Output
Moving Boundary PDE Model Implementation
Moving Boundary PDE Model Output
Index. - Digital[edited by] Allen Gabriel, G. Patrick Maxwell, Maurice Y. Nahabedian, Toni Storm.Summary: "As mentioned, with the many changes in breast surgery during the last two decades and the increasing need for interspecialty collaboration and cooperation, the seeds of this book were thus sown. I saw an opportunity to write and edit a unifying text/atlas that embraced the plastic surgery principles as espoused by Gilles and Millard and yet span the entire breadth of this discipline from breast oncology to breast augmentation. At the same time, in the Millard tradition, my goal is to show others that beautiful or normal-looking results are not only obtainable but critical for this important area. This book is thus written for plastic surgeons, general surgeons, gynecologists, oncologists, or anyone else who is looking for a unified source of information for practical and principled surgical management of the breast. Although the section dealing with oncology is primary text in nature, most of the remaining chapters are in atlas format, thus allowing the reader to pursue the surgical approach espoused within the text. In total, there are over 130 chapters with over 150 contributing authors. In order to have the most expertise in as many areas as possible, we chose a multiauthored approach to the subject rather than a single-authored text"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1914-
- PrintPrint
- DigitalColin J. McCarthy, T. Gregory Walker, Rafael Vazquez.Contents:
Cover image
Title page
Table of Contents
Copyright
Dedications
Contributing Authors
Preface
Acknowledgments
Sections
Section 1: Introduction
Chapter 1: Treatment of Acute and Periprocedural Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 2: Pain Neuroanatomy
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 3: Visceral Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 4: Opioid Reduction Strategies
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 5: Acute on Chronic Cancer Pain
Key Facts Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 6: Pediatric Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 7: Shared Decision-Making in Analgesia
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Section 2: Acute Pain Treatment Modalities
Chapter 8: Peripheral Nerve Blocks
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Section 3: Chronic Pain Treatment Modalities
Chapter 9: Blocks for Chronic Pain: Facet and Nerve
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 10: Thermal Ablation for Malignancy-Associated Pain
Key Facts
Key Images Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 11: Spinal Cord Stimulator
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Section 4: Imaging Modalities
Chapter 12: Radiography
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 13: Ultrasound
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 14: Computed Tomography
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 15: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Chapter 16: Radiation Safety
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Image Gallery Chapter 17: Contrast Agents
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Section 5: Head, Neck, and Upper Extremity
Chapter 18: Functional Anatomy of Head and Neck
Main Text
Image Gallery
Acute Pain Procedures
Chapter 19: Cervical Epidural
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 20: Brachial Plexus Nerve Block
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Video Gallery
Chapter 21: Upper Extremity Blocks
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chronic Pain Procedures Chapter 22: Scalp Block for Migraines and Facial Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Chapter 23: Temporomandibular Joint Injection
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 24: Trigger Points
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Chapter 25: Stellate Ganglion Blocks
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Video Gallery
Section 6: Thorax and Chest Wall
Chapter 26: Functional Anatomy of Thorax and Chest Wall
Main Text
Image Gallery
Acute Pain Procedures
Chapter 27: Erector Spinae Plane Block
Key Facts
Key Images
Main TextDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - DigitalSantiago Martínez-Jiménez, Melissa L. Rosado-de-Christenson, Brett W. Carter.Digital Access Ovid 2017
- Digital/Printnach Vorlesungen bearb. von Dr. Wilhelm v. Leube ...Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Jamieson A. Copsey, Simon A. Black, James J. Groombridge, Carl G. Jones.Summary: Biodiversity studied by researching island species recovery and management.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- Digital/PrintCenter for Disease Control, Biological Products Division, Diagnostic Products Evaluation Branch.Contents:
v. 1. Bacterial, fungal, parasitic.Digital Access Google Books 1975- - Digital[edited by] Chun K. Kim, Katherine A. Zukotynski.Contents:
Basic principles of SPECT and SPECT/CT and quality control
Radiopharmaceuticals for clinical SPECT studies
SPECT and SPECT/CT in neuroscience
SPECT/CT for the thyroid and parathyroid glands with cases
SPECT and SPECT/CT for the cardiovascular system
SPECT and SPECT/CT for the respiratory system
SPECT and SPECT/CT in neoplastic disease
SPECT and SPECT/CT for the skeletal system
SPECT/CT for infection and inflammation
SPECT in children
Selected interesting SPECT and SPECT/CT cases.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Radiology 2017 - Digitaledited by Katsuyuki Taguchi, Ira Blevis, Krzysztof Iniewski.Summary: "The book is a comprehensive cover of the latest developments in the most prevalent imaging modality (X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)) in its latest incarnation: Spectral, Dual-Energy and Photon Counting CT. Disadvantages of the conventional single-energy technique used by CT technology are that different materials cannot be distinguished and that the noise is larger. To address these problems, a novel spectral CT concept has been proposed. Spectral dual-energy CT (DE-CT) acquires two sets of spectral data and spectral Photon Counting CT (PC-CT) detects energy of x-ray photons to reveal additional material information of objects by using novel energy-sensitive, photon-counting detectors. The K-edge imaging may be a gateway for functional or molecular CT. The book covers detectors and electronics, image reconstruction methods, image quality assessments, a simulation tool, nanoparticle contrast agents, and clinical applications for spectral CT"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline [2020]
- DigitalCarsten H. Meyer, Sandeep Saxena, SriniVas R Sadda, editors.Summary: This book aims to build concepts and create a solid foundation in the field of optical coherence tomography (OCT) for the general ophthalmologists as well as for the resident trainees and fellows. The chapters are written by leading international authorities in a style comprehensible to a broad audience. Numerous clinical pictures and SD-OCT scans help elucidate various clinical entities.OCT is the optical analog of ultrasound imaging and has emerged as a powerful imaging technique that enables non-invasive, in-vivo, high-resolution, cross-sectional imaging in retinal tissue. A new generation spectral domain optical coherence tomography (SD-OCT) technology has now been developed, representing a quantum leap in resolution and speed, achieving in vivo optical biopsy. i.e. the visualization of tissue architectural morphology in situ and in real time. This book encompasses the role of SD-OCT in both medical and surgical macular disorders. The book is meant coherent and comprehensive for both vitreoretinal specialists as well as general ophthalmologists.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalHatem Alkadhi, André Euler, David Maintz, Dushyant Sahani, editors.Summary: This book, edited by leading experts in radiology, offers a state-of-the-art overview of the specifics and the added value of dual-energy, multi-energy, and spectral computed tomography (CT). Latest advances and upcoming innovations such as photon-counting detector CT are covered by renown experts in the field. The entire spectrum of clinical applications of dual-energy and spectral CT throughout the body is covered. Book chapters are written by expert authors with a background in physics and radiology and are richly illustrated with high quality figures, graphical illustrations, and tables. The first section covers background issues and the most relevant technical aspects of the technique, including a detailed description of the approaches to dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT by different vendors of CT scanners. The second part focusses on the use of dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT in daily clinical practice, and individual chapters are devoted to imaging of the brain, cardiovascular system, gastrointestinal tract, abdominal organs, skeletal system, and the chest. The focus of the book ensures that it will be of interest for a multidisciplinary forum of readers comprising radiologists, medical physicists, and other medical professionals and scientists being interested in cutting edge CT imaging.
Contents:
Part I: Technical Principles
Material Decomposition and Post-Processing History and Basic Principles
Dual-Energy - The Siemens Approach
Dual-Energy The Philips Approach
Dual-Energy - The GE Approach
Dual Energy The Canon Approach
Basic Principles and Clinical Applications of Photon-Counting CT
Contrast Media for Modern Computed Tomography
Part II: Clinical Applications
Neuroradiological Imaging
Head and Neck Imaging
Clinical Applications in Cardiac Imaging
Dual- Energy CT Angiography
Thoracic Imaging: Ventilation/Perfusion
Thoracic Oncology
Gastrointestinal Imaging: Oncology (Liver, Pancreas, Bowel Cancer and Treatment Response)
Gastrointestinal Imaging: Liver Fat and Iron Quantification
Bowel Imaging
Role of Dual Energy Computed Tomography (DECT) in an Acute Abdomen
Spectral Computed Tomography Imaging of the Adrenal Glands
Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys (Lesion Characterization)
Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys Urinary Stones
Skeletal Imaging: Bones
Gout
Dual-Energy CT in Radiation Oncology
The Future of Spectral CT - Radiomics and Beyond
Photon-Counting CT: Initial Clinical Experience. - DigitalSylvia L. Asa, Stefano La Rosa, Ozgur Mete, editors.Summary: Neuroendocrine neoplasms comprise a large family of proliferative lesions that involve almost every part of the body. Our understanding of their cells of origin as well as the pathology, pathophysiology and genetics of these neoplasms has made tremendous advances in the last few decades. While they are often discussed as separate entities in textbooks of gastroenteropancreatic pathology and pulmonary pathology, their scope is much broader. The book conveys the similarities and differences of these fascinating tumors that may be found from the hypothalamus and pituitary to the rectum, and in soft tissue as well as in many organs. Written by experts in the field, the authors emphasize their structural, functional, predictive and prognostic features and attempt to provide the clinical context that allows improved diagnosis and therapy while building on the genetics that clarifies patterns of inheritance and predisposition to tumor development through precursor lesions. The Spectrum of Neuroendocrine Neoplasia provides a broad overview of neuroendocrine neoplasms using a practical approach to diagnosis, histological classification and therapy, and presents the most important and significant developments of the technologies used to diagnose, classify and treat them.
- Digital[edited by] Ryan C. Branski, Sonja M. Molfenter.Summary: Speech-Language Pathology Casebook by Ryan Branski, Sonja Molfenter, and an impressive array of contributors presents a diverse spectrum of cases covering communication, voice, and swallowing disorders in children and adults. Readers are provided with rich and varied narratives underscoring the fact that clinical intervention of speech-language disorders is an art form based on science. Evidence-based assessments and treatments cover a variety of settings including medical inpatient, outpatient, and skilled nursing facility; home health; school; community-based; and private practice. Eighty cases following a standardized format encompass a wide range of congenital and acquired disorders spanning the age continuum. Each case includes a clinical history and description, evaluations/testing, diagnosis, treatment, outcomes, questions and answers, suggested readings, and references. With invaluable firsthand insights from practitioners, this unique resource enhances the ability to develop effective, patient-informed interventions.Digital Access Thieme MedOne ComSci [2020]
- DigitalKelly Vess, MA.Summary: "Children with speech sound disorders are at higher risk of academic failure, behavioral difficulties, motor impairments, language delays, and literacy deficits. Speech Sound Disorders: Comprehensive Evaluation and Treatment by Kelly Vess provides the necessary tools to use research-based practices when diagnosing and treating preschoolers. Sophisticated yet readerfriendly, this interactive book is certain to revolutionize the methodology therapists use to treat children with these disorders and globally improve outcomes. Through a step-by-step process, readers will learn to critically review and evaluate research in practice. Guidance is provided on how to create educationally rich activities to comprehensively treat children with speech sound disorders. Readers will not only learn how to integrate research into practice, but also how to research their own practices to continually grow as professionals and advance the field. In addition, invaluable insights are provided on how to make efficient use of limited therapy time by targeting executive function, social communication, motor skills, language skills, and literacy skills while treating children with speech sound disorders"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne ComSci [2021]
- Digital/PrintAyọ̀bámi Adébáyọ̀.Summary: "A dazzling story of modern Nigeria and two people caught in the riptides of wealth, power, poverty, and corruption, by the celebrated author of Stay With Me"-- Provided by publisher. Eniola is tall for his age, a boy who looks like a man. Because his father has lost his job, Eniola spends his days running errands for the local tailor, collecting newspapers, begging when he must, dreaming of a big future. Wuraola is a golden girl, the perfect child of a wealthy family. Now an exhausted young doctor in her first year of practice, she is beloved by Kunle, the volatile son of an ascendant politician. When a local politician takes an interest in Eniola and sudden violence shatters a family party, Wuraola and Eniola's lives become intertwined. In her breathtaking second novel, Ayobami Adebayo shines her light on Nigeria, on the gaping divide between the haves and the have-nots, and the shared humanity that lives in between.Digital Access
- DigitalMariano G. Buffone, editor.Contents:
Preface
The acrosome reaction: a historical perspective
The acrosomal matrix
Role of ion channels in the sperm acrosome reaction
The molecules of sperm exocytosis
Sperm capacitation and acrosome reaction in mammalian sperm
Lipid regulation of acrosome exocytosis
Role of actin cytoskeleton during mammalian sperm acrosomal exocytosis
Site of mammalian sperm acrosome reaction.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital[edited by] Jeffrey tome Jensen, Mitchell Creinin.Summary: "This practical handbook is a current, reliable, and readable guide to today's contraceptive options. The authors provide the essential information that clinicians and patients need to choose the best contraceptive method for the patient's age and medical, social, and personal characteristics. The book concisely covers all available drugs and devices. Each contraceptive method is covered in a single chapter that includes history of the contraceptive, method of action, pharmacology (when applicable), contraindications, and use"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Contraception, Population, and the Environment / Jeffrey Jensen and Mitchell D. Creinin
Reproduction and Hormonal Contraception / Mitchell D. Creinin and Jeffrey Jensen
Interpreting Evidence and Creating Clinical Guidance on Contraception / Kathryn M. Curtis and David Hubacher
Permanent Contraception / Aileen Gariepy and Rebecca H. Allen
Implant Contraception / Rebecca Cohen and Stephanie B. Teal
Intrauterine Contraception / Jennifer E. Kaiser and David K. Turok
Combined Hormonal Contraception / Carolyn Westhoff, Surya Cooper and Ian Bishop
Injectable Contraception / Laneta Dorflinger and Sharon L. Achilles
Shorter-Acting Progestin-Only Contraception / Elizabeth Micks and Sarah Prager
Barrier Methods of Contraception / Jill Schwartz
Behavioral Methods of Contraception / Anita L. Nelson and Diana C. Sokol
Emergency Contraception / Alison Edelman and Nora DotyDigital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalHugh S. Taylor, Lubna Pal, Emre Seli.Summary: "In the United States, approximately 15% of all couples will face fertility difficulties, many of whom will go on to a reproductive disorder diagnosis. OB/GYNs specialize in reproductive endocrinology & infertility through a fellowship track after their residency. Today there are approximately 500 reproductive endocrinologists in addition to 800 who are board-eligible. Written in a clear and concise voice, Clinical Gynecologic Endocrinology and Infertility provides a complete explanation of the female endocrine system and offers medical guidance for evaluation and treatment of common disorders"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2020
- DigitalYoshiaki Kawashima.Summary: This book describes the principles and applications of the spherical crystallization technique, from the standpoint of its inventor. After an introduction on the history of particle design engineering and nanotechnology, the concept of spherical crystallization itself is clearly explained. Attention then turns to the application of spherical crystallization in pharmaceutical processes. It is explained how the technique can provide physicochemical properties suitable for direct tableting of active pharmaceutical ingredients and how it has enabled the development of a novel particulate design platform from single to complex system. Subsequent chapters describe the roles of polymeric spherical crystallization in the preparation of novel microspheres, microballoons for drug delivery systems (DDS) and the development of biocompatible and biodegradable poly(D, L-lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA) nanospheres. The various applications of PLGA nanospheres composite within oral-, pulmonary-, transdermal DDS and cosmetics are fully discussed. Finally, future perspectives are presented on use of the technology in the design and industrial-scale manufacture of new drug delivery systems, highlighting how a continuous pharmaceutical process that meets US Food and Drug Administration quality requirements should soon be introduced.
Contents:
Introduction
Concept of spherical crystallization
Paradigm shifted pharmaceutical process introduced by spherical crystallization
Particulate-design platform developed by the Advanced Spherical Crystallization System
Development of Novel Microsphere and Microballoon DDS by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
Development of PLGA Nanopsphere for Drug Delivery System (DDS) Prepared by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
Application of PLGA NSs to cosmetics
Future perspectives of PLGA nanospheres for advanced DDSs and continuous preparation systems for spherical crystallizers. - Digitaledited by Chad A. Mirkin.Summary: "Spherical nucleic acids (SNAs) comprise a nanoparticle core and a densely packed and highly oriented nucleic acid shell. They have novel structure-dependent properties that differ from those of linear nucleic acids that makes them useful in chemistry, biology, the life sciences, medicine, materials science, and engineering." Back cover.Digital Access TandFonline [2020]
- DigitalXian-Cheng Jiang, editor.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of the fundamentals of sphingolipid metabolism and its role in metabolic diseases. Focusing on the sphingolipid de novo synthesis pathway, the effect of sphingomyelin, ceramide, and sphingosine-1-phosphate, and linkage between sphingolipids and other lipids, such as cholesterol, it covers serine palmitoyltransferase, ceramide synthases, ceramidases, sphingosine kinases, and sphingomyelin synthases, and more. While highlighting how rare diseases related to abnormal glycosphingolipid metabolism, this publication introduces sphingolipid metabolism-related diseases, such as lung diseases and cancers, as well as sphingolipid circadian regulation. The book demonstrates advances and limitations of research on sphingolipid metabolism and its roles in metabolic diseases and other diseases. It offers graduate students and researchers a coherent overview of sphingolipids, as well as the limitations of current research in the field, and promotes further studies on metabolic diseases, as well as pharmaceutical research on drug discovery based on sphingolipid de novo synthase.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Sphingolipids and Cholesterol
Chapter 2: Sphingolipids in adipose: kin or foe?
Chapter 3: De novo sphingolipid biosynthesis in atherosclerosis
Chapter 4: Serine Palmitoyltransferase Subunit 3 and Metabolic Diseases
Chapter 5: Molecular mechanisms of sphingolipid transport on plasma lipoproteins
Chapter 6: Sphingosine 1-phosphate metabolism and signaling
Chapter 7: Sphingomyelin synthase family and phospholipase Cs
Chapter 8: Sphingolipid metabolism and signaling in endothelial cell functions
Chapter 9: Cholesterol metabolism in chronic kidney disease: physiology, pathologic mechanisms, and treatment
Chapter 10: Sphingolipids and asthma
Chaper 11: Manifold Roles of Ceramide Metabolism in Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease and Liver Cancer
Chapter 12: Drug development in the field of sphinogolipid metabolism
Chapter 13: Rare diseases in glycosphingolipid metabolism. - Digital/PrintMichael B.A. Oldstone, Hugh Rosen, editors.Summary: "This volume focuses on the role of sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) and its analogs in the induced sequestration of lymphocytes in secondary lymphoid organs or in the microenvironment of tissues involved in infection or autoimmune disease. Initial chapters define the pathways to understand S1P signaling. They cover the organization of signaling systems, the structural biology of the S1P1 receptor, and the chemical and genetic tools that are available and useful to explore this area of research and therapeutics. The later chapters highlight S1P and endothelial integrity, lymphocyte migration in the spleen, and S1P agonist in controlling immunopathologic manifestations of acute respiratory influenza virus infection (in the lung), and its accompanying cytokine storm as well as immunopathologic disease of the central nervous system, including the beginning of treatments in multiple sclerosis. One chapter reveals the possible involvement of other lipid molecules, their use for better understanding lipid signaling, and their potential in the modulation of immune responses."--Publisher's website.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalJean Marc Vital, Derek T. Cawley, editors.Summary: This richly illustrated and comprehensive book covers a broad range of normal and pathologic conditions of the vertebral column, from its embryology to its development, its pathology, its dynamism and its degeneration. The dynamic anatomy of the living subject is viewed using the latest technologies, opening new perspectives to elucidate the pathology of the spine and improve spinal surgery. The respective chapters review in depth all sections of the vertebral column and offer new insights, e.g. the 3D study of vertebral movements using the "EOS system," which makes it possible to define an equilibrium of posture and its limits. New histological and chemical findings on the intervertebral disc, as well as detailed descriptions of the aponeuroses and fasciae, are also provided. Bringing together the experience of several experts from the well-known French school, this book offers a valuable companion for skilled experts and postgraduate students in various fields: orthopedic surgery, neurosurgery, physiotherapy, rheumatology, musculoskeletal therapy, rehabilitation, and kinesiology.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Part I: Phylogenesis and Ontogenesis
Comparative Anatomy of the Axial Skeleton of Vertebrates
Introduction
The Organization Plan for the Vertebrates
Adaptive Constraints of the Living Environment
Constraints of the Aquatic Environment
Constraints of the Terrestrial Air Environment
Fish
Terrestrial Vertebrates
Amphibians (About 7000 Species)
Reptiles (Approximately 8950 Species)
The Cervical Spine
Birds (Approximately 10,000 Species)
Mammals (About 5500 Species)
The Cervical Spine
Structure
Movements The Craniovertebral Musculature
Postures
Thoracic Spine and Lumbosacral
Structures
Musculature
Postures
References
Embryology of the Vertebral Column
Genetic and Biochemical Considerations
Embryology of the Vertebromedullary Axis
Early Development
Trilaminar Embryo
The Notochord
Primary Neurulation
Secondary Neurulation
Formation and Differentiation of Somites
References
The Growing Spine
A Mosaic of Growth Cartilage
Vertebral Growth Is Growth by Endochondral Ossification
Embryology Holds First Truths The Fetal Period: The Strongest of All Growth Is the Intra-Uterine Period
Vertebral Curves Are Not Primitive But Acquired
At Birth, 30% of the Spine Is Ossified
The First Five Years of Life Are Decisive: Living Growth
Growth Between 5 Years and the Beginning of the Puberty
Puberty, a Decisive Turn: New Acceleration
Each Level of the Spine: A Different Growth
The Cervical Spine
Central Spinal Canal at the End of Growth
Cervical Spine Height
The Superior Cervical Spine
The Growth of the Atlas (Figs. 27, 28, and 29)
The Growth of the Axis Is Even More Complex The Lower Cervical Spine
The T1-S1 Segment (Figs. 31a, b, 32, and 33)
The Thoracic Spine T1-T12 (Figs. 34 and 35)
The Lumbar Spine L1-L5 (Figs. 36 and 37)
The Sacrum
The Intervertebral Disc
The Growth of the Thorax: 4th Dimension of the Spine
Bodyweight
Parasol Effect
What Size Deficit for Which Arthrodesis?
First Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Thoracic Spine
Second Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Lumbar Spine
All Scoliosis Will in Time Become Identified as a Growth Cartilage Disease
The Growth of the Spine: From Normal to Pathological Managing Infantile Scoliosis Is Controlling the Vilebrequin Effect
Suggested Readings
The Growth Cartilages of the Spine and Pelvic Vertebra
Neurocentral Cartilage (NCC)
The Ring Apophysis
Ossification of the Pelvic Vertebra
Bone Age During Puberty
References
Morphologic and Functional Evolution of the Aging Spine
Age-Related Structural Alterations
The Intervertebral Disc
Structural Modifications
A Fragile Avascular Tissue
A Genetic Predisposition?
Genesis and Contributions to Aging on Histomorphological Features
Aggravating Factors - DigitalLuigi Manfrè, editor.Contents:
Imaging
Biomechanics
Symptoms
CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: Spacers
CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: MILD
CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar foramina stenosis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalWellington K. Hsu, Tyler J. Jenkins, editors.Summary: This concise, user-friendly guide brings together the strongest available evidence with expert recommendations to provide insight into the management of injuries to the athlete's spine, including controversies unique to this area. Divided into three thematic sections, this information will prove invaluable, as many of the real-world questions surrounding care do not have distinct and obvious answers. Considerations for team physician management comprises part I, including on-field assessment of spine injuries and concussion, rehabilitation and return to play, and complications and post-concussion sequelae. The second and third sections discuss injuries to the cervical spine and the thoracolumbar spine, respectively, describing injury evaluation, management, and outcomes in the elite athlete. Spine conditions have been studied extensively in the general population; however, applying this data to the elite athlete is controversial. Numerous external variables make performance of well-designed clinical trials challenging in this population, and consequently evidence-based recommendations are lacking for the athlete's spine. Practical and engaging, Spinal Conditions in the Athlete will be an excellent resource for sports medicine specialists, orthopedic and neurosurgeons, and any clinician treating the active patient.
Contents:
On-Field Assessment and Management of Spine Injuries
Considerations for Spinal Cord Injury in the Athlete
Rehabilitation of the Athlete's Spine
Diagnosis and On-Field Management of Sports-Related Concussion
Return to Play after Sports Concussion
Persistent Post-concussion Symptoms and Long-term Sequelae
Evaluation of Athletes with Neck or Arm Pain
Transient Brachial Plexopathy (Stingers/Burners)
Cervical Cord Neurapraxia
Congenital Cervical Anomalies in Athletes
Cervical Disc Herniation in Athletes
Cervical Stenosis in the Elite Athlete
Cervical Spine Injuries in Athletes
Evaluation of Athletes with Back or Leg Pain
Lumbar Disc Herniation and Degenerative Disc Disease in the Athlete
Lumbar Disc Herniation in the Adolescent Athlete
Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in Athletes
Traumatic Lumbar Injuries in Athletes
Thoracic Pathology in Athletes. - Digital/PrintDigital Access
- DigitalKenan I. Arnautović, Ziya L. Gokaslan, editors.Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art, in-depth knowledge of spinal cord tumor surgery. After an introduction to the history and etiology of spinal cord tumor treatment, the molecular biology, cytogenetics and pathology of this group of tumors is discussed. The pathological anatomy of spinal cord tumors is described and the book focuses in depth on their diagnosis and the surgical approaches that can be used in their treatment. Microsurgery resection techniques, auxiliary treatment options, prognosis and outcomes of spinal cord, and spinal nerve tumors are all covered in detail. Spinal Cord Tumors is aimed at neurosurgeons and may also be of interest to neurologists, neuro-oncologists, radiologists, physiatrists, pathologists, geneticists, orthopedic surgeons, physical and occupational therapists, and other interested scientists.
- DigitalChristopher J. DeWald, MD, Associate Professor Departments of Orthopedic Surgery and Neurosurgery, Director, Section of Spinal Deformity, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA, Ronald L. DeWald, MD, Professor Emeritus, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA Founding Member of the Scoliosis Research Society ; associate editors, Ricardo B. V. Fontes, MD, PhD [and three others] .Summary: "Spinal Deformities: The Comprehensive Text, Second Edition, edited by renowned spinal deformity surgeons Christopher J. DeWald and his father Ronald L. DeWald, is a long-awaited, authoritative, one-stop resource that covers the breadth and depth of this specialized field. The first edition textbook edited by Ronald L. DeWald attempted to help formulate a Scoliosis Research Society (SRS) core curriculum for spinal deformity to meet the educational needs of both aspiring and seasoned spine deformity surgeons. This second edition edited by father and son expands and reorganizes the core curriculum concept. Since the publication of the first edition in 2003, significant advancements have been made in this field. This book reflects greater understanding of the mechanics of correction, new implants and techniques that improve three-dimensional correction, emergence of innovative growing constructs for early-onset scoliosis, and introduction of minimally invasive and nonfusion approaches. The textbook features 81 chapters organized into six comprehensive sections: Spinal Anatomy and Evaluation, Spinal Pathologies, Pediatric and Adolescent Spinal Deformity, Adult Spinal Deformity, Spondylolisthesis, and Surgical Considerations and Complications. From perioperative management to intraoperative neuromonitoring techniques, the authors share strategies to enhance patient safety and optimize surgical outcomes. Greatly expanded content covers anatomy, etiologies, pediatric and adult deformities, surgical and nonsurgical treatments, and potential pitfalls"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Robert F. Heary, Todd J. Albert.Contents:
1. The History and Overview of Spinal Deformity
2. Measuring Value in Spinal Deformity Care
3. Intraoperative Neuromonitoring in Spinal Deformity Surgery
4. Anatomy and Evaluation of Spinal Alignment
5. Anatomical Variants with Spinal Deformity
6. The Importance of the Sacrum and Pelvis in Deformity Evaluation and Treatment
7. The Lenke Classification System for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
8. Principles of Sagittal Plane Deformity
9. Principles of Coronal Plane Deformity
10. Flexible versus Fixed Spinal Deformity
11. The Natural History of Spinal Deformity
12. Congenital Scoliosis
13. Early-Onset Scoliosis
14. Neuromuscular Scoliosis
15. Anterior Surgery for Thoracic Scoliosis
16. Posterior Approach in Thoracic Deformity
17. Lateral Interbody Fusion Approaches in Spinal Deformity
18. Anterior-Posterior Surgery for Spinal Deformity
19. Minimally Invasive Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformities
20. Scheuermann Kyphosis
21. Technological Advances in Spinal Deformity
22. Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformity
23. Osteotomies and Vertebral Column Resections for Complex Spinal Deformities
24. Adult Spinal Deformity Revision Surgery
25. Surgical Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
26. Prevention and Treatment of Posttraumatic Deformity of the Thoracolumbar Spine
27. Bracing and Nonoperative Treatment of Spinal Deformity.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2014 - DigitalPraveen V. Mummaneni, Paul Park, Charles H. Crawford III, Adam S. Kanter, Steven D. Glassman, editors.Summary: Although there are a number of excellent books dedicated to spinal deformities, this text employs a case-based format which offers the advantage of easy readability. This format will allow the reader to better synthesize the dense information encompassing spinal deformity complications and pearls to avoid them. Example cases highlight the importance of appropriate diagnosis, radiographic assessment, classification, surgical decision making, and complication avoidance. In addition, complication management is emphasized since complications will occur regardless of skill level, experience, or meticulous technique given the complex nature of spinal deformity. Written by key thought leaders, this book not only provides state of the art concepts and techniques but also provides pearls and tips to manage and avoid complications. This book will be useful to the spinal surgeon of any experience level who is interested in optimizing their care for patients with symptomatic spinal deformity. In addition, the concepts presented in this text will be valuable to residents and fellows training in spinal surgery.
Contents:
A Historic Overview of Complications in Spinal Deformity Surgery
Occipital Cervical Surgery Complication
C1-2 Fusion Complication
Mid Cervical Kyphosis Surgery Complication
Cervical Kyphosis (Post-Laminectomy) Surgery Complication
Cervival Osteomyelitis and Kyphosis Complication
Cervical Traumatic Deformity (Bilateral Facet Dislocation) Complication
Cervical Kyphosis (Neuromuscular) Surgery Complication
Cervicothoracic Kyphosis (AS) Surgery Complication
Iatrogenic Cervicothoracic Kyphosis Surgery Complication
Thoracic Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
Scheuermann?s Kyphosis Surgery Complication
Thoracic Deformity (Pott?s Disease) Surgery Complication
Thoracolumbar Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
Congenital Thoracolumbar Deformity Complication
Thoracolumbar Deformity (Trauma) Surgery Complication
Thoracic Deformity (Tumor) Surgery Complications
Thoracic/Lumbar Deformity (Tumor) MIS Surgery Complication
Lumbar Deformity (Vascular) Surgery Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Posterior Surgery Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Anterior/Posterior Surgery Complication
Thoracolumbar Deformity MIS (Palsy) Surgery Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS (Lateral) Surgery Complications
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PSO/TLIF) Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PJK) Complication
Lumbar Deformity MIS Lateral (Visceral) Surgery Complication
Thoracolumbar deformity MIS ACR complications
Lumbar Deformity (Infection) Surgery Complication
Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery?Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO) Complication
Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery (VCR) Complication
Lumbar Deformity Listhesis (Moderate-High grade) Complication
Pediatric Moderate/High Grade Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
High Grade Dysplastic Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
Sacral Insufficiency Fracture Surgery Complication
Sacral Tumor Surgery Complication. - DigitalJin Woo Shin.Summary: This book introduces a new medical device, the ZiNeu catheter, and explains its use for the non-surgical interventional treatment of degenerative spinal disease, including spinal stenosis. In particular, the device can directly alleviate stenosis of the intervertebral foramen or central canal and perineural adhesions, resulting in reductions in back pain, leg pain, and neurogenic claudication. The ZiNeu device was invented by the author and the JUVENUI company. It now has CE certification and is exportable to Europe. The book opens by explaining the concepts of epidural balloon decompression and adhesiolysis and outlining the types and features of the ZiNeu catheter. The full range of procedures using the ZiNeu series, ZiNeuF series, and the ZiNeuF03 catheter is then described and illustrated, and guidance provided on key aspects of decision making and post-procedure management. The book will be of interest to all specialists in pain management.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The concept of epidural balloon decomrpression and Adhesiolysis
Chapter 2. The types and features of the ZiNeu catheter
Chapter 3. Precautions and notes before the procedure
Chapter 4. Procedures of the ZiNeu series
Chapter 5. Procedures of the ZiNeuF seires
Chapter 6. Procedures of the ZiNeuF03 catheter
Chapter 7. Dura puncture
Chapter 8. Tip for selection of catheter
Chapter 9. Determination of procedure site according to case
Chapter 10. Post-procedure management and prognosis
Chapter 11. Genicular Nerve Radiofrequency Ablation. - DigitalElla Been, Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Patricia Ann Kramer, editors.Summary: The vertebral spine is a key element of the human anatomy. Its main role is to protect the spinal cord and the main blood vessels. The axial skeleton, with its muscles and joints, provides stability for the attachment of the head, tail and limbs and, at the same time, enables the mobility required for breathing and for locomotion. Despite its great importance, the vertebral spine is often over looked by researchers because: a) vertebrae are fragile in nature, which makes their fossilization a rare event; b) they are metameric (seriated and repeated elements) that make their anatomical determination and, thus, their subsequent study difficult; and c) the plethora of bones and joints involved in every movement or function of the axial skeleton makes the reconstruction of posture, breathing mechanics and locomotion extremely difficult. It is well established that the spine has changed dramatically during human evolution. Spinal curvatures, spinal load transmission, and thoracic shape of bipedal humans are derived among hominoids. Yet, there are many debates as to how and when these changes occurred and to their phylogenetic, functional, and pathological implications. In recent years, renewed interest arose in the axial skeleton. New and exciting finds, mostly from Europe and Africa, as well as new methods for reconstructing the spine, have been introduced to the research community. New methodologies such as Finite Element Analysis, trabecular bone analysis, Geometric Morphometric analysis, and gait analysis have been applied to the spines of primates and humans. These provide a new and refreshing look into the evolution of the spine. Advanced biomechanical research regarding posture, range of motion, stability, and attenuation of the human spine has interesting evolutionary implications. Until now, no book that summarizes the updated research and knowledge regarding spinal evolution in hominoids has been available. The present book explores both these new methodologies and new data, including recent fossil, morphological, biomechanical, and theoretical advances regarding vertebral column evolution. In order to cover all of that data, we divide the book into four parts: 1) the spine of hominoids; 2) the vertebral spine of extinct hominins; 3) ontogeny, biomechanics and pathology of the human spine; and 4) new methodologies of spinal research. These parts complement each other and provide a wide and comprehensive examination of spinal evolution.
Contents:
0 Yoel Rak. Introduction
Hominoids
1 Gabrielle E. Russo, Cranial base in Hominoids in relation to posture and locomotion
2 Thierra K. Nalley, Neysa Grider-Potter, Mikel Arlegi, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: I-the cervical spine
3 Liza Shapiro, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: II-the thoracic and the lumbar spine
4 Masato Nakatsukasa, The spinal plasticity: changes in spinal morphology due to locomotor changes: the example of Japanese macaques
Modern humans
5 Jeannie Bailey, Patricia Kramer, Lumbar lordosis and motion: implications for fossil hominins
6 Eric Castillo, Dan Lieberman, Biomechanical models of the spine, evolutionary perspective
7 Leonid Kalichman, Ella Been, Spinal posture and spinal pathology in modern humans
8 Katherine Whitcome, Sexual dimorphism of the axial skeleton
9 Sandra Martelli, Spinal ontogeny and evolution
Methodology
10 Ella Been, Reconstruction of the spinal curvatures based on skeletal material
11 Markus Bastir, The use of geometric morphometrics in the study of the human spine
12 Kate Robson Brown, Infant vertebral cancellous bone ontogeny (Neanderthals and modern humans)
13 Patricia Kramer, Finite Element Analysis of the vertebral spine- implications to human evolution
Extinct hominins
14 Scott Williams, The spine of Australopith
15 Marc Meyer, The spine of Early Homo
16 Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Ella Been, The spine of Late Homo
17 Martin Haeusler, Spinal paleopathology in hominins
Final chapter, Been et al., Future perspectives into the study of the human spine and its evolution.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Alaa Abd-Elsayed.Summary: "Spinal Fusion Techniques, a volume in the Atlas of Interventional Pain Management series, is a concise, practical guide that provides clinicians with detailed, step-by-step guidance on how to perform the latest interventional techniques for treating patients with chronic pain as a result of spinal stenosis. This comprehensive, easy-to-follow guide offers expert coverage of how to deliver safe, accurate, and cost-effective pain relief to patients using all clinically useful imaging modalities, including ultrasound-guided techniques and fluoroscopy. With high-quality images and clear, authoritative guidance throughout, it shows exactly how to evaluate the causes of pain, identify the most promising stimulation technique, locate the site with precision, and deliver effective relief"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomy of vertebrae
Surgical instruments
Patient selection for minimally invasive spine surgery
Perioperative management and best practices
Minimally invasive posterior lumbar fusion--a novel approach to facet fusion
Posterior spinal fusion
Interspinous fusion with lateral percutaneous technique
Measuring outcomes.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - DigitalTheodoros Theodoridis, Juergen Kraemer.Contents:
Basic principles
Diagnostics
Causal orthopedic pain therapy
Symptomatic pain therapy
The spine : anatomy, nociception, and the distribution of pain signals
Special orthopedic injection therapy : contraindications and patient
Information
Cervical injection therapy
Thoracic injection therapy
Lumbar injection therapy
General and specific complications and treatment measures
Multimodal spinal therapy.Digital Access - DigitalLyle Micheli, Cynthia Stein, Michael O'Brien, Pierre d'Hemecourt, editors.Summary: Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides a comprehensive, in-depth review of the mechanisms and management of back injuries and problems occurring in this ever-growing and active population. Led by Dr. Lyle Micheli and his co-editors, an award-winning group of orthopedists discusses and explores common adolescent spine injuries and procedures, in addition to breakthroughs in gene therapy, tissue engineering, and complex operations. As spine surgery is among the most complex and challenging procedures performed in orthopedics, special considerations and procedures are required in pediatric populations. Since many corrective surgeries run the risk of arthritis later in life, particular efforts must be made in young populations to prevent future injury in a child's adolescence and young adulthood while maximizing return-to-play potential. Chapters cover acute spinal injuries, concussions, overuse injuries, spinal malformations, tumors, infections and inflammatory diseases across the range of athletics, including swimming and combat sports. Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides an immeasurable guide for back surgery in pediatric populations and will be a go-to resource for practitioners and residents in pediatric orthopedics and sports medicine.
Contents:
1. Anatomy and Development of the Young Spine / Brian A. Kelly and Brian Snyder
2. The Young Athlete's Spinal Mechanics / Robert A. Donatelli and Michael S. Thurner
3. Acute Thoracic and Lumbar Injuries / Michael P. Glotzbecker and Daniel J. Hedequist
4. Acute Cervical Spine Injuries / Robert V. Cantu and Robert C. Cantu
5. Concussion in Youth Sports / Cynthia J. Stein and William P. Meehan III
6. Adolescent Overuse Spine Injuries / Michael O'Brien and Pierre d'Hemecourt
7. Throwing Sports and Injuries Involving the Young Athlete's Spine / Peter Kriz
8. Spine Injuries in Collision/Heavy Contact Sports / Deborah I. Light and Hamish A. Kerr
9. Spine Injuries in the Aesthetic Athlete / Bridget J. Quinn
10. Swimming and the Spine / Erika B. Persson and Merrilee Zetaruk
11. Spinal Injuries in Combat Sports / Merrilee Zetaruk
12. Principles of Rehabilitation / Michellina Cassella, Carl Gustafson and Pierre d'Hemecourt
13. Congenital Spine Malformations and Sports Implications / Kristin S. Livingston and John B. Emans
14. The Young Athlete with Down Syndrome / Benjamin J. Shore
15. Spinal Deformity: Presentation, Treatment and Return to Sport / M. Timothy Hresko
16. Intrinsic Spinal Cord Abnormalities in Sport / Edward R. Smith and Mark R. Proctor
17. Metabolic Spinal Disorders in the Young Athlete / Naomi J. Brown and Kathryn E. Ackerman
18. Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases Affecting the Young Athlete's Spine / Lionel N. Metz, Derek Thomas Ward and Aenor J. Sawyer
19. Spine Tumors in the Young Athlete / Megan E. Anderson
20. Return to Play After Spinal Surgery / Robert G. Watkins, III and Robert G. Watkins, IV
21. Adaptive Sport / David M. Popoli
22. The Spine in Skeletal Dysplasia / Lawrence I. Karlin. - DigitalLuigi Manfrè, editor.Summary: This easy-to-consult guide describes new minimally invasive procedures for the treatment of spinal instability that are accompanied by fewer complications and side-effects, reduce the risks of anesthesia, and lower costs. Clear accounts of a range of CT, X-ray, and MRI guided techniques are provided, including radiofrequency ablation in facet syndrome, cervical spine fusion, posterior and anterior lumbar spine fusion, and lumbosacral fusion. A brief but comprehensive introduction is included on biomechanics, relevant clinical syndromes, and diagnostic imaging. Like other books in the Springer series New Procedures in Spinal Interventional Neuroradiology, this practice-oriented volume will fill a significant gap in the literature and meet the need expressed by a large number of specialists (interventional neuroradiologists and radiologists, neurosurgeons, and orthopedists) for a topical and handy guide that specifically illustrates the presently available materials and methods.
Contents:
1. Biomechanics and Instability
2. Radiology I- X-ray and CT
3. Radiology II- MRI
4. CT/X-ray guided technique in posterior lumbar spine fusion (PIF,TFF, IFF)
5. Anterior and lateral approaches to the lumbar spine
6. CT/X-ray guided thermal ablation in spinal facets and sacroiliac joint syndrome disease
7. CT/X-ray guided technique in sacral fusion.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Daniel H. Kim, Alexander R. Vaccaro, Richard G. Fessler, Kris Radcliff.Digital Access
- DigitalYan Wang, Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, Lawrence Lenke, editors.Summary: Spinal osteotomy techniques have been dramatically applied as a standard method for severe and rigid spinal deformity. Although clinical results indicate that patients who undergo osteotomy procedures typically experience well deformity correction and ameliorate the clinical appearance, aggressive peri-operative risks and follow-up complications are not rare. More meticulous and standard indication selection, osteotomy plan design and complication prevention strategy and outcome evaluation are critically needed for surgeon majored in spine deformity. The book Spinal Osteotomy is divided into sections that focus on principles of spinal osteotomy, technical and case illustration and outcomes and complications as well as computer navigation and other latest techniques. Each section is heavily illustrated and clearly written for ease of understanding. Orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeon residents and fellows who want to focus on spinal deformity correction will find this instructive and invaluable. Editor Yan Wang is a professor and dean of orthopedics department, Chinese PLA general hospital, China. Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, MD, is Chief of the Scoliosis Service, Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA. Lawrence G. Lenke MD, is Professor and Chief of the Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO, USA.
Contents:
History of spine osteotomy
Clinical and radiographic evaluation
How to determine the levels of osteotomy
Indications for spinal osteotomy
Anesthesia for spine osteotomy surgery
History of Spinal Osteotomy for Thoraco-Lumbar Kyphosis in Ankylosing Spondylitis
Smith-Peterson osteotomy and Ponte osteotomy
Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO)
Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (VCR) for Complex Spinal Deformities
Posterior vertebral column decancellation
Hemivertebrae Excision: Technique for Congenital Spine Deformity
The Management of Thoracolumbar Kyphotic Deformity in Ankylosing Spondylitis
Rod Link Reducer Posterior System for Vertebral Column Resection: A Porcine Model
Proximal and Distal Junctional Fixation Technique
Optimizing Safety in Spinal Deformity Surgery
Outcomes of treatment of severe spinal deformity using spinal Outcomes of Treatment of Severe Spinal Deformity Using Spinal Osteotomy
Preoperative and Postoperative Care Including Use of Halo Gravity Traction
Functional Evaluation of Spinal Osteotomy
Neurological deficit after spinal osteotomy
Revision Surgery following Osteotomy
Important Research Principles in the field of Spinal Osteotomy. - DigitalHuizhong Tian, Yuan Ma, Jingming Xie, Yingsong Wang, editors.Summary: Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is a monograph of introducing osteotomy for spinal deformity correction surgery. Its content is prominent and comprehensive. The unique arrangement with the combination of picture and text shows its concise, intuitive and vivid. It is a monograph for the needs of current clinical practice with quite reference value and teaching significance. The publication of Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics expands the scope of application of osteotomy and the combined treatment with osteotomy and internal fixation. It solved the difficult problems only by simple instruments in the past and made the spinal osteotomy further recognized by spinal surgeons in clinical application. Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is composed of 13 chapters, including: History of the Development of Spinal Osteotomy, Application of Tian's Spinal Osteotomes, Transverse Laminectomy for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, V-shape Laminectomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis, Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis Deformity, Vertebral Column Resection for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, Non-apex Osteotomy for ASK, Apex Osteotomy for AS Kyphosis, Spinal Osteotomy for Congenital Angular Kyphosis, Hemivertebra Osteotomy, Osteotomy for Tuberculosis Angular Kyphosis, Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (PVCR) Correction for Severe Rigid Spinal Deformity, Osteotomy for Traumatic Spinal Deformity. They are various surgical methods of spinal osteotomy with Tian's Osteotomes, and also described in detail by pictures and text. The feature of this book is to illustrate the method of surgical operation to achieve the purpose of enabling beginners to quickly grasp the surgical skills. A good book is a set of handy tools dedicated to the reader. We believed that readers will benefit from it and improve the ability and application level of spinal osteotomy and surgery.
Contents:
History of Spinal Osteotomy
The application of Tian spinal osteotomes. -Transverse laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
V-shaped laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
Subtotal osteotomy of arch and vertebral for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
Total spinal osteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
Non-apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
Apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
Osteotomy Orthopaedics for congenital angular kyphosis
Hemivertebral osteotomy resection.-Osteotomy orthopaedics for tuberculous angular kyphosis
PVCR for severe rigid spinal deformity
Osteotomy orthopaedics for traumatic spinal deformity. - Digital[edited by] Todd J. Albert, Thomas A. Zdeblick.Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery® series,The Spine, Fourth Edition, is a concise, lavishly illustrated reference covering the most advanced, successful surgical techniques for the spine-all in step-by-step detail. Edited by Drs. Todd J. Albert and Thomas A. Zdeblick, this fully revised edition presents the preferred techniques of surgical masters, illustrated with sequential, surgeon's-eye view intraoperative photographs, as well as superb drawings by noted medical illustrators. New contributing authors and new and rewritten chapters keep you fully up to date with recent changes in the field. Provides the up-to-date guidance you need to face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence-helping you minimize error, improve outcomes and increase patient safety Features a new chapter on Mini ALIF and Oblique Anterior Lumbar Retroperitoneal Approach, as well as up-to-date coverage of robotics and technological advances Covers indications and contraindications, pitfalls and potential complications, pertinent surgical anatomy, and pearls and tips for improving results Includes abundant full-color photographs of surgical practice and clear illustrations that reveal areas not visible to the surgeon during a procedure Helps you acquire both knowledge and skill as you master the art and science of spine surgery with guidance from leading orthopaedic surgeons Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024]
- Digitalbook editors, Christopher M. Bono, Andrew J. Schoenfeld.Contents:
Section I. Examination and diagnostics
Section II. Trauma
Section III. Infection
Section IV. Tumors
Section V. Degenerative Disorders
Section VI. Spinal Deformity
Section VII. Metabolic and Inflammatory Disorders
Section VIII. Surgical Approaches and Techniques
Section IX. General Knowledge.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Digitaledited by Thomas A. Zdeblick, M.D., AA McBeath Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, Todd J. Albert, M.D., Richard H. Rothman Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Professor Of Neurosurgery, Thomas Jefferson University and Hospitals, President, the Rothman Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.Summary: Now in its Third Edition, this volume in the Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery Series combines the step-by-step procedural guidance that readers have come to know with new and updated discussions of specific procedures. The text's how-to format helps readers face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence. NEW to the Third Edition: Six new chapters address Transpedicular Fixation, Anterior Cervical Arthroplasty, Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion, and Lumbar Disc Arthroplasty. Expanded coverage of neurologic issues in spinal surgery broadens the text's scope and assists in presurgical planning and choice of technique.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
- Printfounding editors, Richard H. Rothman and Frederick A. Simeone.
- DigitalKern Singh, MD.Summary: "Kern Singh and contributors will present a concise review of key principles of spine surgery: anatomy, clinical evaluation, imaging, diagnostic tests, and select procedures. The chapters will provide broad conceptual overviews of specific topics with end-of-chapter questions to emphasize key subjects within each chapter. This style is appropriate for medical students and postgraduate trainees to function as a primer for their spine surgery rotations. It offers a condensed and high-yield review of spinal healthcare. Also, key high-impact citations will be provided with a summary at the end of each chapter. We have had good success with small books on the spine. This book should follow that pattern"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Neuroanatomy and physiology / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, and Kern Singh
General spine anatomy and long tract pathways / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Atlanto-occipital anatomy / Suzanne LaBelle, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Cervical spine anatomy / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Phillip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Thoracic spine / Catherine Maloney, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Lumbar spine anatomy / Melissa G. Goczalk, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Sacral spine / Antonios Varelas, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain,Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Spinal history and physical examination / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Junyoung Ahn, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Common radiographic measurements / Dustin H. Massel, Benjamin C. Mayo, William W. Long, Krishna D. Modi, Kern Singh
Cervical disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Lumbar disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Scoliosis / Lauren M. Sadowsky, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, hilip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Spinal trauma and fractures / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Primary and metastatic spinal tumors / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Spinal infections / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Pediatrics / Jonathan Markowitz, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Posterior cervical laminoplasty with intrumentation / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Posterior cervical laminectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Open posterolateral lumbar fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Anterior lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Lateral lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Surgical complications / Ikechukwu Achebe, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Common medical complications following routine spinal surgery / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Shivani Gupta, Daniel M. Sciubba, Mark M. Mikhael, Savvas Nicolaou.Summary: This volume features multi-modality imaging studies and management guidance of spine pathologies for the consulting radiologist as well as the neurologist, orthopedist, or emergency clinician diagnosing and managing spinal patients.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- PrintEfrat Saraf-Lavi.
- Digitaleditor, Andrew C. Hecht, Chief, Spine Surgery, Mount Sinai Hospital and Mount Sinai Health System, Director, Mount Sinai Spine Center, Associate Professor Orthopaedic and Neurosurgery, Mt. Sinai Medical Center and Icahn school of Medicine, New York, New York.Contents:
General. The epidemiology of spine injuries in athletes / Barrett Boody, Brett D. Rosehnthal, Shah-Nawaz M. Dodwad, Alpesh A. Patel
Biomechanics of the spine in sports and prevention considerations / Eeric Truumees, Erik E. Swartz
Rehabilitation of athletes after spine injury and spine surgery / Robert G. Watkins, Michael Kordecki
On-field evaluation and transport of the injured athlete / Tristan B. Weir, Michael J. Cendoma, Ehsan Jazini, Kelley E. Banagan, Steven C. Ludwig
Spinal cord injury: pharmacologic agents, thermal cooling, and timing of interventions / Allan R. Martin, Michael G. Fehlings
Diagnostic imaging of sports-related spinal disorders / Mitchel B. Harris, Micah Blais
Spine injuries in pediatric athletes / John M. Flynn, Mark A. Seeley, Artistides I. Cruz, Jr.
Role of the spine surgeon with professional sports teams, agents, and coaches / Robert G. Watkins. Cervical spine injuries in athletes. Differential diagnosis of upper extremity disorders (neck and arm pain) / Laith Al-Shihabi, Howard S. An
Stingers and burners / Andrew B. Dossett
Cervical cord neuropraxia / Frank H. Valone III, K. Daniel Riew
Cervical disk herniation in athletes / Andrew C. Hecht, Steven McAnany, Sheeraz Qureshi
Congenital cervical anomalies and special needs athletes / Jun Sup Kim, Evan Baird, Lindsay Andras, Nomaan Ashraf
Degenerative disorders of the cervical spine and cervical stenosis / Kevin L. Ju, John G. Heller
Fractures of the cervical spine and spinal cord injuries / Gregory D. Schroeder, Tristan Fried, Christie Stawicki, Peter Deluca, Alexander R. Vaccaro. Lumbar spine. Incidence of low back pain in athletes and differential diagnosis and evaluation of athletes with back or leg pain / Kenneth Nwosu, Christopher M. Bono
Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in immature and adult athletes / Rahul Basho, Andre M. Jakoi, Jeffrey C. Wang
Lumbar disk herniation in immature and adult athletes / Tyler J. Jenkins, Willington Hsu
Lumbar degenerative disk disease and spinal stenosis in athletes / Heath P. Gould, Colin M. Haines, William J. Kemp, Timothy T. Roberts, Thomas Mroz
Piriformis syndrome, sacral stress fractures, and hip labral disorders / Diana Patterson, Brian Neri, Alexis Chiang Colvin
Lumbar spine disorders in aging athletes / Gordon R. Bell
Thoracic injuries and pain syndromes in athletes / Tanvir Choudhri, Haroon Fiaz Choudhri, Julian E. Bailes, Jr. Concussion. Concussion: introduction-the controversy / Vin Shen Ban, Richard G. Ellenbogen, H. Hunt Batjer
Definitions of sports concussion, initial diagnosis, and on-field evaluation / Leah G. Concannon, Brian C. Liem, Stanley A. Herring
Determining short-term prognosis and return to play / Margot Putukian, Siatta B. Dunbar
Neuropsychological testing in the treatment and management of sport-related concussion / Melissa A. Lancaster, Lindsay D. Nelson, Michael A. McCrea
Postconcussion syndrome / Javier Cardenas
Concussion: long term sequelae-the controversy / Rajiv Saigal, Mitchel Berger.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalJianren Mao, editor.Summary: This multi-faceted book provides readers with comprehensive guidance to spine pain care. Unique in structure, the contents integrate various specialties involved in spine pain care, thereby bringing in new prospective and expanding readership. This six part reference begins with a review on the epidemiology and economic impacts that present clinical and financial challenges for spine pain care. Part two then brings the reader into a review of the anatomy, pathophysiology, and etiology of spine pain. Subsequent parts then dive into clinical evaluation tactics, unique disease conditions and treatment options. Finally, the book closes with two chapters discussing the challenges of spine pain medicine and the potential future directions of the field. Written by experts in their respective fields, Spine Pain Care - A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is a first-of-its-kind, barrier breaking work designed for all professionals involved in spine pain care, including physicians and nurses, as well as medical students, residents and fellows as a supplementary educational material. .
Contents:
Part I. Epidemiology and Economic Impact
Chapter 1. Spine Pain Care: Clinical Challenges and Unmet Research Needs
Chapter 2. The Epidemiology and Economic Impact of Spine Pain
Chapter 3. Current and Emerging Payment Models for Spine Pain Care: Evidence-Based, Outcomes-Based, or Both?
Part II. Anatomy, Pathophysiology, and Etiology
Chapter 4. Functional Anatomy of the Human Spine
Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of Spinal Pain
Chapter 6. Clinical and Research Tools for Pain Assessment
Part III. Clinical Evaluation
Chapter 7. History and Physical Examination
Chapter 8. Radiological Evaluation of the Lumbar Spine
Chapter 9. Neurological Exam and Neurophysiologic Evaluation for the Pain Patient
Chapter 10. Psychological and Psychiatric Evaluation of the Spine Pain Patient: An Interface of the Mind/Body Dynamic
Part IV. Spine Pain Conditions
Chapter 11. Spinal Stenosis
Chapter 12. Disk Herniation and Radiculopathy
Chapter 13. Degenerative Spine Joint Disease
Chapter 14. Degenerative Disk Disease
Chapter 15. Cervicogenic Headache
Chapter 16. Infectious and Autoimmune Disease and Spine Pain
Chapter 17. Oncology and Spine Pain
Chapter 18. Pediatric Spine Pain
Part V. Treatment of Spine Pain
Chapter 19. Opioid and Non-Opioid Therapy
Chapter 20. Surgical Interventions for Spine Pain Management
Chapter 21. Minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures for Spine Pain Management
Chapter 22. Epidural Steroid Injections
Chapter 23. Nerve Block and Radiofrequency Ablation
Chapter 24. Neuromodulation for Spine Pain Care
Chapter 25. Intrathecal Drug Delivery
Chapter 26. Vertebroplasty and Kyphoplasty
Chapter 27. Fluoroscopic Images of Spinal Procedures and Radiation Safety
Chapter 29. Sympathetic Neural Blockade and Trigger Point Injections
Chapter 30. Miscellaneous Spine Procedures: Nucleoplasty, Intradiscal Electrothermal therapy
Chapter 31. Complications of Interventional Therapy for the Management of Low Back Pain
Chapter 32. Regional Anesthesia in Patients with Spine Pain
Chapter 33. Radiation Therapy for Oncologic Spine Pain
Chapter 34. Rehabilitation Approaches to Spine Care: Physical therapy, Occupational Therapy, and Aquatic Therapy
Chapter 35. Psychological Assessment and Behavioral Management of Spine Pain
Chapter 36. Integrative Medicine
Chapter 37. Organizational and Nursing Issues Related to Spine Pain Care
Part VI. Challenges and Future Directions
Chapter 38. Basic Research for Pain
Chapter 39. Chronic Low Back Pain: Improving Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment. . - Digitaledited by Dino Samartzis, Jaro I. Karppinen, Frances M. K. Williams.Summary: "The era of big data and personalized spine care has arrived. Within that, imaging and clinical phenotypes are key in establishing personalized algorithms for patient care. This is particularly important in developing novel diagnostics and therapeutics as well as predicting outcomes and establishing preventative measures for various spinal disorders. Spine Phenotypes is a comprehensive resource that outlines phenotype descriptions, their imaging measurements and classifications, and provides an in-depth discussion regarding spine pathology and its clinical relevance."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Anatomy of the spine
Biomechanics of the spine
Biomechanical models to study spinal phenotypes
Animal models to study spinal intervertebral disc phenotypes
Imaging technologies of the spinal discs
Intervertebral disc degeneration
Disc space narrowing and osteophytes
Displacement of intervertebral discs
High-intensity zones and annular tears
Vertebral endplate abnormalities, defects, and changes
Vertebral bone marrow (Modic) changes
Ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Facet joints
Paraspinal muscles
Spinal alignment.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2022] - Digital[edited by] Peter C. Gerszten, Samuel Ryu.Contents:
Radiobiology of radiosurgery / Jae Ho Kim and Stephen Brown
Clinical spinal cord tolerance to radiosurgery / Simon S. Lo [and 10 others]
Management of spinal cord toxicity / Samuel Ryu, Steve Brown, and Jae Ho Kim
Histopathologic examination of spinal lesions after radiosurgery / Nathan T. Zwagerman [and 6 others]
Stereotactic spine radiotherapy : image guidance and patient immobilization / Max Dahele and Ben Slotman
Treatment planning for spine radiosurgery / David Schlesinger, K. Martin Richardson, Kelly M. Spencer, Brian Winey, and Jason Sheehan
Quality assurance and treatment delivery / Fang-fang Yin, Zheng Chang, and Justus Adamson
Contemporary devices for spinal radiosurgery / Christoph Fürweger [and 5 others]
Imaging, target delineation, and dose prescription / Eric Chang, Omar Ragab, Sukhjeet Batth, Shelly Bian, and Lydia Nng
Radiosurgery for the re-treatment of progressive spine metastases / Andrew A. Kanner and Benjamin W. Corn
Clinical outcomes after spinal radiosurgery / Peter C. Gerszten and John C. Flickinger
Clinical outcomes of pain and quality of life after spinal radiosurgery / Lily Angelov, Sam Chao, and John Suh
Radiosurgery for spinal canal compromise and spinal cord compression / Richard A. Rammo, Ian Y. Lee, Jack P. Rock, and Samuel Ryu
Postoperative radiosurgery and minimally invasive surgical techniques / Tobias A. Mattei [and 7 others]
Radiosurgery and percutaneous cement augmentation / Michael Decuypere and Jason A. Weaver
Treatment failure, complications, and their management / Nicolaus Andratschke and Matthias Guckenberger
Patient evaluation and treatment selection for spinal canal compromise / Samuel Ryu and Mark Bilsky
Radiosurgery for benign extramedullary tumors of the spine / Iris C. Gibbs, Navjot Chaudhary, Steven D. Chang, Robert L. Dodd, and John R. Adler, Jr
Radiosurgical treatment of spinal chordomas / James P. Caruso, Mark H. Bilsky, Josh Yamada, and Ilya Laufer
The role of radiosurgery in the treatment of primary malignant spine and spinal cord tumors / Moon-Jun Sohn, Dong-Joon Lee, and Hye-Ran Lee
Radiosurgery for spinal cord arteriovenous malformations / Maziyar A. Kalani, Iris C. Gibbs, John R. Adler, Jr., and Steven D. Chang
Multidisciplinary approach for the evaluation and treatment of metastatic spinal tumors / Ganesh M. Shankar, Kevin Oh, Kristina Shultz, and John H. Shin.Digital Access - Digitaleditor, Vincent J. Devlin.Contents:
Clinically relevant anatomy of the cervical region
Clinically relevant anatomy of the thoracic region
Clinically relevant anatomy of the lumbar and sacral region
Evaluation of cervical spine disorders
Evaluation of thoracic and lumbar spine disorders
Evaluation of spinal deformities
Evaluation of impairment, disability, and workers’ compensation
Strategies for imaging and diagnosis in spinal disorders
Radiographic assessment of the spine
Magnetic resonance imaging of the spine
Computed tomography and CT-myelography
Nuclear imaging and spinal disorders
Cervical spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
Thoracic and lumbar spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
Pharmacologic management of pain in spine disorders
Diagnostic and therapeutic spinal injections
Electrodiagnosis in spinal disorders
Spinal orthoses
Indications for surgical intervention in spinal disorders and when not to operate
Preoperative assessment and planning for patients undergoing spine surgery
Anesthetic considerations and intraoperative management during spine surgery
Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring during spinal procedures
Postoperative management and adverse events after spine surgery
Procedures for decompression of the spinal cord and nerve roots
Spinal arthrodesis, graft materials, and graft techniques
Surgical approaches to the occiput and cervical spine
Surgical approaches to the thoracic, lumbar, and lumbosacral spine
Occipital and cervical spine instrumentation
Thoracic and lumbar spine instrumentation
Instrumentation and fusion at the lumbosacral junction and pelvis
Minimally invasive spine surgery
Artificial disc replacement
Revision spine surgery
Spinal cord stimulation and implantable drug delivery systems
Pediatric back pain
Pediatric cervical disorders
Early-onset scoliosis
Idiopathic scoliosis
Congenital spinal deformities
Neuromuscular spinal deformities
Sagittal plane deformities in pediatric patients
Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in pediatric patients
Pediatric spinal trauma
Pathophysiology and pathoanatomy of degenerative disorders of the adult spine
Cervical degenerative disorders
Thoracic disc herniation and stenosis
Lumbar disc herniation
Discogenic low back pain
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Disorders of the sacroiliac joint
Adult idiopathic and degenerative scoliosis
Sagittal plane deformities in adults
Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in adults
Evaluation of the spine trauma patient
Spinal cord injury
Upper cervical spine trauma
Lower cervical spine injuries
Thoracic and lumbar spine fractures
Sacral fractures
Spinal injuries in athletes
Disorders of the spinal cord and related structures
Primary spine tumors
Metastatic spine tumors
Metabolic bone diseases of the spine
Treatment options for osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures
Spinal infections
Rheumatoid arthritis
Ankylosing spondylitis and diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis
Spinal navigation, robotic surgery, and three-dimensional printing.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digital[edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Eli M. Baron.Contents:
Closed cervical skeletal tong placement and reduction techniques
Halo placement in the pediatric and adult patient
Anterior odontoid resection : the transoral approach
Odontoid screw fixation
Anterior C1-C2 arthrodesis : lateral approach of Barbour and Whitesides
Anterior cervical corpectomy/diskectomy
Anterior resection of ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
Cervical total disk replacement
Occipital-cervical fusion
C2 translaminar screw fixation
Posterior C1-C2 fusion : harms and Magerl techniques
Cervical spine : lateral mass screw fixation
Cervical pedicle screw fixation
Posterior cervical osteotomy techniques
Posterior cervical laminoplasty
Posterior cervical foraminotomy, microdiskectomy
Subaxial cervical trauma classification and treatment
Anterior thoracic diskectomy and corpectomy
Anterior thoracolumbar spinal fusion via open approach for idiopathic scoliosis
Operative management of scheuermann kyphosis
Resection of intradural intramedullary or extramedullary spinal tumors
Endoscopic thoracic diskectomy
Vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib opening wedge thoracostomy for congenital spinal deformities
Posterior thoracolumbar fusion techniques for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis
Thoracoplasty for rib deformity
Complete vertebral resection for primary spinal tumors
Surgical treatment of arachnoid cysts
The adult surgical management of syringomyelia
Surgical treatment of dural arteriovenous fistulas and arteriovenous malformations
Adult scoliosis : classification and treatment
Spinopelvic balance : preoperative planning and calculation
Sacropelvic fixation
Posterior far lateral diskectomy
The lateral extracavitary approach for vertebrectomy
Pedicle subtraction osteotomy for fixed sagittal imbalance
Spondylolysis repair
Surgical treatment of high-grade spondylolisthesis
Interspinous process motion-sparing implant
Anterior lumbar interbody fusion
Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion
The transpsoas approach for thoracolumbar interbody fusion
Lumbar total disk arthroplasty
Kyphoplasty
Minimally invasive exposure techniques of the lumbar spine
Hemivertebrae resection
Lumbar internal laminectomy
Cortical screw fixation in the lumbar spine
Spinal navigation : setup and workflow
Thoracolumbar trauma classification and surgical treatment
Sacral fixation
Minimally invasive sacroiliac joint fusion.Digital Access - DigitalBernhard Meyer, Michael Rauschmann, editors.Summary: This book covers the content of European postgraduate spine surgery courses, using a case-based approach. A step-wise solution to a real clinical problem is described and compared to the best available evidence. A weighted conclusion is provided on how to bridge the gap (if there is one) between standard of care and evidence-based medicine. Spine Surgery: A Case-Based Approach is aimed at postgraduate students of spine surgery (both trainee neurosurgeons and trainee orthopedic surgeons), and may also be of interest to medical students.
Contents:
Part 1: Basics and Conservative Therapy
Psychosomatics/behaviour therapy.-Indications for emergency treatment
Part 2: Surgical treatment of degenerative cervical, thoracic and lumbar spinal pathologies
Anterior cervical sub-axial treatment (fusion)
Cervical motion preserving procedures (TDR)
Posterior motion preserving procedures (Frykholm, laminoplasty)
Cervical myelopathy: indication and operative procedure
Thoracic disc herniation and myelopathy
Lumbar disc herniation, nucleo-and sequestrectomy
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Degenerative spondylolisthesis
Slipped vertebra and degenerative lumbar scoliosis
Lumbar non-fusion techniques
Surgical treatment options at the sacroiliac joint
Navigation in cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine
Part 3: Deformity
Diagnosis and conservativetreatment of AIS
Operative treatment of AIS
Congenital and neuromuscular scoliosis
Adult scoliosis and complication management
^Conservative treatment options and indication for surgery in spondylolisthesis
Operative treatment of spondylolisthesis
Parameters of spinopelvic balance, etiology and pathogenesis of disturbed spinopelvic balance
Diagnosis, classification, and general treatment options in hyperkyphosis
Scheuermann Disease and M. Bechterew
Surgical correction and special features in traumatic and congenital kyphotic deformities
Part 4: Spinal fractures
Pre-hospital management, physical examination, polytrauma management
Upper cervical trauma (C0-C2)
Subaxial cervical trauma (C2 - C7)
Management criteria for thoracic, thoracolumbar and lumbar fractures
Conservative management of spinal fractures
Sacral fractures
Pediatric spine injuries
Spine injuries in the elderly
Injuries in ankylosed spine condition
Part 5: Tumors of spine and inflammatory diseases
Vertebral osteomyelitis
Rheumatic diseases
Metabolic bone diseases
Primary tumors
^Metastases
Part 6: Intradural pathologies
Vascular malformations: arteriovenous malformations (AVMs)/Cavernoma, spinal dAVFs
Inflammation of spinal cord (myelitis)
Intradural, extramedullary tumors
Intradural, intramedullary tumors
Dysraphia, tethered cord, segmentation disorders
Syringomyelia, sacral cysts
Spinal cord injury
classification and diagnostics
Spinal cord injury
surgical and pharmaceutical therapy
Spontaneous CSF leak and ideopathic spinal cord herniation
Intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring
Management of intraoperative dural tear
Therapy of chronic pain syndromes (pumps, DCS, DBS, CS)
Part 7: Extended indications and advanced operative techniques
Craniocervical junction
Basilar invagination
Cervicothoracic junction
Kyphosis in ankylosing spondylitis
Thoracic spine
Primary bone tumor
Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS)
Lumbar degenerative scoliosis
Adult degenerative scoliosis
^Long vs short contructs
High-grade lumbar spondylolisthesis
Spondyloptosis
Sacrum
Intradural tumors
Oligosymptomatic intramedullary lesion
Part 8: Revisions and complication management
Positioning of the patient and related complications
Postlaminectomy kyphosis
Failed Back Surgery Syndrome (epidural scar)
Adjacent segment degeneration
Management of post-op infections
Pseudoarthrosis management (case with implant failure)
Coronal decompensation
Proximal junctional kyphosis
Blood management and thromboprophylaxis in spinal surgery
Management of failure of osteoporotic fixation
Visceral complications of deformity surgery (pulmonary, esophageal injury or chylothorax)
Revision of adult deformity
Iatrogenic neurologic injury
Management of CSF fistula
Management of mechanical failure of cervical spine
Pitfalls of anterior lumbar revision surgery (vasculary or uretheral injury). - Digital[edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Todd J. Albert.Digital Access
- DigitalVikas V. Patel, Alpesh Patel, James S. Harrop, Evalina Burger, editors.Summary: Spine surgery has increasingly become a surgical field of its own, with a distinct body of knowledge. While available textbooks cover the intricacies of spine surgery and provide extensive information on each pathology, these books are not geared towards the requirements of the novice and are insufficiently portable for the busy resident to carry while on rounds or on call. This easy-to-use book, written by acknowledged experts, is designed to meet such needs by providing essential information on spine pathology, diagnostic evaluation, surgical procedures, and other treatments. After an opening general section, degenerative spinal disease, pediatric spine conditions, spine trauma, spine tumors, infections, inflammatory disorders, and metabolic conditions are all discussed in more depth. Alongside description and evaluation of surgical options, important background information is included on pathology, presentation, diagnosis, and nonsurgical treatments. Potential complications of surgery are also carefully considered. Spine Surgery Basics will be an invaluable practical aid for all who are embarking on a career in spinal surgery or require a ready reference that can be consulted during everyday clinical practice.
Contents:
General: Anatomy
Physical Exam: Cervical
Physical Exam: Lumbosacral
Imaging Basics (basics of anatomy on radiographic imaging plus bone scans, DEXA, etc.)
Diagnostic Evaluations (injections, EMG, etc)
General Surgical Principles (guidelines for informed consent, patient positioning for surgery, equipment needed, post operative considerations)
Surgical Approaches
Cervical and Thoracic Instrumentation
Lumbar and Lumbosacral Instrumentation
Bone graft and Bone Substitute Biology
Neuromonitoring. Degenerative Spine: Cervical Disc Herniation and Radiculopathy
Cervical Stenosis and Myelopathy
Thoracic Disc Herniation
Lumbar Disc Herniation
Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
Lumbar Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
Spondylolysis and Isthmic spondylolisthesis
Degenerative Disc Disease with and without Facet Arthritis
Degenerative Spinal Scoliosis/Deformity. Pediatric Spine: Scoliosis
Kyphosis
Congenital
Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
Occipital and Upper cervical spine (Occ-C2)
Sub-axial cervical spine (C2-C7)
Thoracolumbar spine (T1-L2)
Low lumbar spine (L3-L5)
Sacral spine and pelvis
Acute Spinal Cord Injury. Tumor, Infection, Inflammatory and Metabolic Conditions: Primary spine tumors
Primary spine tumors
Metastatic spine tumors
Primary spine infections
Intradural spine tumors
Rheumatoid Arthritis
Ankylosing Spondylitis and DISH
Osteoporosis and the Aging Spine. Complications: Postoperative Infection
Dural tear
Neurological injury
Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
Medical complications (VTE, Pneumonia, Cardiac Disease, Mortality). - DigitalNathaniel P. Brooks, MD, FAANS, Associate Professor, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA, Andrea L. Strayer, MS, NP, CNRN, Neurosurgery Nurse Practitioner (Distinguished), University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Alexander E. Ropper [and 3 others].Summary: Lessons learned from soft tissue reconstruction, wound healing, and infection prevention in plastic surgery and bony arthrodesis strategies and spinal alignment in orthopaedic surgery and neurosurgery have merged to create a new field of surgery. Spinoplastic Reconstruction, edited by Alexander E. Ropper, Sebastian J. Winocour, Michael A. Bohl, and Edward M. Reece provides in-depth discussion of multidisciplinary techniques and complication management in complex bony and soft tissue reconstruction, with the goal of improved outcomes for spine surgery patients. This textbook encompasses the nomenclature, indications, evidence-based techniques, outcomes, and alternatives that laid the groundwork for spinoplastic surgery. Organized into nine sections and 42 chapters, the book begins by delineating the historical and future relevance of multidisciplinary surgery and advent of spinoplastic surgery to ease the growing global disease burden of spine disease. The second section discusses applied anatomy, biomechanics, and bony spinal stability. Sections three to nine provide detailed discussion and pearls on bone healing, bone adjuncts, perioperative management, surgical spine exposures, vascularized autologous bone grafts and flaps, soft tissue spinal reconstruction, and complication management. -- Publisher
Contents:
Anatomy and Biomechanics for the Spinoplastic Surgeon: Applied Anatomy of the Cervical Spine
Applied Anatomy of the Thoracic and Lumbar Spine
Applied Anatomy of the Sacral Spine
Biomechanics and Bony Spinal Stability
Bone Healing: Bone Modeling and Remodeling
Biology and Anatomy of Spinal Fusion
Patient Considerations in Bone Healing
Bone Grafts versus Flaps: How to Evaluate the Spinal Fusion Bed to Determine Which Is Best for Your Patient
Bone Adjuncts: Bone Void Fillers: Allograft
Bone Void Fillers: Autograft and Harvest Techniques
Biologics in Spine Fusion
Perioperative Management of the Spinoplastic Patient: Preoperative Optimization of the Spinoplastic Patient
Postoperative Management of the Spinoplastic Patient
Perioperative Management of the Pediatric Spine Patient
Surgical Spine Exposures: Exposures to the Cervical Spine: Anterior and Posterior
Exposures to the Thoracic Spine: Lateral and Posterior
Exposure to the Lumbar and Sacral Spine
Exposures of the Previously Operated Spine
Vascularized Autologous Bone Grafts and Flaps: The History of Pedicled Myo-Osseous Flaps in Spinal Reconstruction --- Vascularized Rib Bone Flap: Indications, Techniques, and Outcomes
The Free Fibula Flap for Reconstruction of the Spine and Pelvis
Nomenclature of Vascularized Bone Grafts
Vascularized Occipital Bone Grafting: Indications, Techniques, Clinical Outcomes, and Alternatives
Vascularized Clavicle Graft for Anterior Cervical Arthrodesis
Vascularized Scapular Bone Grafting: Indications, Techniques, Clinical Outcomes, and Alternatives
Vascularized Posterior Iliac Crest Bone Grafting: Indications, Techniques, Clinical Outcomes, and Alternatives
Soft Tissue Spinal Reconstruction: Principles and Techniques to Wound Closure
Biologics and Adjuncts to Wound Healing
Soft Tissue Flap Coverage in the Cervical Spine
Soft Tissue Flap Coverage in the Thoracic Spine
Soft Tissue Flap Coverage in the Lumbosacral Spine
Free Flap Soft Tissue Coverage of the Spine and Pelvis
Soft Tissue Reconstruction in the Pediatric Patient
Complications in Spine Surgery and Their Management: Management of Soft Tissue Complications
Failure in Cervical Spinal Fusion and Management
Failure in Thoracic Spinal Fusions and Management
Failure in Lumbar Spine Fusion and Management
Management of Infection in the Instrumented Spine
Management of Pharyngoesophageal Complications in Spine Surgery
Appendix: IndexDigital Access - DigitalMke King.Summary: Through stories of achievements, challenges and calamities at five large public hospitals in the United States, the author shows that medical excellence resides where few people expect to find it...and how those centers are threatened by misplaced public priorities and political mythologies.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016
- DigitalMelanie Rogers, editors.Summary: This book recognises the challenges associated with the concept of spirituality. An awareness of this concept is integral to the provision of person-centred holistic care. However, APNs ability to provide spiritual care is often impeded by time pressures and the prioritisation of clinical tasks. Confusion about the meaning of spiritually and its relationship to religion compound the challenges involved in providing spiritual care leaving APNs feeling ill-equipped to address this area of care. Many APNs view spirituality as synonymous with religion. This book will provide clarity with the assumption that spirituality is innate to all of our patients and is related to what gives them hope, meaning and purpose. Fundamentally it is about being human. APNs ability to practice with kindness, compassion and empathy will naturally resonate with spiritually competent practice. It begins with an outline of the definitions of spirituality in addition to the concept of spiritually competent practice. An emphasis on the importance of personal development follows. Case studies from countries across the globe illustrate the benefit of integrating spirituality and provide evidence of the importance and relevance of integrating spirituality into practice. These include discussion and presentations of the related concepts of availability and vulnerability which will give APNs more confidence and competence to integrate spirituality into practice. This book is relevant for APNs, students, educators and researchers.
Contents:
Introduction
What is Spirituality? How does it impact APN Clinical Practice
Spiritually Competent Practice and Cultural aspects of spirituality
Personal Spirituality and Self-Compassion?
Global Case studies in Spirituality
United Kingdom
Israel
USA
Ireland
Canada
China
Australia or Canada Indigenous Populations
Operationalising Spirituality
Availability and Vulnerability Framework for Opertationalising Spirituality
Spirituality Competencies
Conclusion. - DigitalAdele and Doug Calhoun, Clare and Scott Loughrige ; foreword by Jerome Wagner.Summary: The Enneagram opens a remarkable window into the truth about us, but simply diagnosing our number doesn't do justice to who we are. Transformation happens as we grow in awareness and learn how to apply Enneagram insights to the rhythms of our daily lives. Filled with exercises to engage, challenge, encourage, and sustain, this handbook will help us grow in greater awareness and lead us to spiritual and relational transformation.Digital Access 2019
- Digitaledited by Michael J. Balboni, John R. Peteet.Contents:
Religion and spirituality in OBGYN / Rachel Peragallo and John Thorp
Religion and spirituality in pediatrics / Ray Barfield and Sarah Barton
Religion and spirituality in family medicine / Timothy P. Daaleman
Religion and spirituality in psychiatry / Dan G. Blazer
Religion and spirituality in internal medicine / Lydia S. Dugdale and Daniel P. Sulmasy
Religion and spirituality in surgery / John Tarpley and Margaret Tarpley
Religion and spirituality in gerontology / Harold G. Koenig
Religion and spirituality in oncology / Alan Astrow
Religion and spirituality in palliative medicine / Tracy Balboni and Michael Balboni
Religion and spirituality in the intensive care unit / Alex Cist and Philip Choi
Religion and spirituality in medical ethics / Farr A. Curlin
Religion and spirituality in medical education / Marta Herschkopf and Christina Puchalski
Religion and spirituality in nursing / John Swinton and Lynn Vanderpot
Medicine, spirituality, religion and psychology / Kelly Trevino and Kenneth Pargament
Spirituality, resistance, and modern medicine : a sociological perspective / Jonathan Imber
Anthropologies of medicine, religion, and spirituality and their application to clinical practice / Lance D. Laird and L. Linda Barnes
Law, religion, and the physician-patient relationship / Michael P, Moreland and O. Carter Snead
Medicine and spirituality : a historical perspective / Gary B. Ferngren
Philosophical perspectives on medicine and religion / James A. Marcum
Medicine, religion and spirituality in theological context / Brett McCarty and Warren Kinghorn
Religion and health : a synthesis / Tyler VanderWeele.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaleditors, Fiona Timmins and Sílvia Caldeira.Summary: This book provides a condensed but comprehensive up-to-date overview of spirituality and its application to health care. The need for healthcare workers to provide spiritual care or meet patients’ spiritual needs is gaining increasing importance in nursing and midwifery policy at local, national and international level. Internationally, there is a growing belief in spirituality as a valid dimension of care.The book highlights a range of examples and case studies facilitating the practical application of the recommendations discussed. In addition to presenting new psychological perspectives, various activities throughout will encourage readers to form their own opinion on the issues covered. The suggestions for further reading and useful websites will also help readers interested in exploring specific areas in more depth. Combining contributions by authors from various disciplines, the book offers a valuable tool for qualified professional healthcare workers in practice, including nurses, social workers, doctors and chaplains. With its handy format, this practical pocket guide offers a faithful companion for practitioners.
Contents:
What is Spirituality?
The psychology of spirituality and religion in healthcare
Spiritual assessment in healthcare: an overview of comprehensive, sensitive approaches to spiritual assessment for use within the interdisciplinary healthcare team
Spirituality is a Public Health Issue – The potential role of spirituality in promoting health
Health Outcomes of Religious and Spiritual Belief, Behavior, and Belonging: Implications for Healthcare Professionals
Spirituality and Childbirth
Providing spiritual care – An exploration of required spiritual care competencies in health care and their impact on health care provision
The role of the nurse in providing spiritual care – A case study approach to exploring specific care provision by healthcare workers in the context of an interdisciplinary healthcare team
Loss and Grief in people with Intellectual disability
The Role of the Healthcare Chaplain – A summary of the contribution of healthcare chaplains to modern health care practice
Teaching and Learning about Spirituality in Healthcare Practice Settings
Working with diversity – An overview of diversity in contemporary society and the effect of this on healthcare situations
Being Human: Cultivating Mindfulness and Compassion for Daily Living. - PrintBen Adler, editor.Summary: Spirochetes comprise a fascinating group of bacteria. Although diverse in terms of their habitat, ecology and infectivity for vertebrate and non-vertebrate hosts, they are often considered together because of their similar cellular morphologies. This volume brings together an international group of experts to provide essential insights into spirochete biology, with an emphasis on recent advances made possible by the availability of genome sequences. As such, it offers a valuable resource for microbiologists and other scientists with an interest in spirochete biology.
Contents:
The Treponema pallidum Outer Membrane
Gene regulation, two component regulatory systems, and adaptive responses in Treponema denticola
Physiologic and Genetic Factors Influencing the Zoonotic Cycle of Borrelia burgdorferi
Regulation of gene and protein expression in the Lyme disease spirochete
Genetic manipulation of Borrelia spp.
Toolbox of molecular techniques for studying Leptospira spp.
Interaction of Leptospira with the innate immune system
Leptospiral genomics and pathogenesis
Complement immune evasion by spirochetes
Spirochetal lipoproteins in pathogenesis and immunity
Colonic spirochetes: what has genomics taught us? . - Digitaledited by Klemens J. Hertel.Contents:
The pre-mRNA splicing reaction / Somsakul Pop Wongpalee and Shalini Sharma
Diversity and evolution of spliceosomal systems / Scott William Roy and Manuel Irimia
Mechanisms of spliceosomal assembly / Ni-ting Chiou and Kristen W. Lynch
Alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Stacey D. Wagner and J. Andrew Berglund
Regulation of alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Miguel B. Coelho and Christopher W.J. Smith
Introduction to cotranscriptional RNA splicing / Evan C. Merkhofer, Peter Hu, and Tracy L. Johnson
Chromatin and splicing / Nazmul Haque and Shalini Oberdoerffer
Preparation of splicing competent nuclear extracts / Chiu-Ho T. Webb and Klemens J. Hertel
Preparation of yeast whole cell splicing extract / Elizabeth A. Dunn and Stephen D. Rader
Efficient splinted ligation of synthetic RNA using RNA ligase / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
In vitro assay of pre-mRNA splicing in mammalian nuclear extract / Maliheh Movassat, William F. Mueller, and Klemens J. Hertel
Kinetic analysis of in vitro pre-mRNA splicing in HeLa nuclear extract / William F. Mueller and Klemens J. Hertel
In vitro systems for coupling RNAP II transcription to splicing and polyadenylation / Eric G. Folco and Robin Reed
Isolation and accumulation of spliceosomal assembly intermediates / Janine O. Ilagan and Melissa S. Jurica
Complementation of U4 snRNA in S. cerevisiae splicing extracts for biochemical studies of snRNP assembly and function / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
Expression and purification of splicing proteins from mammalian cells / Eric Allemand and Michelle L. Hastings
Single molecule approaches for studying spliceosome assembly and catalysis / Eric G. Anderson and Aaron A. Hoskins
Cell-based splicing of minigenes / Sarah A. Smith and Kristen W. Lynch
Quantifying the ratio of spliceosome components assembled on pre-mRNA / Noa Neufeld, Yehuda Brody, and Yaron Shav-Tal
Antisense methods to modulate pre-mRNA splicing / Joonbae Seo, Eric W. Ottesen, and Ravindra N. Singh
Using yeast genetics to study splicing mechanisms / Munshi Azad Hossain and Tracy L. Johnson
Medium throughput analysis of alternative splicing by fluorescently labeled RT-PCR / Ryan Percifield, Daniel Murphy, and Peter Stoilov
Chromatin immunoprecipitation approaches to determine co-transcriptional nature of splicing / Nicole I. Bieberstein, Korinna Straube, and Karla M. Neugebauer
Computational approaches to mine publicly available databases / Rodger B. Voelker, William A. Cresko, and J. Andrew Berglund
Approaches to link RNA secondary structures with splicing regulation / Mireya Plass and Eduardo Eyras
Methods to study splicing from high-throughput RNA sequencing data / Gael P. Alamancos, Eneritz Agirre, and Eduardo Eyras
Global protein-RNA interaction mapping at single nucleotide resolution by iCLIP-seq / Chengguo Yao, Lingjie Weng, and Yongsheng Shi
Predicting alternative splicing / Yoseph Barash and Jorge Vaquero Garcia.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAdam L. Wollowick, Vishal Sarwahi, editors.Contents:
Section I: Basic Principles, Diagnosis, and Non-surgical Management
Spondylolisthesis: A Historical Perspective on Etiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment
Anatomy and Biomechanics Relevant to Spondylolisthesis
Pain Generators in Spondylolisthesis
Clinical Evaluation of Pediatric Patients with Spondylolisthesis.-Clinical Evaluation of Adult Patients with Spondylolisthesis
Imaging Techniques for the Diagnosis of Spondylolisthesis
Classification of Spondylolisthesis
Role of the Pelvis in the Diagnosis and Management of L5-S1 Spondylolisthesis.-Non-Operative Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Children and Adolescents
Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Adults
Section II: Surgical Techniques.-Surgical Techniques: Spondylolysis Repair.-Decompression and Spinal Fusion.-Surgical Techniques: Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion.-Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF).-Minimally Invasive TLIF for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Technique: Lateral Interbody Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Pre-sacral Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Techniques: Management of High-Grade Spondylolisthesis including Reduction Techniques.-Management of Spondyloptosis.-Management of Traumatic Spondylolisthesis: Cervical and Lumbar.-Spondylolisthesis Associated with Scoliosis.-Section III: Results of Treatment and Complications
Results of Surgical Treatment of Adult Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. - DigitalSiobhan C. Budd, Jean-Christophe Egea.Summary: This book aims to explore the intricate interrelationship between oral health and sport, with the focus on highly popular team games, endurance sports, and explosive events. In order to understand the vulnerability of athletes of all levels of ability to oral health problems, relevant aspects of sports physiology and training are outlined, as are the predisposing behavioral, psychological, and physiological elements. Specific sports-related oral risk factors are identified and detailed, and the dental conditions frequently observed in athletes are explained. The dental clinical reality of athletes reveals a wide spectrum of oral consequences, affecting both soft and hard tissues, that can adversely impact on training and competitiveness. Principles of dental management are highlighted, and therapeutic solutions provided for the most common dental lesions. Emphasis is placed on preventative measures and solutions adapted to the athlete's individual needs, as well as the importance of effective collaboration with a diverse team of professionals. The book will be of interest to dentists, health professionals, sports coaches, athletes, and teachers and students of dentistry and medical disciplines.
Contents:
Setting the Scene: Endurance Sport, Athletes & Training: A Brief History of Sport
The Current Popularity of Endurance Sports: Why?
A Definition of Sport
Physiological Basics of Endurance Sports
Regulatory Medical Surveillance of Sport. Oral Health: Sports-Related Risk Factors: The Importance of Oral Health and Athletes
A Summary of The Risk Factors Affecting Oral Health
Nutrition of Endurance Athletes: Risk Factor
Too Much of a Good Thing? The Time Factor Risk
Exercise Induced Immune Suppression: Risk Factor
Salivary Alterations: Risk Factor
Psychology of The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
Medication And The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
Dental Traumatology and the Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
Education, Knowledge and Motivation: Risk Factor
Access to Dental Treatment: Risk Factor. Clinical Reality: Physiological Processes & Oral Health: Periodontal Consequences
Dental Consequences
The Dry Mouth Syndrome of Athletes
Clinical Reality: Dental Occlusion And Performance
One Step Further: The Influence of Physical Effort on the Manducator System
The Spread of Oral Infections and Performance
Dental Pain and Performance
Notion of Life Quality. Dental Management and Care of Athletes: General Principles
Specific Principles: Dental Practice
Therapeutic Solutions for the Most Common Dental Lesions in Endurance Athletes
The Treatment of Dental Trauma
Doping, Prescription and Dentistry
Conclusion (and Final Remarks). Appendix.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalDouglas J. Casa, editor.Summary: This unique book is the first of its kind to specifically explore the science, medicine, challenges and successful experiences of assisting those who must perform and thrive in hot conditions, with an eye toward maximizing both performance and safety. Beginning with both human and comparative physiology as it relates to coping with the heat, key concepts are subsequently elaborated, including heat acclimatization, work-to-rest ratios, hydration, sleep, the effects of altitude, and the use of drugs and supplements. The sections that follow discuss heat-related considerations in individual and team sports and other populations, monitoring techniques, and medical and legal issues. Athletes, warfighters and laborers are often forced to perform intense physical activity in the heat as a part of their jobs or lifestyle. The process of properly preparing for this challenge is multifaceted and often not fully understood or utilized. Sport and Physical Activity in the Heat is an excellent resource for team physicians, high-level coaches, serious athletes, athletic trainers, exercise scientists, strength and conditioning coaches, industrial hygienists, military commanders, or anyone involved in the process of maximizing performance and safety during exercise in the heat for the athlete, warfighter, or laborer.
Contents:
Part I: Foundational Concepts
Part II: Enhancing Exercise Heat Tolerance
Part III: Tools Available to Assist
Part IV: Populations
Part V: Individual Issues.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Vincent Walsh, Mark Wilson, Beth Parkin.Contents:
Great British medalists: psychosocial biographies of super-elite and elite athletes from Olympic sports
On elite and super-elite Great British athletes: some theoretical implications from Hardy et al.'s (2017) findings
The psychosocial development of world-class athletes: additional considerations for understanding the whole person and salience of adversity
The journey of a thousand miles...: notes on Hardy et al.'s Great British Medalists Project
Embedding the psychosocial biographies of Olympic medalists in a (meta-)theoretical model of dynamic networks
Assessing risk factors for athletic excellence
In search of the golden skill
Much ado about...? A response to Hardy et al.
The stress test: does what doesn't kill me, make me a super-elite athlete?
Adversity-related experiences are essential for Olympic success: additional evidence and considerations
Getting gritty about practice and success: motivational characteristics of great performers
Great British medalists: a commentary based on developmental systems theory perspective
Eventual sport performance level: what about the role of types of sport, perception of critical life events, and practice quality?
Is a peaceful mind a winning mind? Comment on Hardy et al. (2017)
Super-elite athletes: some complimentary observations from Australia and some lessons for sports expertise research: comment on Hardy et al.
A culture of striving augments use of working memory? Implications for attention control
The tales athletes tell: narrative structure and identity in Great British medalists
Great British medalists: response to the commentaries
Index.Digital Access - DigitalPietro Delise, Paolo Zeppilli, editor.Summary: Sudden death in athletes is a global problem. Although it is a relatively rare phenomenon (1/100,000 persons), when it does occur, it is often as an incomprehensible event. In fact, it strikes subjects who presumably should be much healthier than the general population. In the previous 20 years, many authors have studied this problem in an attempt to understand the causes and prevent these events, and it has been determined that, in the vast majority of cases, athletes who die suddenly have an underlying heart disease (arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, coronary anomalies, channelopathies, etc.). In most cases these diseases do not produce major symptoms and do not preclude sports activity even at the highest levels, although they do increase the incidence of sudden death. How to discover these diseases in asymptomatic athletes is a hotly debated issue. In particular, there is controversy as to whether all athletes should undergo detailed medical screening, including electrocardiogram, or whether the costs of this screening are too high in relation to the event incidence. The purpose of this book is to accurately analyze the causes of sudden death in athletes and to provide cardiologists and sports physicians with useful tips on how to identify at-risk individuals.
Contents:
1 Athlete's heart: anatomical and functional adaptations in the normal population. 2 Sudden death in the athletes: role of autopsy
3 Electrocardiographic physiological, borderline and pthologic alterations in athlete's heart
4 Benign arrhythmias in athletes
5 Usefulness of Italian model of pre-partecipation screening for prevention of sudden death in athletes
6 Hypertrophic cardiomiopathy and left ventricular non compaction
7 Arrhythmogenic cardiomiopathy
8 Acute and chronic myocarditis
9 Congenital and acquired anomalies of coronary arteries
10 Interpretation and diagnostic work-up of premature ventricular beats
11 Long QT syndrome
12 Short QT syndrome
13 J wave syndromes: Brugada Syndrome and early repolarization
14 Cathecolaminergic ventricular tachycardia and idiopathic ventricular fibrillation
15 Sport activity in subjects with implantable defibrillator. - DigitalGeorg Stuebinger.Summary: Georg Stuebinger verifies each of the 24 most common and deadliest cancer diseases worldwide including well-established and potential risk factors resp. important symptoms by using current literature and comprehensive scientific studies with a direct relation to the impact of various parameters of sports and exercise training such as training type, intensity, volume, duration and frequency complete with the corresponding effects. The impact of sports and exercise training as a potential therapy on reduced risk of cancer has been widely discussed in many scientific articles over the last few years, but is still widely unknown. In 2012, about 14 m cancer cases and 8.2 m cancer deaths appeared worldwide whereby cancer represents one of the most frequent causes of death accounting for approximately 13% with a continuously rising number.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalDavid Conrad, Alan White, editors ; foreword by Mike Farrar.Contents:
Introduction: The Role of Sport in Public Health
Part I: Sport and Disaster Response
Post-Earthquake, Iran
Civil War, Ivory Coast
Part II: Peace and Social Capital Building through Sport
Open Fun Football Schools, Balkans
Right to Play, International
Dads and Lads, UK
Fight for Peace, Brazil
Part III: Sport and Immunisation
Olympic Sport and Immunisation Festival, Ghana
Kick Polio Out of Africa
Part IV: Sport and Screening
"Sex and Sport" Chlamydia Screening, Australia
"Kick N Test" HIV and TB Screening Football Tournament, Kenya
Part V: Health Promotion in Sports Settings
CALM Mental Health Promotion in Rugby Clubs, UK
Healthy Stadia, Europe
Tackling Men's Health, UK
Golf for People with Severe and Enduring Mental Health Problems, UK
Premier League Health, UK
Developing Health Promotion Resources for Use in Sports Settings, UK
Part VI: Health Promotion with a Sport Theme
HIV/AIDS Projects in Africa
"It's a Goal" Mental Health Intervention, UK
Liverpool FC Men's Health Work
Conclusion. - DigitalDavid J. Engel, Dermot M. Phelan, editors.Contents:
Chapter 1. The Cardiovascular History and Examination
Chapter 2. Using an electrocardiogram as a component of athlete screening
Chapter 3. Downstream Cardiac Testing
Chapter 4. Practical use of genetic testing in athletes
Chapter 5. Management of Hypertension in the Athlete
Chapter 6. Valvular Heart Disease
Chapter 7. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 8. Other Cardiomyopathies
Chapter 9. Inflammatory Cardiac Disorders in the Athlete
Chapter 10. Atrial Fibrillation
Chapter 11. Sports Participation in Patients with Congenital Long QT Syndrome
Chapter 12. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management
Chapter 13. Cardiovascular Implantable Electronic Devices in Athletes
Chapter 14. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management Coronary artery disease in athletes
Chapter 15. Marfan Syndrome and Other Genetic Aortopathies
Chapter 16. Congenital Heart Disease: Approach to Evaluation, Management, and Physical Activity
Chapter 17. Sleep disorders in Athletes
Chapter 18. Chest Pain and Dyspnea
Chapter 19. The Evaluation of Palpitations and Dizziness in the Athlete
Chapter 20. The Collapsed Athlete
Chapter 21. Cardiac Arrest in the Athlete
Chapter 22. Commotio Cordis
Chapter 23. The Impact of COVID-19 on Sports Cardiology. - Digitalvolume editors, Fabio Lanfranco, Christian Strasburger.Contents:
Growth hormone-insulin-like growth factor axis, thyroid axis, prolactin, and exercise / Hackney, A.C., Davis, H.C., Lane, A.R.
Exercise and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis / Duclos, M., Tabarin, A.
Exercise, training, and the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis in men and women / Cano Sokoloff, N., Misra, M., Ackerman, K.E.
Metabolic effects of exercise / Moghetti, P., Bacchi, E., Brangani, C., Don, S., Negri, C.
Endocrine eesponses to exercise in the developing child and adolescent / Richmond, E., Rogol, A.D.
Impact of physical exercise on endocrine aging / Janssen, J.A.M.J.L.
Androgens / Iyer, R., Handelsman, D.J.
Growth hormone and insulin-like growth factor-1 / Nicholls, A.R., Holt, R.I.G.
Erythropoietin / Jelkmann, W.
Ergogenic aids and supplements / Porrini, M., Del Bo', C.
Methods for doping detection / Ponzetto, F., Giraud, S., Leuenberger, N., Boccard, J., Nicoli, R., Baume, N., Rudaz, S., Saugy, M.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalDavid R. Diduch, L. Michael Brunt, editors.Summary: Sports hernias are an increasingly recognized problem in athletics, presenting a challenge for team physicians and other health care providers regarding their diagnosis and management. Confusion is magnified by the various treatment methods that exist, both surgical and non-surgical. Sports Hernia and Athletic Pubalgia is the first text devoted solely to the topic of sports hernia and will examine its etiology and diagnosis, as well as how to differentiate it from other problems involving the athlete's hip area and other injuries it often correlates and interacts with, such as femoroacetabular impingement. It covers all current approaches to treatment, from open approaches to minimally invasive approaches, and discusses rehabilitation and return to play. Comprised of contributions from an international array of expert clinicians and thought leaders, this is the immediate authoritative book on the subject of sports hernias.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalMahmut Nedim Doral, Jon Karlsson, editors.Summary: Sports Injuries: Prevention, Diagnosis, Treatment and Rehabilitation covers the whole field of sports injuries and is an up-to-date guide for the diagnosis and treatment of the full range of sports injuries. The work pays detailed attention to biomechanics and injury prevention, examines the emerging treatment role of current strategies and evaluates sports injuries of each part of musculoskeletal system. In addition, pediatric sports injuries, extreme sports injuries, the role of physiotherapy, and future developments are extensively discussed. All those who are involved in the care of patients with sports injuries will find this textbook to be an invaluable, comprehensive, and up-to-date reference.
- Sabiston & Spencer Surgery of the Chest. 9th ed. — Simon's Emergency Orthopedics. Seventh edition [7th ed.]. (289)
- Simon's Emergency Orthopedics. Eighth edition. — Sports Injuries-- Prevention, Diagnosis, Treatment and Rehabilitation. Second edition [2nd ed.]. (289)
- Sports Injuries and Prevention — Sugarbaker's Adult Chest Surgery. Third edition. (289)
- Sugarcane Biofuels : Status, Potential, and Prospects of the Sweet Crop to Fuel the World — Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving for Borderline Personality Disorder : Implementing STEPPS Around the Globe (286)
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.